Environmental Management Plan: Metolong Water Treatment Works

January 2010
METOLONG WATER TREATMENT WORKS
Environmental Management
Plan
Submitted to:
Metolong Dam and Water Supply Project - MPMU
Red Cross Building,
29 Mabile Street
Maseru
100
REPORT
Report Number: 12280-9299-2

Distribution:
6 X Metolong Dam and Water Supply Project -
MPMU
List of Acronyms
AFS - Additional Feasibility Study (Mott Macdonald)
CEO - Chief Executive Officer
C&RAP - Compensation and Resettlement Action Plan
CLA Community Liaison Assistant

CMC - Catchment Management Committee
CMMS - Computer-aided Maintenance Management System
COD - Chemical Oxygen Demand
COW - Commissioner of Water
C.t - Chlorine contact time (mg/L x minutes)
DAF - Dissolved Air Floatation

DB - Design Build
DRIFT - Downstream Response to Imposed Flow Transformation
DRWS - Department of Rural Water Supply

DWA - Department Water Affairs
ECO - Environmental Compliance Officer
EPP - Environmental Protection Plan

FSL - Full Supply Level
GAC - Granular Activated Carbon
ICM - Integrated Catchment Management
IDA - International Development Agency
IFB - Invitation for Bid
IFC - International Finance Corporation

IFR - Instream Flow Requirement
LCN - Lesotho Congress of NGOs
LEC - Lesotho Electricity Corporation
LWJV Lowlands Waterworks Joint Venture
LLWSFS - Lowlands Water Supply Feasibility Study
MCA-L - Millennium Challenge Account - Lesotho
MCC - Millennium Challenge Corporation
MDWSP - Metolong Dam and Water Supply Project
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 i
MNR - Ministry of Natural Resources

MPIU - Metolong Project Implementation Unit
MPMU - Metolong Project Management Unit
NES - National Environmental Secretariat
QAQC - Quality Assurance and Quality Control
QAO - Quality Assurance Officer
RoD - Record of Decision
RP - Resettlement Plan
SADC - Southern African Development Community

SANS - South African National Standards
SCADA - Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
SPI - Species Pollution Sensitivity Index
SRP - Soluble Reactive Phosphate
STIs - Sexually Transmitted Infections
TRC - Transformation Resource Centre

UNFCCC - United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
WASA - Water and Sanitation Authority
WATSAN - Water and Sanitation Project

WTW - Water Treatment Works
WWTW - Waste Water Treatment Works
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 ii
Executive Summary
The Metolong Dam and Water Supply Programme (MDWSP), comprising the Metolong Dam, the Water
Treatment Works (WTW) and conveyance systems, is designed to augment water supplies to the lowland
towns of Lesotho by an amount of 75 Mℓ/day over and above the existing 45 Mℓ/day supplied by the
Maseru water supply system.
Various studies have been undertaken since 2002 that confirmed Metolong as the preferred location for the
dam and the WTW. The project is rated as high priority by the Government of Lesotho (GoL). The WTW
and conveyance system will be constructed with funding from the US Millennium Challenge Corporation
(MCC) administered through the Millennium Challenge Account – Lesotho (MCA-L). The MCA-L appointed
the Lowlands Waterworks Joint Venture (LWJV) consortium to undertake a conceptual design of the WTW
and prepare tender documents for a Design-Build contract, as well as compile an Environmental and Social
Impact Assessment (ESIA) and Environmental Management Plan (EMP). The ESIA and this EMP has been
prepared by an independent team of sub-consultants to the LWJV.
This EMP has been derived in collaboration with the development of the Invitation for Bids (IFB# WS-A-016-
09) Design-Build of Metolong WTW bidding documents (Volume 1 to Volumes IX) December 2009.
This EMP provides a comprehensive overview of the mitigation and monitoring requirements for construction
and operation of the proposed WTW. Adherence to these mitigation measures and management
requirements will minimise the impacts of the WTW to the extent that no significant residual impact of
construction or operation is likely to occur.
Key tasks for implementation of the EMP during the planning and construction phases include (but are not
limited to):
 Layout planning and compilation of detailed layout plans to ensure environmental impacts are
minimised (e.g. toilets more than 50m from water courses or springs; siting of “no go” or sensitive areas
such as ruins of 19th Century village, location of bunded areas, chemical stores, effluent ponds and
discharge monitoring points).
 A stormwater layout plan designed to ensure adequate diversion and dissipation of stormwater to
prevent erosion and sedimentation.
 Encouragement of preferential labour recruitment from the local communities to minimise social impacts
associated with influx of a large labour force such as increased HIV/AIDS, increased crime, social
disruption, alcoholism etc.
 Regular dialogue between the Contractor’s Community Relations Officer (CRO) and the Metolong
Authority’s Community Relations Manager (CRM) and Community Liaison Assistants (CLAs) to keep
the community abreast of work schedules and activities, and to hear and address concerns.
 Awareness raising and training of the workforce to ensure they are familiar with all on-site rules and
requirements relating to aspects such as solid and chemical waste disposal; use of toilets; prohibition
on using the veld as a toilet; for littering; trampling and harvesting of fauna and flora, or the lighting of
fires. Other aspects covered include workforce awareness of communication channels and key points
of contact for specific workforce issues.
 Implementation of the Contractor Standards for construction that are designed to mitigate erosion and
sedimentation risks, pollution risks, and to manage social impacts (e.g. visual, dust/noise, blasting,
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 iii
traffic accidents etc) and other biophysical impacts (e.g. loss of flora and fauna, general habitat
disturbance).
 Rehabilitation of disturbed areas within and around the WTW, and appropriate landscaping of the site,
will minimise the visual impacts of the construction activities and the development as a whole, while
minimising the risk of erosion.
 Auditing, monitoring, site inspections and reporting will be implemented in accordance to the EMP by
the Environmental Compliance Officer (ECO), the site Engineer and the regulatory organisations such
as NES, WASA, DWA etc.
Key tasks for implementation of the EMP during the operational phase include:
 Encouragement of preferential labour recruitment from the local communities to be trained and used in
the WTW.
 Ongoing dialogue between the CRO and the Metolong Authority’s Community Relations Manager
(CRM) and CLAs to keep the community abreast of the operational issues associated with the WTW
and to hear and address concerns.
 Awareness raising and training of the WTW workforce to ensure they are familiar with all on-site rules
and requirements relating to aspects such as solid and chemical waste disposal. Other aspects covered
include workforce awareness of communication channels and key points of contact for specific
workforce issues.
 Testing of sludge produced to confirm that the preferred long-term sludge disposal solution, which is
land application for soil augmentation, is environmentally acceptable. The results will be checked
against guideline values specified.
 Monitoring of supernatant (liquid draining from the sludge) to determine whether it complies with effluent
standards for disposal back to the river. If non-compliant then the supernatant will require treatment
and/or dilution to meet the standards for release back to the river below the dam wall.
 The operator with their staff must further develop and implement a detailed Emergency Response Plan
which addresses aspects such as hazardous material accidents, e.g. chlorine gas emission; compilation
of an emergency contacts list; protocols for remedial action; and training of key staff to deal with
incidents and accidents.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 iv
Table of Contents
1.0 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 1
1.1 Background to the Metolong Dam and Water Supply Project ....................................................................... 1
1.2 Project Team ................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.3 Objectives of this EMP .................................................................................................................................. 2
1.4 Background to this EMP................................................................................................................................ 2
1.5 Layout of this document ................................................................................................................................ 3
2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION, TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESSES .............................................................................. 8
2.1 Metolong Dam and Water Supply Programme Components ........................................................................ 8
2.2 Metolong WTW components ....................................................................................................................... 10
2.3 Location and layout of the WTW site........................................................................................................... 10
2.4 Water Treatment Standards for Water Quality ........................................................................................ 13
2.5 Water Treatment Process ......................................................................................................................... 13
2.6 WTW Chemicals and Storage Requirements .............................................................................................. 21
2.7 The WTW DB Contract ............................................................................................................................... 22
2.7.1 WTW implementation ............................................................................................................................ 22
2.7.2 Scope of the Design-Build Contract ...................................................................................................... 22
2.7.3 Specific infrastructure and services ....................................................................................................... 23
2.7.3.1 Roads and access.............................................................................................................................. 23
2.7.3.2 Fencing .............................................................................................................................................. 24
2.7.3.3 Electricity............................................................................................................................................ 24
2.7.3.4 Telecommunications .......................................................................................................................... 24
2.7.3.5 Water ................................................................................................................................................. 24
2.7.3.6 Sewage and waste water disposal ..................................................................................................... 25
2.7.3.7 Solid waste disposal........................................................................................................................... 25
2.7.4 Stages of the Design-Build Contract ..................................................................................................... 25
2.7.5 Reporting Requirements of the DB Contract ......................................................................................... 26
2.7.5.1 Pre-construction Phase ...................................................................................................................... 26
2.7.5.2 Construction Phase ............................................................................................................................ 26
2.7.5.3 Post-construction Phase .................................................................................................................... 26
3.0 LEGAL FRAMEWORK ............................................................................................................................................ 28
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 v
3.1 Relevant legislation and policies of Lesotho ............................................................................................... 28
3.2 Permit Requirements .................................................................................................................................. 29
3.3 Policies of the World Bank .......................................................................................................................... 31
3.4 Policies of MCC and Metolong Authority ..................................................................................................... 32
3.5 International Conventions ........................................................................................................................... 33
4.0 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT AND KEY ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF THE WTW ............................. 35
4.1 Description of the Environment ................................................................................................................... 35
4.2 Assessment of Impacts ............................................................................................................................... 36
4.3 Summary Matrix Table of Construction and Operation Impacts and Key Mitigation Measures of the
WTW ........................................................................................................................................................... 37
5.0 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS – ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES............................................................ 43
5.1 Metolong Board, Metolong Authority (Metolong Project Implementation Unit (MPIU)) and Metolong
Project Management Unit (MPMU) ............................................................................................................. 43
5.1.1 Community liaison and coordination ...................................................................................................... 43
5.2 MCA-Lesotho .............................................................................................................................................. 44
5.3 Other Government Departments and Ministries .......................................................................................... 44
5.3.1 Water and Sanitation Authority (WASA) ................................................................................................ 44
5.3.2 Ministry of Natural Resources (MNR) .................................................................................................... 44
5.3.3 Commissioner of Water ......................................................................................................................... 45
5.3.4 Department of Rural Water Supplies (DRWS)....................................................................................... 45
5.3.5 Department of Traffic and Transport ..................................................................................................... 45
5.3.6 National Environmental Secretariat (NES) ............................................................................................ 45
6.0 IMPLEMENTATION OF THE EMP .......................................................................................................................... 47
6.1 Environmental Compliance Staff ................................................................................................................. 47
6.1.1 Environmental Compliance Officer (ECO) ............................................................................................. 47
6.1.1.1 Role of ECO ....................................................................................................................................... 47
6.2 Community Relations .................................................................................................................................. 49
6.2.1 Community Relations Officer ................................................................................................................. 49
6.3 Emergency Preparedness Plan .................................................................................................................. 50
6.4 Environmental training and awareness ....................................................................................................... 51
6.4.1 Contractor Staff Training ....................................................................................................................... 51
6.5 Auditing and inspections ............................................................................................................................. 52
6.6 Reporting Procedures during Construction, Assisted Operation and Operation ......................................... 54
6.6.1 Complaints Register and Grievance Procedure .................................................................................... 55
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 vi
6.6.2 Incidents and Accidents Register .......................................................................................................... 55
6.6.3 General Reporting ................................................................................................................................. 56
7.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT FOR THE PRE-CONSTRUCTION PLANNING PHASE ............................... 57
7.1 Pre-Construction Activities .......................................................................................................................... 57
7.1.1 Design-Build Contractor Responsibilities............................................................................................... 57
7.2 Social and Health Management .................................................................................................................. 57
7.2.1 Land and Compensation ....................................................................................................................... 57
7.2.2 Labour recruitment ................................................................................................................................ 58
Objectives of the LRP: .............................................................................................................................................. 58
7.2.3 HIV/AIDS Education and Awareness Programme ................................................................................. 58
7.3 Cultural Heritage ......................................................................................................................................... 60
7.4 On-site Planning and Design ...................................................................................................................... 61
7.4.1 Aesthetic and sustainable design of buildings and infrastructure provision ........................................... 61
7.4.2 Layout of the site ................................................................................................................................... 61
8.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION .......................................................................... 63
8.1 Solid Waste Management ........................................................................................................................... 63
8.2 Hazardous Waste Management .................................................................................................................. 63
8.3 Effluent Management .................................................................................................................................. 64
8.4 Stormwater and Erosion Control ................................................................................................................. 65
8.5 Noise and Dust ........................................................................................................................................... 65
8.6 Blasting controls, warning and monitoring................................................................................................... 66
8.6.1 Dilapidation survey ................................................................................................................................ 66
8.6.2 Early warning ......................................................................................................................................... 67
8.7 Control on Human Activities causing Disturbance and Damage to the Natural Environment...................... 67
8.8 Environmental Monitoring Requirements during Construction .................................................................... 68
8.9 Environmental Protection Plan .................................................................................................................... 68
9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT FOR THE OPERATIONAL PHASE .............................................................. 77
9.1 Use, Transport and Disposal of Chemicals ................................................................................................. 77
9.1.1 Chemical Dosing ................................................................................................................................... 77
9.1.2 Transport, storage and disposal of hazardous materials (chlorine gas) ................................................ 78
9.2 Disposal of effluents .................................................................................................................................... 79
9.3 Emergency Response Plan for Chlorine Gas Leaks ................................................................................... 80
9.4 Disposal of Sludge (solids) .......................................................................................................................... 82
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 vii
9.5 General requirements for the WTW ............................................................................................................ 83
9.5.1 Routine Operation and Maintenance ..................................................................................................... 83
9.5.2 Spares and consumables ...................................................................................................................... 84
9.5.3 Tools and equipment ............................................................................................................................. 84
9.5.4 Operating instructions and manuals ...................................................................................................... 84
9.6 Water quality assessment of the WTW ....................................................................................................... 85
9.7 Water Sampling .......................................................................................................................................... 86
9.8 Monitoring Requirements during Operation ................................................................................................ 87
10.0 GENERAL CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE STANDARDS ..................................................................................... 95
11.0 SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS .............................................................................................................. 116
12.0 REFERENCES ....................................................................................................................................................... 118
TABLES
Table 2-1: Summary of sludge disposal options ................................................................................................................ 20
Table 2-2: Chemicals used in Water Treatment Works and their hazard ratings (where 0 = no hazard, and 3 =
high hazard rating) ............................................................................................................................................ 21
Table 2-3: WTW 45-day chemical storage requirements ................................................................................................... 22
Table 3-1: List of Legislation and Policies relevant to the WTW ........................................................................................ 28
Table 3-2: Permit or licence requirements and relevance to the WTW study .................................................................... 30
Table 3-3: Summary of World Bank Operation Policies and relevance to the Metolong Project (synthesised from
SMEC 2008) ..................................................................................................................................................... 31
Table 3-4: MCC policies of relevance to the Metolong Project .......................................................................................... 32
Table 3-5: Metolong Authority policies of relevance to the WTW project ........................................................................... 33
Table 3-6: International Conventions and relevance to the WTW project .......................................................................... 33
Table 4-1: Summary matrix table of Construction Impacts ................................................................................................ 37
Table 4-2: Summary matrix table of Operational Impacts .................................................................................................. 41
Table 8-1: Summary of monitoring requirements for construction. .................................................................................... 70
Table 8-2: Mitigatory cost estimates for construction phase .............................................................................................. 72
Table 9-1Operational record sheet - example 1 ................................................................................................................ 84
:Table 9-2 Operational record sheet - example 2 .............................................................................................................. 85
Table 9-3: Summary table monitoring requirements for the operational phase ................................................................. 88
Table 9-4: Cost estimate for the proposed mitigatory measures for the operational phase ............................................... 91
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 viii
FIGURES
Figure 1.1 Flow Chart of Construction Phase (Social Impacts) ........................................................................................... 5
Figure 1.2: Flow Chart of Construction Phase (Biophysical Impacts) .................................................................................. 6
Figure 1.3: Flow Chart of Operational Phase (Environmental Impacts) ............................................................................... 7
Figure 2.1: Layout of the Metolong Dam and Water Supply Programme (MDWSP) ........................................................... 9
Figure 2.2: Layout of the WTW showing position of the proposed dam wall in insert ........................................................ 11
Figure 2.3: Layout of the WTW showing position and associated infrastructure................................................................ 12
Figure 2.4: Schematic diagram of Water Treatment Process (LWJV November 2009) ..................................................... 15
Figure 5.1: The environmental and communications reporting structure for the Metolong Dam ........................................ 46
Figure 6.1: Required team members for the development and maintenance of the Emergency Response Plan for
the Metolong WTW (WASA 2007). ................................................................................................................... 51
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A
TOR for Conducting ESIA and EMP for the Metolong WTW
APPENDIX B
B1: Adjustments to the Terms of Reference for ESIA and EMP B 2: Records of Decisions / Minutes of Meetings: a) NES
meeting 26th May 2009 b) Technical meeting 15th April 2009
c) Minutes of meeting
APPENDIX C
Possible Template for Emergency Response Plan
APPENDIX D
Impact assessment methodology
APPENDIX E
Sludge management options specialist report (Golder 2009)
APPENDIX F
Standards applicable for Lesotho Effluent discharges to a natural water course (Otieno1997) and South African General
Standards
APPENDIX G
MSDS for Chemicals to be used at the WTW
APPENDIX H
Drinking Water Standards: SANS 241 (2006) Edition 6.1 and WHO 2006
APPENDIX I
Species List of Plants in the WTW (Summer 2009)
APPENDIX J
Extracts from ‘FIDIC policy on HIV-AIDS in the construction sector’
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 ix
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background to the Metolong Dam and Water Supply Project
Maseru’s demand for water has continued to grow in recent years, with the expansion of the textile
industry being a large factor in the increased demand. This demand has led to the development of the
Metolong Dam and Water Supply Programme (MDWSP), the objective of which is to supplement Maseru’s
potable water supply through the construction of the following infrastructure:
 Metolong Dam
 Metolong Water Treatment Works (WTW)
 Downstream conveyance systems from the WTW to Maseru and other Lowland towns including, Roma,
Mazenod, Morija and Teyateyaneng (TY).
The Programme is aimed at augmenting the water supply system to enable it to meet domestic and
industrial requirements up to the year 2020 and possibly beyond. The present Maseru Water
Supply System has the capacity to deliver 45 Mℓ /day. The MDWSP will provide up to a further 75
Mℓ/day (SMEC 2008).
Studies since 2003 of various water supply options confirmed the Metolong Dam on the South
Phuthiatsana River (30km east of Maseru) to be the preferred option to meet the growing water
demand. These included a multi-disciplinary feasibility study by Mott MacDonald (2003) and the
Lesotho Lowlands Water Supply Feasibility Study (LLWSFS) (Mouchel Parkman, 2005), followed by the
Additional Feasibility Study by Mott MacDonald (2007). The Government of Lesotho (GoL) has given the
project a high priority, and obtained funding from the US Millennium Challenge Corporation (MCC) for the
WTW and conveyance component. The GoL established the Millennium Challenge Account – Lesotho
(MCA-L) to implement the programme.
The MCA-L appointed the Lowlands Waterworks Joint Venture (LWJV) consortium to undertake a
conceptual design of the WTW and prepare tender documents for a Design-Build contract, as well as
compile an Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) and Environmental Management Plan
(EMP). This EMP has been prepared by an independent team of sub-consultants.
The project site is located in the foothills of Lesotho, approximately 30km northeast of Maseru, in an area
that is characterised by cultivated sloping plateaus and interspersed villages, adjoining the steep slopes and
river valley of the Phuthiatsana River. The area is described in more detail in Chapter 4.
1.2 Project Team

The project team subcontracted by the LWJV to compile the EMP included:
 Dr Ralph Heath – Team Leader
 Ms Jessica Hughes – Incorporation of ESIA aspects and EMP inputs
 Mr Achim Wurster and Ms Annalien Toerien (Golder Associates) – Environmental Engineers (sludge
management)
Dr Ralph Heath holds a PhD in aquatic toxicology and has over 25 years in aquatic studies and
Environmental Impacts Assessments (EIA’s) in southern Africa.
Jessica Hughes holds Masters Degrees in Zoology and Environmental Science and has 16 years experience
in EIA’s and EMP’s, particularly in Lesotho.
Mr Achim Wurster and Ms Annalien Toerien have Chemical and Civil Engineering degrees respectively with
post-graduate degrees with water treatment. They have extensive experience in water treatment design in
southern Africa including sludge management.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 1
1.3 Objectives of this EMP

The objective of this EMP is to provide a framework of management actions to mitigate negative impacts and
enhance beneficial impacts of the project through the design and operational phases of the project. It is
designed to give the regulatory authority (NES) confidence that the impacts will be addressed and managed
correctly to a sufficient level for issuance of an Environmental Licence for the project to proceed.
Each management action is designed to be practical, measurable and auditable. The defined target is
designed to assist the Environmental Compliance Officer (ECO) (to be appointed by the contractor) and/or
external auditor with identifying the specific aspects to be managed and audited. The findings of the ESIA
report for the Metolong WTW were used as the basis for determining areas of management intervention in
the EMP. The key impacts, and the methodology used to determine these impacts, are described and
included in this EMP.
This EMP has been developed for the construction and operational phases of the proposed Metolong WTW.
Given the expected several decades lifespan of the project, an EMP for decommissioning is not warranted.
Options for impact management include:
 Measures to minimise on-site construction impacts through appropriate design, layout, construction
procedures and compensation
 Measures to optimise social benefits of construction
 Operational procedures to minimise and dispose of waste, and manage pollution risks
 Operational management measures to enhance social benefits and minimise social and biophysical
impacts, and
 Monitoring requirements to ensure environmental compliance.

1.4 Background to this EMP
A multi-disciplinary and comprehensive ESIA covering the Metolong Dam and associated infrastructure
was undertaken by SMEC International in Association with FM Associates and Southern Waters over a
period of two years, (SMEC, 2008). However at the time of the SMEC study the details of the location
and design of certain infrastructure (such as the WTW) as well as the quarry and sand sources had not
been finalised and more detailed planning was still required. This necessitated the need for an updated
ESIA for the WTW.
An ESIA has been prepared for the WTW in accordance with the requirements of the project funder
(Millennium Challenge Account-Lesotho, MCA-L). In terms of World Bank ESIA regulations and MCC
requirements, any project with the “potential to have significant adverse environmental and social impacts
that are sensitive, diverse or unprecedented”, or located in sensitive environments, require a full ESIA. This
includes a regional water treatment works with a capacity exceeding 150,000 population equivalents, and
therefore applies to the proposed WTW.
The following listed activities of the Metolong Project require an EIA in terms of section 19 of the
Environmental Act 10 of 2008:
3.Transportation including –
(b) all roads in scenic, wooded or mountainous areas
4.Dams, rivers and water resources including-
a) “Reservoirs…”
b) “….water transfers”
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 2
d) “Pipelines and water reticulation systems”

6.Mining, mineral extraction including quarrying and open-cast extraction of-
d) “aggregates, sand and gravel”
10.Energy and electric infrastructure including-
c) “electrical substations”
11.Waste handling, storage, transport, treatment and disposal including-
a) “sites for solid waste disposal and waste water treatment”
17.Projects or activities that could affect any of the following areas or features which have been
demarcated as such by central or local authority:
a) “streams and river channels, and their banks.
NES was informed that an ESIA and EMP would be undertaken for the WTW in accordance with the above
legal requirements. However, NES requested that only a comprehensive EMP be submitted to their
department as a basis for obtaining an Environmental Licence (Minutes of Meeting on 26 May 2009 in
APPENDIX C). The scope of the EMP was to include:
 An indication of deviations from the original Terms of Reference (ToR)
 Methodology of the structured impact assessment process used, which should include a risk
assessment
 Identification of the key impacts
 Focus on management measures for mitigating key impacts
 Separation of general contractor standards
 Presentation of advantages and disadvantages of options for sludge disposal (APPENDIX E)

The ToR is contained in APPENDIX A, with adjustments described in APPENDIX B.
1.5 Layout of this document

In summary it covers the following aspects:
Chapter 1: Background to the project and EMP

Chapter 2: Project Description, Technology and Processes
Chapter 3: Legal Framework
Chapter 4: Description of the Environment and Key Environmental Impacts
Chapter 5: Institutional Arrangements, Roles and Responsibilities
Chapter 6: Implementation of the EMP
Chapter 7: Environmental Management for the Pre-Construction Phase
Chapter 8: Environmental Management during Construction
Chapter 9: Environmental Management during the Operational Phase
Chapter 10: General Contractor Standards
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 3
Chapter 11: Recommendations and Conclusions

Chapter 12: References
The flow charts included in Figure 1.1 to Figure 1.3 give the reader a synopsis of the key impacts identified,
and the nature of the mitigation measures and contractor standards for construction that should be
implemented to ensure negative impacts of the project are minimised. All the construction-related mitigation
measures are considered typical or standard practices for a development of this scale in a rural environment
such as the Lesotho Lowlands, such as general pollution controls, stormwater/erosion management, dust
and noise mitigation, job preference for locals, compensation for lost land, HIV/AIDS awareness and training,
and discharge monitoring etc.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 4
Figure 1.1 Flow Chart of Construction Phase (Social Impacts)
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 5
Figure 1.2: Flow Chart of Construction Phase (Biophysical Impacts)
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 6
Figure 1.3: Flow Chart of Operational Phase (Environmental Impacts)
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 7
2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION, TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESSES

2.1 Metolong Dam and Water Supply Programme Components
The overall MDWSP envision the following activities:
 Construction of the ~73m high and 210m long (at crest) Metolong Dam Wall made of roller compacted
concrete in the Phuthiatsana River valley below the village of Ha Seeiso. The dam will have a full
supply level of El. 1671, have an estimated reach upstream of approximately 16km and will flood an
area of ~260ha (SMEC 2008). The reservoir volume would be 52 million m3.
 Draw off of water from the dam will be via separate intake levels situated across the 44m operational
height of the dam to enable draw off from the level with optimum water quality, which is generally in the
upper 5-10m of the reservoir (Mott Macdonald AFS 2007).
 The raw water will be pumped from the intake works at the dam with a varying water level between El.
1671 and El. 1630 to the inlet works at the WTW at a reduced level of ~ El. 1715 over an approximate
distance of 770m (SSI IFB 2009). The raw water pipeline will be installed above ground between the
dam and the top of the gorge from where it will run underground to the WTW. Friction and local head
losses as well as surge pressures must be calculated and allowed for in the design of the raw water
supply line
 The treatment works output peak capacity of 93,4 Mℓ/day (75 Mℓ/day average) is based on the
demands for the 2020 planning horizon and the yield of the reservoir, and excludes production losses.
Provision shall be made in the design of the Works for a site for a future 93.4 Mℓ/d expansion of the
Works after 2020.
 The raw water pump station and raw water pipeline will be designed to supply an average of 75 Mℓ/day
and a peak capacity of 93,4 Mℓ/day, pumped between 22 and 24 hours per day, depending on the
demand from the WTW.
 At the WTW (located at El. 1715m), water will be treated and pumped via the Ha Seeiso Pumping
Station to a Command Reservoir, a distance of approximately 3700m. From here the water will flow by
gravity to Maseru where it will feed into the High South and Mpilo Reservoirs, which will be connected
to the Maseru distribution system. Mpilo Reservoir will be constructed of reinforced concrete founded on
bedrock; will measure 120m long x 105m width with a height of 5m and have a capacity of 75,000m3,
which will be drawn down each day.
 Transmission of water to Roma, Mazenod and Morija will be taken via a branch from the Maseru main
pipeline near Thaba Bosiu southwards to a second junction near Ha Makhalanyane with an eastern
branch to Roma and a western branch initially to Mazenod and then south to Morija. Teyateyaneng will
be supplied via a pump station and secondary command reservoir following a westerly route. A total of
98km of pipeline is involved. Lines to the smaller villages will be constructed at a later date.
The layout of the MDWSP is shown in Figure 2.1.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 8
Figure 2.1: Layout of the Metolong Dam and Water Supply Programme (MDWSP)
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 9
2.2 Metolong WTW components

The Metolong WTW will have an average capacity of 75 Mℓ/day, and a peak capacity of 93,4 Mℓ/day.
Components and processes will include the following:
 inlet works and chemical dosing
 aeration cascade
 rapid mixing, water stabilisation, coagulation and flocculation
 sedimentation, horizontal flow
 rapid gravity dual media filtration
 taste and odour removal with Powdered Activated Carbon (PAC)
 future and Dissolved Air Flotation (DAF)
 disinfection and pH correction
 clean water contact and transfer tank
 wash water recovery and supernatant discharge to the Phuthiatsana River
 sludge drying beds or sludge lagoons
 instrumentation and control
 administration building, workshop, laboratory and storage facilities.
 potable water high-lift pump station with a flow of 1297 ℓ/sec (using 20 hrs/day to give 93,4 Mℓ/day) and
a static head of approximately 100 metres.
 a short section of potable water rising main from the potable water pump station to the boundary fence
of the WTW.
 roads and storm water drainage, water and waste water reticulation, power, lighting and communication
systems within the limits of the WTW.
2.3 Location and layout of the WTW site

The WTW is located ~30km from Maseru on a plateau on the north side of the Phuthiatsana River. It
will be situated as close to the dam site as topography permits, to limit the length of the raw water
pipeline. A location approximately 600m from the dam site has been identified, offering relatively gentle
terrain, and this location has been surveyed. The treatment works location in relation to the dam site and a
provisional layout of the works is indicated in Figure 2.2 and Figure 2.3. The original location was slightly to
the east of the current position but has been adjusted westwards to minimise impacts on the ruins of an
19th century village (Ha Makoanyane) that is considered a significant archaeological site. Measures to
prevent damage to these ruins are under consideration as part of the Advanced Infrastructure project under
the MDWSP and include fencing or relocation, and contractor awareness training.
In order to establish approximate depths to the basalt bedrock, 71 test pits were excavated at the proposed
location by the LWJV (LWJV/Jeffares & Green 2009). The test pits indicated depths to bedrock varying
between 0.0 and 3.0m. Bedrock is overlain by residual soils derived from the weathering of the basalt.
The ground elevations at the treatment works location vary from El. 1715 m to El. 1705m. This is steep
for the envisaged 4m head loss through the works and as a result the overall conceptual layout has been
orientated across the direct slope of the ground to reduce the gradient.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 10
Figure 2.2: Layout of the WTW showing position of the proposed dam wall in insert
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 11
Figure 2.3: Layout of the WTW showing position and associated infrastructure
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 12
Most of the key treatment process facilities and administrative offices and laboratory are planned for the
northern side of the site while the sludge ponds or drying beds are located down slope on the southern
side closer to the river. Housing will be located on the eastern side of the WTW.
2.4 Water Treatment Standards for Water Quality

Potable water quality guidelines are being developed for Lesotho. These guidelines are likely to be
similar to those developed for South Africa. The treated water produced by the WTW shall comply with
a Class I water as defined in the South African National Standard for Drinking Water (SANS 241:2006
Edition 6.1) or the World Health Organisation (WHO 2006) Guidelines whichever is the most stringent.
Determinants and their limit values are shown in APPENDIX H. The agreement of these standards was
discussed with WASA and extracts of these minutes are attached (Appendix B). It is clear from
Appendix H that the SANS 241 (2006) limits are more stringent for all determinants with the exceptions
of cobalt and lead.
2.5 Water Treatment Process

Potable water production:
The water treatment process outlined here has been designed by the LWJV in consultation with other
stakeholders such as WASA and the Metolong Authority, and is the recommended process on which
impacts and management measures have been identified in this report. The Contract Documents
prepared by the Engineers (LWJV) include operating performance requirements, employer project
requirements, and minimum technical criteria for the design and construction of the proposed facilities.
The DB Contractor shall develop appropriate designs to achieve the performance requirements and to
meet or exceed these minimum technical criteria for design and construction.
The treatment process for a conventional rapid gravity filter system typically consists of the following
process treatment steps:
 raw water screening at inlet works
 aeration
 future Dissolved Air Flotation (if required due to algal problems) with clarification
 potassium permanganate dosing for manganese removal (if needed)
 coagulation and flocculation with polyelectrolyte (pH adjustment if required)
 sedimentation, horizontal flow
 lime dosing
 Powdered Activated Carbon addition (intermittent for taste and odour)
 rapid gravity dual medium filtration
 chlorine dosing and disinfection (chlorine contact tank)
Washwater and sludge treatment:

The washwater and sludge treatment consists of the following process treatment steps:
 clarifier sludge collection
 backwash water collection and solids settlement
 clarifier sludge thickening
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 13
 sludge dewatering
 Supernatant from sludge drying beds to return to the Phuthiatsana River if the quality complies
with the Lesotho discharge standards (Otieno 1996, APPENDIX F).
The Process Flow Diagram for the WTW is presented in Figure 2.4 as supplied by the LWJV on 18
November 2009. The principal process units proposed to treat the water to the SANS 241 (2006) and WHO
drinking water standards (2006 APPENDIX H). It is proposed that the WTW be modular and that all process
units are replicated with allowances made for redundancies to ensure a robust series of treatment trains.
Metal removal
The raw water that will be extracted from the Metolong Dam for treatment is likely to contain iron,
manganese and aluminium in concentrations that would require removal in the WTW process to meet the
water quality standards. The WTW shall incorporate an oxidation step at the inlet to the works to oxidize the
iron and manganese into an insoluble form for removal in subsequent process steps. Pre-chlorination of the
raw water as the principal oxidisation step will not be permitted in order to limit the risk of potential
Disinfection By-products, such as Trihalomethanes, arising in the future. Manganese removal will be done by
dosing potassium permanganate upstream of the filters.
Water analyses conducted at the Welbedacht WTW (operated by Bloemwater) and supplied with water from
the Caledon River, of which the Phuthiatsana is a tributary, showed that raw water containing elevated levels
of aluminium was treated to potable standards well within the SANS 241 range. As Welbedacht WTW is a
conventional WTW, this suggests that the aluminium is particulate and is removed through the standard
processes of coagulation, flocculation, clarification and filtration.
Oxidation options include oxidation by aeration or oxidation using ozone:
Oxidation using Aeration

Aeration may be implemented by diffused air, injectors, multiple tray cascading or by mechanical means.
Forced or induced draft aeration devices shall be designed to ensure even water distribution, adequate
counter currents of air and proper external exhausting. However, energy efficiency throughout the WTW
should be given high priority. The suggested aeration process is therefore by cascade.
The design shall include cascade aeration as the first process step to reduce odours, carbon dioxide and
introduce dissolved oxygen into the water for oxidation of iron and manganese.
Where diffused aeration is proposed for oxidation purposes, consideration shall be given to compressed air
quality and mixing, the scaling potential of the water and subsequent air release. Aerators should have a
bypass and provisions shall be made for inspection and cleaning of the devices. If the tank is enclosed
exhaust gases shall be vented outside the building.
Oxidation using Ozone

Ozone may be offered for the oxidation of the metals. Where ozonation is proposed it shall take place after
the primary algae removal process to limit damage to algal cell walls with resultant lysis of cellular material
and possible release of toxic material into the treated water.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 14
Figure 2.4: Schematic diagram of Water Treatment Process (LWJV November 2009)
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 15
Algae Removal
The raw water extracted from the Metolong Dam may be subject to algal blooms at certain times of the year.
The magnitude of the algal problems will depend in part on the success of catchment management
strategies (e.g. control of fertiliser and dung inputs), and the works will be designed to handle potential algal
problems. However, the treatment process should be designed for the worst case scenario that assumes no
or little catchment management success.
The turbidity of the water is expected to be low due to pre-sedimentation in the dam, and there will be
periods without excessive algal formation. Systems for algal removal should provide for a bypass for periods
when no algal bloom is detected. The WTW design is to make provision for initial dosing with Powdered
Activated Carbon (PAC) but should allow for a future Dissolved Air Flotation (DAF) clarifier for algal removal
if required (see DAF below),
Dissolved Air Flotation Clarifiers (DAF)

A DAF unit would reduce the energy requirements for air injection when algal blooms are not present and
should be included in the layout for future possible inclusion in the treatment process to remove algae from
the raw water. The hydraulic profile design should provide for DAF in the treatment process operating under
gravity flow when required, and de-commissioning during periods when the risk of algae in the raw water is
minimal. Counter Current DAF Filtration is also an acceptable method to address algae issues.
Taste and Odour Removal

If the Metolong Dam becomes eutrophic and algal blooms develop, taste and odour may become an issue.
The works will therefore be designed to incorporate PAC dosing. The preferred location of the PAC dosing
would be downstream of the DAF units but upstream of the Rapid Sand Filtration. The proposed PAC dosing
point and the storage facility will be indicated on the layout plans developed by the DB Contractor.
Coagulation-Flocculation
The suspended solids concentration in the raw water is expected to be low as settlement will occur in the
Metolong Dam. Nonetheless, coagulation and flocculation will be required to remove turbidity, organic
substances and microbiological contaminants.
Coagulation shall be provided to destabilize the charge on colloids and suspended solids, including bacteria
and viruses. High intensity rapid flash mixing is required to mix the coagulant into the raw water prior to
coagulation. Rapid flash mixing may be accomplished by either providing an in-line mixing device, mixing in
a separate process tank or cascade systems.
Flocculation is the gentle mixing phase that follows the dispersion of coagulant by the flash mixing unit to
condition the suspended material for subsequent removal. The design of the flocculation system shall
provide low tapered velocity gradients and avoid rapid acceleration to ensure maintenance of a good floc.
Hydraulic mixing shall be provided and the retention time for floc formation shall not be less than 20 minutes.
Flocculation tanks shall be designed to permit flexibility of operation and for ease of maintenance and
cleaning. Features that shall be provided are a minimum of two tanks and appropriate drainage and access
for removal of sludge and basin cleaning.
Sedimentation Clarification
This process will be provided to remove the majority of the settleable solids formed during the flocculation
process and to optimize the efficiency of the subsequent filtration process and reduce the backwashing
frequency. Sedimentation clarification will involve gravitational settling in sedimentation tanks. The efficiency
of sedimentation will depend on surface overflow rate (also known as surface loading rate), inlet and outlet
arrangements, type of sedimentation tank, raw water characteristics, and local climate conditions.
Sedimentation tanks will most likely comprise horizontal rectangular basins to maximise the available space
at the site.
Clarifiers shall be designed on the basis of surface overflow rates with due consideration given to the type of
floc generated and water temperature. Inlets of the sedimentation tanks should provide equal distribution
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 16
and uniform velocities that maximize the opportunity for particles to settle. Outlets shall be designed to
maintain settling velocities and to minimize short-circuiting.
The sedimentation tank shall incorporate an automatic sludge removal system. A positive sludge removal
system shall be provided to ensure that sludge banks do not develop on the floor of the clarifiers.
Consideration shall be given to bypasses and overflows to prevent plant flooding and means for observing
the settling performance.
Filtration
Filtration will be required after pre-treatment to remove suspended solids, turbidity and reduce
microbiological contamination. Dual media (sand/anthracite) filtration may be offered to reduce the works
footprint as well as reduce taste and odour associated with possible algal blooms.
The DB Contractor will design a filtration system based on technical considerations provided in the tender
documentation. These considerations will include hydraulic gradients, head losses, filtration rates, back-
wash rates in accordance with grain size of the medium used (e.g. sand/anthracite), overflows to prevent
flooding, means of flow regulation, headroom for inspection and operation, drain capacity, amongst others.
The initial filter water shall not be fed into the treated storage tank and pressure filtration will not be
acceptable.
Disinfection
Disinfection is the final step in the water treatment process which is required to further reduce and/or
inactivate the number of pathogenic organisms in drinking water, and can also serve other purposes such as
taste and odour control.
Chlorine disinfection shall be provided to maintain a residual chlorine concentration in excess of 0.5 mg/ℓ in
the final treated water leaving the works in accordance with the requirements of SANS 241:2006 (Edition
6.1) and WHO (2006). On-line instrumentation to monitor the final chlorine residual and adjust the chlorine
dosing rate shall be provided. A manual backup system shall be provided.
The chlorination equipment shall have an adequate capacity to maintain a minimum free chlorine residual of
0.5 mg/ℓ at the outlet from the works. Gaseous chlorine installations shall be in conformance with the IFC
Environmental, Health and Safety guidelines (IFC, 2002) as well as SANS 10298 – 2005 Edition 1.1 or
equivalent standards. One ton chlorine gas tanks shall be used.
Water Stability
The raw water is relatively low in alkalinity, and chemical stabilization is required to ensure that aggressive
waters do not develop.
Raw water will be stabilized with lime using a dry lime feeder. Calcium Carbonate Precipitation Potential
(CCPP) should be used as the water stability index.
Polyelectrolyte Dosing
All chemicals used at the WTW (see section 2.7) shall be approved for use in WTW’s in Lesotho by WASA.
Requirements for chemical safety in terms of labelling, storage, safety, spill control and other factors must
comply with the chemical safety data sheets and will be required operational responsibilities of the DB
Contractor.
According to correspondence received by the Chief Executive of WASA (T Tlali dated 05/08/09) the following
is the reason that WASA uses polymers and not alum:
 The amount of sludge from the organic coagulants (polymers) is relatively smaller compared to the
sludge from inorganic coagulants (Alum etc.) because they are bio-degradable.
 The effect of the use of organic coagulants is minimal on the pH as opposed to the use of inorganic
coagulants which reduces the pH considerably requiring the use of costly additional pH correction.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 17
 Organic coagulants have higher molecular weight than the inorganic coagulants resulting in better
coalescence of flogs at minimum turbidities.
 The use of organic coagulants results in relatively less corrosive water as compared to the inorganic
coagulants.
 For the same amount of potable water produced fewer quantities of organic coagulants are used
compared to the vast amounts of inorganic coagulants needed. Consequently, the use of organic
coagulants is cost effective.
 For the production of 75ML/d potable water at the Metolong Water Treatment Plant, the following are to
be considered:
 Vast amounts of Alum shall be required hence a large storage facility will be required,
 The handling (transportation, off-loading and mixing) of Alum compared to polymers is cumbersome
because in the Southern Africa region it is readily available in granular form of 50kg bags.
 Polyelectrolyte dosing shall be automatically controlled based upon streaming current

measurements, with a manual back-up system provided.
It is likely that the two products listed below will be used as these are the products currently used by WASA,
as coagulants and flocculants:
 Südfloc 3TL
 Südfloc 3456
These specific coagulants and flocculants have a low environmental toxicity (refer to MSDS’s included as
Appendix G).
Clear Water Storage

A covered clear water tank shall be provided on site for storage of treated water and process water.
Process Water Recovery

The design of the WTW shall ensure that water losses through the works shall not exceed 10% of the
incoming raw water. Process water recovery is not required. Effluent (waste and wash water) produced on
site may only be discharged to natural environment if the quality complies with the Lesotho effluent
discharge standards (Otieno 1997, APPENDIX H).
Disposal of Waterworks Residuals

The WTW process will be required to ensure adequate treatment and/or disposal of all WTW wastes. These
include filter backwash, filter-to-waste and sludge. Disposal of residuals into the watercourse shall not be
permitted. Sludge drying beds are considered appropriate technology in this location. If sludge drying beds
are proposed the beds shall be sized for a planning horizon of 5 years and a minimum of two drying beds
shall be provided with a decant system to aid sludge dewatering. The various waste streams that may arise
from the works are described below.
Sanitary, cleaning water and storm water wastes

All sanitary wastes (sewage) will be segregated within the plant from process wastewaters. Sanitary wastes
(sewage) shall be conveyed to a sewer connection point to be provided under the Advance Infrastructure
project to drain sewage to the proposed Waste Water Treatment Works (WWTW) downstream of the WTW.
All other waste water flows produced at the treatment works shall be collected in sumps and conveyed to the
sewage treatment works to be constructed for the WTW and the Dam by others.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 18
Rain water from roofs and collected from other surfaces and not contaminated may be collected separately
and discharged directly into the stormwater system. The DB Contractor is required to develop a Stormwater
Drainage Plan.
Filter Backwash
The DB Contractor is required to come up with a method to manage the filter backwash so as to have the
least environmental consequence. The following are possible options that are available for disposal of the
filter backwash water from the Metolong WTW together with comments on the viability of the options:
 Recycle back to the head of the work and put back through the sand filters. In Lesotho, this option could
result in an accumulation of Giardia and Cryptosporidium oocysts (from upstream catchment activities)
and is possibly not an acceptable option. This option would also require additional treatment, possibly
with high-tech equipment that would in turn require a higher cost and level of training that is not
currently expected to be available with this WTW.
 Recycling of these waters may be possible after suitable treatment such as quiescent gravity settling to
ensure settling and removal of solids. The supernatant from the settling tanks ponds could be returned
prior to the point of primary coagulant addition. Re-cycling of these waters, however, is not considered
viable for the Metolong WTW.
 Evaporate off the water in evaporation pans (lagoons), which would require extra land and would also
leave some residue (sludge) that would need to be disposed of, and is not considered a viable option.
 Return of filter backwash water into the river. The polymers that WASA have suggested for use degrade
readily. The water quality would however need to be tested for compliance with Lesotho discharge
standards (Otieno 1997) to determine if this option is possible. This option is considered to be the
mostly likely option for the final disposal of the filter backwash water.
Information gained from settling tests undertaken on the Maseru WTW’s filter wash (supernatant,LWJV IFB
2009) indicated declining concentrations of most variables the longer the wash water is allowed to settle,
with the exception of faecal coliforms, ammonia and manganese. All other concentrations reduce with time
and the concentrations were within the Lesotho discharge standards limits (Otieno 1997) after 72 hours of
settling. However, reduction in the iron and manganese concentrations is expected to occur with blending of
the sedimentation washwater and the filter backwash water. Manganese concentrations are expected to be
lower in the raw water from Phuthiatsana River at Metolong compared to that from the Caledon River at
Maseru. Maseru WTW also does not aerate the raw water nor have any treatment processes for iron and
manganese removal. With effective treatment processes the iron and manganese should be oxidized to
particulate form and settle out with the sludge. To bring the faecal coliforms to within limits, the final effluent
may need to be chlorinated, but this may not be required with the solar UV irradiation that will occur at the
sludge lagoons.
It is recommended that the filter backwash water should be blended with the supernatant separated from the
sludge drying beds, and if they comply with Lesotho discharge standards (Otieno 1997), then this waste
water can be discharged to the Phuthiatsana River (refer to Figure 2.4). . If non-compliant then the
supernatant will require treatment and/or dilution to meet the standards for release back to the river below
the dam wall.
Sludge’s from the WTW

Sludge drying beds are the proposed technology for dewatering the residuals generated by the plant, as the
technology is considered appropriate for the plant location.
Solids will settle in sludge drying beds or lagoons, and clarified water (supernatant) will be removed by
decanting and draining. The final disposal of the air-dried residuals may take place either to land (in the form
of soil augmentation and/or donga rehabilitation) or to a landfill site. Land-based disposal for beneficial use is
the preferred option if it complies with standards. The potential issues associated with the various options
are discussed in APPENDIX E and the options summarised in
Table 2-1 below.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 19
Table 2-1: Summary of sludge disposal options

Sludge disposal options
Criteria for Agronomic Landfill cover or Donga Discharge to stream Reuse

comparison application / land disposal rehabilitation
spreading
Logistics / Requires soil and Requires investigation Requires soil and Easiest solution logistically Requires finding
Administration sludge monitoring to to determine available sludge monitoring to but not supported by NES. entrepreneurs
determine feasibility land fill disposal determine feasibility of Would require monitoring willing to take on
and ongoing options, or if none using sludge for donga and effective treatment to and commit to
monitoring to check suitable, investigation rehabilitation. Needs to ensure compliance with collecting and
suitability. and authorisation to involve and get buy-in effluent standards. reusing sludge for
establish new site of Soil Conservation. brick making etc.
near Metolong.
Cost of Low, if sludge users High as need to be High, as will require Low Low if removed by
disposal willing and able to trucked to landfill site bagging and transport entrepreneurs
remove it free of in unknown location to places of use.
charge
Potential Beneficial agronomic No land use benefit Potential land use No land use benefit High if sustainable
social and use if sludge content benefit - donga use in brick making
agronomic suitable But possible benefit rehabilitation and possible.
benefit as landfill cover restoration of land use
capacity.
Potential risks High, if sludge found Low, if landfill site High, if sludge found to High if sludge contains trace High probability
to be high in trace suitably located. be high in trace metals metals and causes water that such
metals and causes and causes soil toxicity pollution, possibly restricting entrepreneurs will
soil toxicity and High, if landfill and inhibition of plant use for down-stream not fulfil long-term
inhibits plant growth leachate causes soil growth (can be irrigation. Risk also depends commitment to its
(can be regulated or water pollution regulated through on quantity of sludge use as bricks may
through monitoring) monitoring) released and base flow of not be of
the river (potential for sufficiently high
dispersion) building standard.
Conclusions All the measures proposed will require analysis and monitoring of the sludge constituents once the WTW is operational.
Use of sludge for agronomic purposes or donga rehabilitation, if found to be suitable, provide a social and land use benefit, and
could be sustainable disposal options provided sludge analysis shows that constituents are not toxic to soil and water and will not
inhibit plant growth. However, these options will require more intensive analysis to establish the feasibility of its use for these
purposes and to find users or entrepreneurs willing to be contracted to remove the sludge on a continual basis.
Landfill disposal should be considered as a back up option for instances when sludge quality is not suitable for agronomic or
donga use, i.e. when trace metals are found to be higher than acceptable.
Sludge disposal for land augmentation (soil improvement or donga rehabilitation) is the preferred if sludge
found to be compliant with standards and suitable for the receiving environment.
The estimated average residuals mass produced on a daily basis when the plant is operational (before future
expansion in the longer term) is calculated below (APPENDIX E):
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 20
 Residuals mass due to turbidity in raw water = 100 NTU x 75Mℓ/day = 7 500 kg /day
 Average residual mass due to coagulant dosing = 990 kg/day
 Average residual mass due to lime dosing = 768 kg/day
 Total residuals mass = 9 258 kg TSS/day

Where: NTU = Nephelometric Turbidity Units
Facilities for the removal of concentrated sludge will be incorporated into the design of the WTW
Supernatant from sludge drying beds

The disposal of supernatant back to a river or dam is common practice in many waste water treatment works
and some of the bigger ones have an on-line monitor/sensor that triggers if the water quality exceeds a
certain threshold. This water is then collected and stored in a holding dam until the quality has been suitably
diluted so as to meet the discharge standards. These supernatants can also be treated with a disinfectant
such as chlorine and then put through a wetland to ensure that potential pathogens are removed before
entering the receiving Phuthiatsana River.
Return of supernatant to the river (if compliant with Lesotho’s discharge standards, Otieno (1997) and SA
General Authorisation limits, APPENDIX F) is regarded as the most viable option for disposal of the filter
backwash.
In summary, the proposed treatment process consists of cascade aeration; potassium permanganate
dosing to oxidize the potentially elevated manganese and iron present; lime dosing to add alkalinity to
prevent the risk of aggressive water; seasonal PAC dosing to reduce taste and odour associated with
possible algal blooms, followed by coagulation, flocculation, clarification and rapid gravity filtration. Filtration
would be followed by disinfection using gaseous chlorine. Chlorine would be dosed into the feed line into the
clear water storage/transfer tank at the water treatment plant before the treated water is fed into the
distribution system.
2.6 WTW Chemicals and Storage Requirements

The chemicals and other additives that may be used in the WTW are listed in Table 2.2. Management
requirements for chemicals are given in their Material Data Safety Sheets (MSDS) attached in APPENDIX G.
Table 2-2: Chemicals used in Water Treatment Works and their hazard ratings (where 0 = no hazard,
and 3 = high hazard rating)
Chemical Purpose Health Hazard Fire Hazard Reactivity
Polymers Coagulation
SudFloc 3TL and 1 0 0

3456
Slaked lime Water conditioning 3 0 2
Potassium Manganese removal 1 0 0

permanganate
Powdered activated Odour and taste 1 1 1

carbon removal
Chlorine gas Disinfection 2 2 3
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 21
Chemical storage capacity shall be sufficient for 45 days operation at maximum throughput. The storage
capacity for each type of chemical shall be based on the supplier’s standard delivery quantity plus an
allowance of 14 days. The storage requirements associated with 45-days of storage at the average dosing
rate for the ultimate design flow are listed in Table 2-3. The management measures associated with the
transport, storage, handling and disposal of chemicals are listed in Chapter 9.
Table 2-3: WTW 45-day chemical storage requirements
Chemical Dosing Rate Storage Remarks
Polymer 10 mg/litre 210 x 200kg drums Supplied in 200ℓ drums at 1kg/ℓ
Lime 10 mg/litre 42 tonnes Supplied in 50kg bags.
Powdered Activated 30 mg/litre 4200 x 30kg bags Supplied in 20 to 30 kg bags. PAC will be
Carbon dosed seasonally as needed at a
maximum rate of 30 mg/ℓ.
Chlorine gas 4 mg/litre 17 x 1000kg (1 ton) Supplied by bulk road tankers.

portable tanks / Portable tanks are supplied as 925 / 900 /
1000 kg portable tanks.
cylinders
It is expected that all chemicals will be imported into Lesotho by road from South Africa. See Chapter 9 for
the management issues related to the transport of chemicals.
The design specifications for the WTW make provision for a chemical storage building and a chlorine storage
facility. See Section 9.1 for the chemical handling, storage and disposal management measures.
Due to the inherent dangers of gaseous chlorine dosing installations, the design of the dosing installation will
make provision for strict control measures and for intervention in the event of a gas leak. The detection,
containment and treatment of an area affected by a leak will be required. It is recommended that the
chlorine gas detection, system containment and air scrubbing system with sodium hydroxide be installed.
However, the final design and preparation of a detailed Emergency Response Plan (see Section 9.3) will be
finalised by the operator using the WASA (2007 guidelines and the template in Appendix C).
2.7 The WTW DB Contract

2.7.1 WTW implementation
The contract to undertake detailed design, layout and construction of the WTW will be undertaken through a
Design-Build Contract. The short listed companies or consortia will be given the tender specifications, the
Basis of Design Report, compliance standards and this EMP. The tender process commenced in August
2009 with the aim of securing a preferred contractor to start the construction in January 2011.
The Contract Documents prepared by the Engineer include operating performance requirements, Employer
project requirements, and minimum technical criteria for the design and construction of the proposed
facilities. The Contractor shall prepare its own final design to achieve the performance requirements and
meet or exceed these minimum technical criteria for design and construction.
2.7.2 Scope of the Design-Build Contract
The work to be carried out under this Contract includes but is not limited to the following principal items:
 a 600 m long by 1200 mm diameter raw water supply line from a connection point from the Metolong
Dam pump station to the inlet works of the WTP to cater for the future raw water demand of 105 Mℓ/day
(including a 10 % allowance for production losses);
 a 93.4 Mℓ/day output water treatment work, including associated civil engineering work;
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 22
 electrical switchgear and control panels;
 a control and monitoring system;
 a Computer-aided Maintenance Management System (CMMS);
 administration building with offices, laboratory, break area, men and women locker rooms with toilets
and showers, first-aid facilities; maintenance workshops, and storage facilities. The latter are to include:
chlorine building for chlorine storage and feed facilities, including all safety equipment required;
chemical building to provide for the equipment appropriate for the storage and addition feeding of both
dry and liquid chemicals; buildings for spare parts storage, electrical and mechanical workshops, power
feed and transformers, stand-by generator and field offices, and stand-by generator room designed to
minimize noise from the operating generator;
 potable water high-lift pump station with a flow of 1088 /sec to the Command Reservoir with a TWL of
1840 mMSL;
 potable water high-lift pump station with a flow of 10.3 ℓ/sec to the future reservoir supplying the
Metolong Village with an estimated TWL of 1838 mMSL;
 potable water high-lift pump station with a flow of 2.78 ℓ/sec to the future reservoir supplying the future
business centre, visitors centre, hotel and staff quarters with an estimated TWL of 1735 mMSL;
 a short section of potable water rising main from each potable water pump station to 5 m beyond the
boundary fence, including the connection to the rising main;
 roads, storm water drainage, landscaping, security system, fencing, power, lighting and communication
systems within the limits of the Water Treatment Works;
 as-built drawings, and operation and maintenance manuals;
 training of the water works operator's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the Works;
 temporary facilities for use by the Engineer;
 temporary facilities for the Contractor's use, in allocated works areas;

Some of the specific support infrastructure and services required for the WTW are described below.
The Contractor will be expected to obtain the necessary permits required for the abstraction of raw water for
construction and potable use, inspection, construction or testing of the WTW.
2.7.3 Specific infrastructure and services
Infrastructure and services available to or to be provided by the DB Contractor are indicated below and have
been extracted from the Basis of Design Report (LWJV IFB 2009).
2.7.3.1 Roads and access

Access to the site shall be from the existing asphalt road to the boundary of the site and shall be limited to
one entrance. The Contractor will be required to provide additional access and haul roads and comply with
all regulations governing use of national roads, rails, border crossings, load clearance limits and to make
arrangements with appropriate government authorities governing passage of heavy construction vehicles.
A 6 m construction servitude has been provided adjacent to, and outside of, the Site boundaries on the east,
south and west to assist the Contractor in constructing the permanent fencing and to provide a location for
any temporary security fencing needed by the Contractor prior to completion of the permanent fence.
Any existing rights of way, pony tracks or roads running through the Site shall be diverted around the Site to
prevent unauthorised persons from inadvertently entering the Site. Such rights of way, pony tracks, roads or
diversions shall be kept open at all times except for short periods when construction activities such as
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 23
surface blasting could require closure for safety reasons. All blasting will be done in accordance with the
requirements of the IFB documentation, including a dilapidation survey and community notification system
(see section 8.6). Blasting permits if required will need to be attained from the Lesotho department of Mines
and Geology.
2.7.3.2 Fencing
The site of the Water Treatment Works is to be enclosed with a permanent 2.4 m high palisade security
fence with local stone posts and devil’s tongue or other like style metal fencing. The tops of the stone posts
shall have anti-trespass devices.
A heritage specialist appointed by the Department of Culture has assessed the significance of the ruins of an
old 19th century wall and is currently surveying and mapping it. Sections of the wall within the WTW Site can
be removed where required to make way for the WTW. Should any of the 19th century stone wall remain on
site where not required to be removed for construction purposes, a 1.25 m high fence, with a pedestrian
access gate, shall be erected around the remains. This fence shall remain in place and not be removed at
the end of construction.
Safety fences shall be erected around electrical and mechanical equipment before that equipment is
connected to any electrical supply.
A temporary Site security fence – 1.4 m above ground and with at least 7 strands of barbed wire - shall be
erected on the outside edge of the construction servitude, and shall be erected prior to any other work
commencing on the Site. Access points and gates in the fence shall be controlled by the Contractor to
prevent unauthorised access to the Site. This fence is to be removed by the Contractor upon the completion
of the Works.
Signs in English and Sesotho shall be attached to the fence at intervals not greater than 300 m advising that
unauthorised entry is prohibited and that the site may be dangerous to trespassers. Additional signs shall be
erected at focal points of potential access to the Site. The signs shall be maintained in a readable condition
for the duration of the Works.
Where any temporary fence has to be erected alongside a road, footpath, or other public thoroughfare, it
shall be of the type required by, and shall be erected to the satisfaction of, the Government authority
concerned.
2.7.3.3 Electricity
An 11 kV power supply with a total of 10 MVA capacity is available at the site. The dam and downstream
conveyance and other contractors will also have access to this power supply. The WTW Contractor will be
allocated 3.0 MVA for both the temporary and permanent works. The Contractor shall design, install, operate
and maintain his 11 kV and low voltage distribution.
2.7.3.4 Telecommunications
Intermittent cellular phone reception exists at the WTW. There is no landline service to the area but
Telecoms Lesotho have been asked to provide a proposal to ensure cell phone coverage.
2.7.3.5 Water
A small potable water treatment facility with a capacity of ~30 m3/day is being established near the WTW for
potable water use during construction. Water from this plant will be shared by both the dam and water
treatment works contractors and the permanent water treatment plant staff housing until the Metolong WTW
is commissioned. Potable water shall comply with the requirements of the South African National Standards
for drinking water (SANS 241:2006, WHO 2006, refer to APPENDIX H and section 2.4). Minutes of a
meeting held as part of the Metolong Dam Programme (WTW: Developing DB Contract Documents &
Conducting Environmental/Social Impact Assessment Contract WS-A-004-08, Technical Meeting (#010) 20
July 2009) are included in Appendix C. In this meeting it was confirmed that the treated water quality is to
conform to the South African specification for treated water SANS241 and World Health Organization
Guidelines.
The Contractor shall be required to provide water for his construction activities from sources to be identified
and developed by the Contractor. This is most likely to be taken from the Phuthiatsana River and will require
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 24
a water abstraction permit from DWA, which the DB Contractor will be required to obtain. The Contractor
shall provide an ample supply of clean water for construction purposes including but not limited to aggregate
processing, concrete, washing down, and other uses on the Works.
All temporary water treatment systems constructed by the Contractor are required to be removed on
completion of the Works.
2.7.3.6 Sewage and waste water disposal
An offsite wastewater treatment plant (WWTP) is to be constructed under the Advance Infrastructure
Contract to treat flows from the permanent water treatment plant staff housing, contractor’s temporary
management housing sites, contractor’s offices, and Engineer’s office.
All sanitary wastes (sewage) should be segregated within the plant from process wastewaters. Sanitary
wastes (sewage) shall be conveyed to a sewer connection point to be provided under the Advanced
Infrastructure project to drain sewage to the proposed Waste Water Treatment Works (WWTW) downstream
of the WTW.
The WTW DB Contractor is required to furnish temporary sanitary facilities at the Site for the needs of all
construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services on the Project. Sanitary facilities
shall be of reasonable capacity, properly maintained throughout the construction period, sited 50m from
water courses or springs, and hidden from public view to the greatest practical extent. If chemical toilets are
used, at least one toilet will be furnished for every 20 workers.
The Contractor shall design, install and maintain treatment facilities on site for disposal of wastewater from
the Contractor's camp accommodation, camp amenities, workshops, stores, and other buildings constructed
by the Contractor in the Works area and having wastewater flows in accordance with the appropriate
requirements of SANS 1200. Temporary sewage and waste water facilities shall be removed on completion
of construction.
2.7.3.7 Solid waste disposal
The Contractor will be required to provide metal dust bins or equivalent plastic receptacles for the storage of
solid waste at all accommodation facilities and works areas. Separate bins should be provided for municipal
solid waste (general), industrial waste and hazardous waste. All storage of solid waste shall be fenced and
locked to keep unauthorized persons from entering the area and stored in such a way to prevent vermin from
accessing the waste. The storage area shall be kept clean at all times. No solid waste of any kind shall be
left outside the bins at any time and no burning of waste will be permitted.
The DB Contractor will be required to establish a refuse control system for the collection and removal of
refuse to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for the regular removal of solid
waste and transport by licensed waste haulers to a licensed landfill or site approved by the regulatory
authority or suitable waste disposal site (to be determined under the Advanced Infrastructure Project) at
least twice per week or on an as needed basis.
Hazardous waste, such as fuels, oils etc shall be transported by licensed waste haulers and disposed of in a
licensed landfill capable of handling such wastes. Since no such facility occurs in Lesotho, the waste will
have to be transported by a licensed hauler and disposed of in South Africa at a registered hazardous waste
site.
2.7.4 Stages of the Design-Build Contract
The Design-Build Contract involves three main stages:
i) Construction - The Construction Stage includes design and physical construction of the Works to the
point where it can be used for its intended purpose and is expected to take 30 months.
ii) Tests on Completion -The Tests on Completion Stage is the stage after construction within which the
Contractor shall operate the Works for a period of 180 days. At the conclusion of the Commissioning
Period and after the Works has passed all tests required under the Tests on Completion, the Employer
will issue the Taking Over Certificate.
iii) Assisted Operation - During the Assisted Operation Stage the Works will be operated by the Employer
staff under supervision of, and with the assistance of, the Contractor’s staff for a period of 185 days. It is
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 25
the period during which Employer staff shall be trained in all aspects of the operation and maintenance
of the Works.
2.7.5 Reporting Requirements of the DB Contract

The following documents (environmental documents indicated in bold) are specified in the tender documents
for the DB Contractor (LWJV IFB 2009):
2.7.5.1 Pre-construction Phase

 Preliminary Design
 Work Programme
 Quality Assurance and Quality Control Program
 Equipment List
 Recruitment, Testing, Training And Employment Programme
 Health and Safety Plan
 Construction Risk Management Program
 Dilapidation Survey (for blasting)
 Environmental Protection Plan (EPP)
 Subcontractor Lists
 Guarantee Certificates
2.7.5.2 Construction Phase

 Final design packages
 Shop drawings which also includes samples with test results, product literature, catalogue data,
Operation and Maintenance information, mix designs, training materials
 Emergency action plans
 Monthly Schedule Update
 Contractor Pay Estimate
 Monthly Progress Report
 As-Built Drawings
 Operation, Maintenance and Training Program
 Maintenance Program
 Computer Systems
 Records
2.7.5.3 Post-construction Phase

 Monthly Reports
 Performance Tests
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 26
 Written Notices of Substantial and Final Completion
 Release of Liens and Waiver of Debts and Claims
 Consent of Surety Final Payment
 Final Application for Payment
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 27
3.0 LEGAL FRAMEWORK

The EMP has been compiled in compliance with the requirements of the Lesotho Environment Act of 2008,
the 2002 EIA guidelines of the Lesotho Environment Authority (now National Environmental Secretariat -
NES), and in accordance with World Bank Operational Guidelines and MCC guidelines, as well as best
international practice. The EMP is a stand alone document and is designed to be as user-friendly as possible
and is set out in such a way as to facilitate oversight by decision-makers and implementation by the
Contractor and relevant authorities.
3.1 Relevant legislation and policies of Lesotho

Table 3-1 is a synthesis of the key legal and policy provisions in Lesotho that are relevance to this study.
Table 3-1: List of Legislation and Policies relevant to the WTW
Legislation or Nature of Issue Specific requirements
policy
Constitution of Protection of 1. Requires Lesotho to adopt policies to protect the natural and
Lesotho (section 36) Environment, cultural environment and to assure all citizens a safe environment
Culture and Social adequate for health and well-being.
Health
Timeous 2. Stipulates a requirement for “prompt payment of full compensation”

compensation for compulsory acquisition of moveable and immovable property for
payments public purposes
Environment Act 15 of Environmental Requires an EA for projects dealing with water, reservoirs, pipelines
2008 Assessments and associated structures. Describes the requirements for the EA
process and possession of an EA licence before proceeding with
development or operation of a scheduled project.
Provision is made for regulations governing noise, effluent and air

quality.
Permits and licenses Regulates the need for obtaining permits and licenses from NES for
excessive noise (Noise permit); effluent discharge to sewage system
(Effluent license), emission of dust or gases (Pollution license) or to
operate a land fill site or store or transport hazardous waste (Waste
License).
Land and Land Acquisition
Land Act of 1979 Compensation for 1. Regulates the determination of compensation and provides for a
land (section 56-59) period of 3 months for submitting compensation claims from date of
declaration notice although allows for extension of time frame.
2. Where remaining land after acquisition is less than 500m2, the

affected land occupier can request acquisition and compensation for
entire landholding.
3. Provides for compensation for damage to land within public

servitudes (section 72).
Selected Provides for the setting aside of SDAs for development, construction
Development Areas or readjustment of boundaries. It revokes all existing titles but
(section 44) substitute rights may be granted.
Water Sector Compensation Establishes compensation principles, organisational arrangements

Improvement Plan and design criteria to be applied to people affected by the project. It
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 28
Legislation or Nature of Issue Specific requirements

policy
(WSIP) Policy was designed incompliance with the requirements of the Lesotho
Framework for Land government and World Bank (OP 4.12).
Acquisition and
Compensation It requires that land acquisition should be avoided where feasible or
minimised and all viable alternatives should be explored. Where
acquisition is unavoidable, compensation should be provided to the
full value of the land or assets acquired, and any loss of livelihood as
a result. It also specifies the categories of affected persons qualifying
for compensation.
Entitlement for land losses is based on land swaps or by purchase at

prevailing prices, while buildings and structures are replaced on an
equivalent structure or with cash and/or credits based on replacement
cost.
Water
Water Resources Act Water use and Provides for the use, control, protection and conservation of water
22 of 1978 (now pollution controls resources. Control and use of water for non-domestic purposes
updated by new act of including bulk extraction, storage and treatment, requires a permit
2008) from the Minister.
The Act also defines water pollution in wide ranging terms and makes
provision for regulations to control and prevent such pollution.
Permits for water extraction and treatment by DWA will be

forthcoming from the Ministry via the office of the Commissioner of
Water who is actively involved in the development of the project. A
permit will also be required for water abstraction for construction.
Natural & Cultural heritage
Historical Monuments, Natural and cultural Provides for the protection of cultural sites and artefacts, as well as 16
Relics, Fauna and heritage types of fauna and 11 types of flora some of which occur in the study
Flora Act No 41 of area (but which are not threatened in Lesotho). These include
1967 tortoises, terrapins, cranes, storks and herons, hammerkops, birds of
prey and egrets).
National Heritage Bill Natural and cultural This Bill will provide for the protection, preservation and conservation
(2006) heritage of cultural, natural and living heritage of Lesotho. The Dept of Culture
is the agency responsible for the implementation and administration of
the Act and its regulations. Also provides for the establishment of a
Heritage Commission.
3.2 Permit Requirements

Permits required for the WTW are listed in Table 3-2. The Contractor is required to obtain the necessary
permits. No water may be discharged to the natural environment unless it complies with Lesotho’s effluent
discharge standards (Otieno 1997, APPENDIX F).
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 29
Table 3-2: Permit or licence requirements and relevance to the WTW study
Act, Regulation or Permit or licence Requirements Implementing Responsibility
By-law Agency for obtaining
permit
Environment Act 10 Effluent Licence Licence to discharge effluent into NES Not relevant
of 2008 sewage system. Validity: 1 year.
Fee as prescribed.
Environment Act 10 Pollution Licence Licence to emit any gas, dust or NES Not relevant
of 2008 smoke or any other atmospheric
pollutant in excess of the
prescribed standards. Validity: 1
year. Fee as prescribed.
Environment Act 10 Noise permit Permit to allow excessive NES Not relevant
of 2008 emission of noise (in excess of
the noise emission standards).
Validity: to be specified. Fee as
prescribed.
Environment Act 10 Ionising radiation Licence to import, process, mine, NES Not relevant
of 2008 export, possess, transport use or
dispose of radioactive materials
or other sources of dangerous
radiation. Validity: 1 year. Fee as
prescribed.
Environment Act 10 Waste disposal site Licence required owning or NES Only relevant if
of 2008 operating a waste disposal site or new landfill site
plant, other than domestic waste; required.
generating, storing, handling,
transporting or disposing
hazardous waste. Validity: 1 year.
Fee as prescribed.
Water Resources Water abstraction Permit will be required from DWA DWA Relevant -
Act 22 of 1979 and for abstraction of water from a Contractor should
Water Resources river for construction. obtain a permit
Regulations 22 of
1980
Mines and Minerals Mining (or An ESIA is a prerequisite for Ministry of Not Relevant (as
Act, 1966 quarrying) Licence obtaining mining rights Natural using commercial
Resources sources) but if
blasting is
required then a
permit will be
required
Municipal by-laws Building permit Have to have fulfilled all Municipalities Not relevant
environmental requirements and and Ministry of
include the ESIA Licence in the Local
application for a permit Government
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 30
3.3 Policies of the World Bank

Policies of the World Bank have been reviewed and summarised here. Some are relevant to the overall
Metolong project and not specifically to the Water Treatment Works but have been included for context.
Table 3-3: Summary of World Bank Operation Policies and relevance to the Metolong Project
(synthesised from SMEC 2008)
World Bank Policy Key Provisions Relevance
OP/BP 4.01 Ensures appropriate level of environmental and social assessment is Yes
Environmental carried out. Deals with public consultation and ensures that the views
Assessment of project-affected persons and local NGOs are taken into account.
Outlines the content of EA reports and EMPs for Category A projects
OP/BP 4.04 Natural Supports the conservation of natural habitats and the maintenance of No (not in the
Habitats ecological functions as a basis for sustainable development. The WTW area)
Bank does not support projects that involve the significant conversion
or degradation of critical natural habitats.
OP/BP 4.09 Pest Promotes the use of biological or environmental control methods and No (not in the
Management reduces reliance on synthetic chemical pesticides WTW area)
OP 4.36 Forests Aims to reduce deforestation and enhance through sustainable No (not in the
economic development the environmental and social contributions of WTW area)
forests. The bank does not support projects involving significant
conversion or degradation of critical forest areas or related critical
natural habitats.
OP/BP 4.11 Physical Cultural property includes remains left by humans (rock art, middens, Yes (19th century
cultural resources shrines) and unique natural environmental features such as canyons village remains in
and waterfalls. The bank does not support projects that will the WTW area).
significantly damage non-replicable cultural property and assists only
those projects that are sited or designed so as to prevent such
damage.
OP/BP 4.12 Involuntary Requires projects to minimise involuntary resettlement and to explore Yes (for loss of
resettlement all viable alternatives; where resettlement required, resettlement land in the WTW
should be executed as sustainable development programs and area, and
displaced persons should be meaningfully consulted and have possible
opportunities to participate in planning and implementing resettlement resettlement from
programmes. Projects must assist displaced persons to improve their quarry site)
livelihoods and standards of living to pre-displacement levels. It
requires prompt and effective compensation at full replacement cost
for losses of assets directly attributable to the project; moving
allowances and provision of residential housing or housing sites.
Taking of land and related assets may only take place after
compensation has been paid, and where relevant, where resettlement
sites and moving allowances have been provided.
OP 4.37 Dam Safety and Not relevant to

OP7.50 Projects on the WTW, but
International waterways relevant to the
whole MDWSP
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 31
3.4 Policies of MCC and Metolong Authority

MCC has its own set of environmental guidelines governing procedural and reporting practices for
conducting environmental assessments. The guidelines are based on best practice and largely draw on
World Bank requirements and reporting formats. Emphasis is placed on compliance with legal requirements
of the host country and international best practice; participative and meaningful stakeholder participation;
detailed assessment of feasible alternatives, and public availability of reports. EIA reporting requirements
follow the World Bank Operational Manual 4.01. Table 3-4 indicate MCC policies of relevance to the WTW
projects and Table 3.5 indicates relevant policies of the Metolong Authority.
The Metolong Dam activity is a Category A project under MCC’s Environmental Guidelines due primarily to
the potential environmental and social risks associated with the project, which include loss of communal
resources, loss of traditional access routes across the river, inundation of cultural resources and alteration of
downstream surface water hydrology. The entities funding the dam have agreed that the entire project,
including the dam, reservoir and downstream bulk water conveyance system, will be designed and
constructed according to common standards that meet MCC’s Environmental Guidelines, the MCC Gender
Policy, GoL law, and World Bank Operational Policy 4.12 on Involuntary Resettlement. Compact funding for
the bulk water conveyance system will be conditioned on strict adherence with the larger project’s
environmental management plan (“EMP”) and resettlement and compensation action plan (“R&CAP”),
completed earlier this year with World Bank funding. The urban, peri-urban and rural water activities are
considered Category B and Category C projects under MCC’s Environmental Guidelines and do not pose
significant adverse environmental and social impacts. Standard EMPs will be developed for each activity to
assure compliance with MCC’s Environmental Guidelines and GoL legislation.
Table 3-4: MCC policies of relevance to the Metolong Project
MCC Policies Key Provisions
Guidelines for The purpose of the Environmental Guidelines is to establish a process for the review of
Environmental and Social environmental and social impacts (such as involuntary resettlement and impacts on
cultural property, for example) to ensure that the projects undertaken in a Compact
Assessment (2006)
are environmentally sound, are designed to operate in compliance with applicable
regulatory requirements, and, as required by the legislation establishing MCC, are not
likely to cause a significant environmental, health, or safety hazard. The guidelines reflect
Section 605(e)(3) of the Millennium Challenge Act of 2003 that prohibits MCC from
providing assistance for any project that is "likely to cause a significant environmental,
health, or safety hazard." Municipal wastewater treatment plants with a capacity
exceeding 150,000 population equivalent are specified as a listed activity requiring an
EIA.
Standard EMPs are to be developed for each activity to assure compliance with MCC’s
Environmental Guidelines and GoL laws for projects that can have significant
environmental impacts.
The guidelines are designed to review and screen projects for MCC funding, as well as to
guide the Environmental assessments process. Guidelines for the contents of EIAs follow
the World Bank Operational Manual OP4.01.
Gender Policy (2006) The gender policy guides MCC country partners in the integration of gender differences
and gender inequality issues in the design and implementation of Compact projects,
through recognition that these often create structural obstacles to economic growth and
poverty reduction. Projects will be evaluated and monitored on the extent to which
gender inequalities are addressed.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 32
Table 3-5: Metolong Authority policies of relevance to the WTW project

Metolong Authority Key Provisions
Policies
Resettlement and Describes the protocols for adjudicating compensation assets, compiling an asset
Compensation Action Plan register, implementing compensation payments and record keeping.
Policy and Procedures
document
Labour recruitment policy Provides the objectives, principles, and framework for a transparent recruitment process
(Draft 2008) that seeks to maximise job opportunities for local labour, including equal opportunities for
men and women. Contractors are encouraged to use labour selected by Community
Councils where labour meets the Contractors’ requirements.
HIV/AIDS policy (to be Metolong Authority is in the process of securing a consultant to draft an HIV/AIDS policy
compiled) and management plan.
3.5 International Conventions

Lesotho has ratified the following international conventions and protocols pertaining to the environment
which are of relevance to the overall Metolong programme.
Table 3-6: International Conventions and relevance to the WTW project
International Key Provisions
Agreements
United Nations Framework This convention aims to stabilise greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere and
Convention on Climate parties to this convention agree to promote sustainable management and promote and
Change (UNFCCC) - 1992 cooperate in the conservation and enhancement of sinks and reservoirs of all greenhouse
gases, such as terrestrial, marine and coastal ecosystems.
The Metolong programme will generate greenhouse gasses through the decomposition of
plants after inundation for the dam; through the consumption of energy for pumping water
and running the WTW, and from emissions from equipment and vehicles. Measures to
reduce this is limited to maintaining all emission-generating to advance the SADC agenda
of equipment and vehicles properly to minimise emissions; and designing pipelines to
minimise pumping head thereby reducing energy for pumping needs
United Nations The convention requires member states to implement measures to control desertification
Convention on Combating and land degradation. In Lesotho, the key focus is on sustainable land management
Desertification (UNCCD) through a variety of approaches including tree planting, water provision, soil erosion
control interventions, poverty reduction, and improved range management. Institutional
structures have been formed to assist inter-governmental coordination.
The Metolong WTW may exacerbate soil erosion if sufficient controls on stormwater
management and effluent drainage and sludge disposal are not implemented.
Stockholm Convention on This convention regulates the use and export/import of persistent organic pollutants
Persistent Organic (POPs) which are recognised as toxic to humans and wildlife, and bioaccumulate in the
Pollutants environment. It regulates the use of the following chemicals or products: aldrin, chlordane,
dieldrin, heptachlor, hexachlorobenzene, mirex, toxaphene, and polychlorinated biphenyls.
Any pesticides or herbicides used to clear vegetation on the WTW site must be screened
to ensure they do not contain these chemicals. Use on the site above the dam could pose
a risk of such POPs washing into the reservoir and contaminating the drinking water
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 33
International Key Provisions

Agreements
supply.
The GoL is a signature of this convention. There are limited POPs expected to occur in the
case of the WTW.
Basel Convention on the The convention obliges member states to minimise and control the generation and
Control of Transboundary movement of hazardous wastes between states, and to protect the environment in the
Movements of Hazardous transport and disposal of such waste. Hazardous waste includes waste mineral oils unfit
Wastes and their Disposal for their originally intended use; waste oils/water; hydrocarbons/water mixtures, and
– adopted 22 March 1989 emulsions. Therefore, any waste oils generated by the Metolong programme and exported
to South Africa for disposal or recycling is subject to the Convention.
In terms of the Basel Convention requirements, the company who removes waste from the
WTW has to prove that they have or will dispose of it at an accredited hazardous waste
facility. The proof must be kept by the Contractor and be available for any auditor to verify.
The waste removal company must liaise with NES’s Waste Manager in each instance and
inform them that they have collected the hazardous waste and when they will dispose of it.
Convention on Biological This convention aims to protect biodiversity and in particular, to adopt measures for
Diversity – 5 June 1992 recovery and rehabilitation of threatened species. This is of relevance to the Metolong
Project, the affected areas of which are known to contain Red Data species. One Red
Data species that is not regarded as threatened could occur in the WTW site: Dicoma
anomola. This species was not found on the WTW site.
SADC Revised Protocol This protocol aims to foster closer cooperation for judicious, sustainable and coordinated
on Shared Water Courses management, protection and utilisation of shared watercourse and integration and poverty
alleviation. Parties to this convention are obliged to share information and consult each
other, and if necessary to negotiate the possible effects of planned measures on the
condition of a shared watercourse. This therefore has direct relevance to the Metolong
Dam, situated as it is on a branch of a river (Phuthiatsana) that feeds a shared
watercourse (Caledon). The CoW is responsible for informing member states of the
Metolong Dam project, and this was done in December 2008 and agreement received from
members states.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 34
4.0 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT AND KEY ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS OF THE WTW
This chapter provides a summary description of the environment and the key impacts identified in the ESIA.
4.1 Description of the Environment

The WTW is located in the foothills of Lesotho on a plateau above the Phuthiatsana River. The site itself is
comprises basaltic soils overlying sandstone of the Clarens Formation. Subsurface seepage occurs in some
areas of the site. The predominant basalt-derived soils are highly erodible and thus proper slope stabilisation
and stormwater management are critical in the design and construction of the WTW. This risk is
compounded by the intense rainfall events during summer, which washes large amounts of sediment into the
river. Annual rainfall is relatively low at ~770mm. The closest weather station is situated at the Maseru
International Airport and the prevailing wind direction is westerly with lower summer wind speeds when
compared to winter wind speeds. Average evaporation is 1500mm/year.
Temperatures range from a maximum of 33ºC in summer to a minimum of 0ºC in winter (July). Climate
change predictions expect Lesotho to become drier and hotter with increased intensity and frequency of
extreme weather events, such as floods and droughts in the western and northern lowlands.
Water quality of the Phuthiatsana River has a major influence on the water treatment process and the
chemical inputs required to supply treated water, and has been discussed in section 2.4. Total coliform
counts, including E. coli, are high, indicating wash-off of faecal matter from the catchment, which poses a
health risk to local water users.
Terrestrial vegetation predominantly comprises grassland with scattered thickets and woodland on the
foothill slopes above the river. Large parts of the plateaus have been disturbed by settlement and
cultivation, mainly of maize and sorghum. The area of the WTW is transformed by cultivated fields. The
WTW site is mostly arable land with small patches of uncultivated grassland and rocky outcrops. The
results of a summer survey of the vegetation present in the WTW are attached as Appendix J. Only one
red data plant species that may be expected to occur in the area of the Metolong Dam and the WTW
site is Dicoma anamola – but this is a commonly found species with a wide distribution in southern
Africa. Nonetheless, individuals found on site will be considered for relocation
Few indigenous large mammal species remain in the area, as they have been almost eliminated by hunting
and other human disturbance. All the remaining smaller mammals likely to occur are widely distributed. The
same is true of snakes, which are targeted and tend to be killed on sight. All the reptiles, amphibians or birds
likely to be recorded in the area are very common and widespread. The Bald Ibis is a Red Data bird species
that is commonly seen feeding in fields near villages and nests in cliffs along that will be associated with the
dam (approximately 1km from the proposed dam wall).
The only Red Data species of fish likely to occur in the Phuthiatsana River is the Largemouth Yellowfish,
although it was not recorded during sampling for the SMEC ESIA (2008) probably due to the turbid
conditions. Other fish recorded: Smallmouth Yellowfish and Chubbyhead Barb – are hardy species.
Current river condition below the proposed Metolong Dam is categorised as a C/D, where C is
moderately modified (loss and change of natural habitat and biota has occurred but basic ecosystem
functions largely unchanged) and D is largely modified (large loss of natural habitat, biota, and basic
ecosystem functions occurred). Reasons for this categorisation include accelerated supply of sediment to the
river (non-flow related) and down-cutting of the channel; sand-mining; removal of riparian vegetation;
dominance of alien riparian vegetation; and assumed altered hydrological patterns as a result of land use
activities. Extraction of 10% Mean Annual Runoff (MAR) in accordance with the recommended flow release
schedule of 200ℓ in dry season (winter) and 100ℓ in the wet season (summer) and simulation of one Class 4
and four Class 2 floods per annum is expected to maintain the river in its current ecological condition of C/D
(SMEC 2008).
The population of villages around the reservoir area is estimated at around 7800 based on a social survey in
2006 for the Metolong Dam ESIA (SMEC 2008). The closest village on the west – Ha Seeiso – has an
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 35
estimated population of 1145 in 206 households, while that on the east – Ha Sekantsi – has 211 people in 37
households. The majority of households are poor with a high age dependency of 42%; low education level
and high level of unemployment. 70% of households earn less than M500 per month. Access to water,
sanitation and health services is low: most villages rely on communal standpipes for water and live in
traditional thatched dwellings with no electricity. The project will however improve access to sanitation and
water for the majority of villages around the dam.
Most households engage with subsistence farming of crops such as maize, wheat and sorghum and 84% of
households own one or more fields. Most households do not own livestock and those that do have small
herds with few households owning more than six head.
Income sources of female-headed households were consistently lower than male-headed households with
86% of female-headed households earning M500 or less compared to 62% of male headed households,
Male-headed households were more likely to have income sources in the form of a salary, remittances from
South Africa or Lesotho, or from the sale of their own vegetable produce, while women were more likely to
obtain income from pensions or the sale of beer. This underscores the importance of land for subsistence
farming.
Cultural heritage of the area in and around the WTW comprises the ruins of a 19th Century village called Ha
Makhoanyane dating from the 1880s and an old stone boundary wall which lies in the middle of the WTW
area. These are recommended for protection and fencing while that part of the wall that occurs on the WTW
is to be removed and the stones piled for future use. A museum and interpretative centre is proposed to
preserve and show-case the rich cultural history of the area, house archaeological material for visitors and
as an educational centre.
Key social issues of concern to the community recorded in earlier surveys and meetings relate to
employment, compensation and access to services, as well as risk of increased HIV/AIDS, loss of rock
paintings, crossing points and opportunities for small business establishment.
4.2 Assessment of Impacts

The potential impacts identified during the ESIA (separate document) were assessed in accordance with a
structured methodology that combines the classical impact assessment methodology with a risk assessment
approach through using the extent, intensity and duration ratings to define a score of “consequence” of the
impact, which is then used to define impact significance. Significance ratings are defined to assist decision-
makers determine the extent to which an impact should influence decision-making. The methodology is
described and impact tables from the ESIA are contained in APPENDIX D. The overall matrix tables
summarising the identified impacts are provided in this section.
The approach is based on an explicit and transparent scoring system to avoid subjective and haphazard
assignments of significance ratings. The approach has been used elsewhere in other environmental
assessments with different categorisation of extent and duration depending on the nature of the project. The
significance of an impact is defined as a combination of the consequence of the impact occurring and the
probability that the impact will occur.
Significance ratings are defined as follows:
 Low: the potential impact may not have any meaningful influence on the decision regarding the
proposed activity;
 Medium: the potential impact should influence the decision regarding the proposed activity, and
 High: the potential impact will affect a decision regarding the proposed activity.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 36
4.3 Summary Matrix Table of Construction and Operation Impacts and Key Mitigation Measures of the
WTW
Table 4-1: Summary matrix table of Construction Impacts
Impact Significance Significance Summary of key recommended mitigation / optimisation measures
without with mitigation / (*Note: mitigation measures discussed in more detail in section 8 - Construction
mitigation / optimisation Phase and Section 9 - Operational Phase)
optimisation
OVERALL BENEFITS OF METOLONG DAM AND WATER SUPPLY PROJECT (POSITIVE)
Construction jobs for local residents Low Medium Implement Metolong Authority’s Labour Recruitment Policy and encourage contractors to
(Positive) source unskilled and semi-skilled labour from the Skills Register.
Improved services and facilities for local Medium HIGH Ensure ongoing implementation of the planned WATSAN project to supply water and VIP
residents (Positive) latrines to 9, then a further 24 villages, as well as electricity to key community facilities.
Tourism benefits Low Medium Plan for a mix of tourism and recreational opportunities around the reservoir and provide
(Positive) training to locals to maximise their role.
Regional and National Benefits from HIGH HIGH Project benefits would be optimised if allocation given to provide poor households with a
Improved Water Supply (Positive) (Positive) certain amount of free water and implement appropriate tariff structures.
IMPACTS OF THE WTW CONSTRUCTION (NEGATIVE)
Loss of 96,000m2 of land, mostly agricultural, HIGH Medium Ensure timely payment of agreed compensation prior to construction and prioritise affected
of which ~72,000m2 belongs to 12 owners landowners for jobs or livelihood enhancement projects.
Loss of grazing land Low Low None required.
Loss or pollution of village water supply HIGH Low Fence off and ensure protection of the existing spring.
Ensure latrines or sewage disposal option provided for temporary work camp cannot pollute
the spring or water course. Optimal solution, if possible, is to provide water borne sewage to
the waste water treatment works.
Social disruption caused by influx of work- HIGH Medium Implement Metolong Authority’s Labour Recruitment Policy and encourage contractors to
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 37

optimisation
seekers source unskilled and semi-skilled labour from the Skills Register. Unskilled and semi-skilled
labour to be sourced from reservoir area to the maximum extent practical. Any other
unskilled labour to be bussed in from outside. No accommodation to be provided for
temporary unskilled workers. Ensure that there is no recruitment at the WTW or dam site,
and place notices to this effect on fencing around the site.
Increase in HIV/AIDS and STDs around the HIGH Medium Implement Metolong Authority’s Labour Recruitment Policy and encourage contractors to
reservoir source labour from Skills Register. No accommodation for unskilled construction workers.
All unskilled construction workers from outside the area to be bussed in daily. Do not allow
any labour recruitment at the WTW or dam site and provide notice to this effect.
Implementation of the HIV/AIDS education and awareness programme by MA and
Contractor. Monitor to enforce compliance and implementation. This should include
improved access to condoms at the WTW camp and clinics; and access to testing,
counselling and treatment centres.
Increased noise from increased trucking and Low Low Restrict construction activities to day time hours 06h30 to 16h15 hours.
site clearance
Increased noise and disturbance from Low Low No blasting to take place before 0800 and after 16h15.
blasting Cordon off blasting areas and inform residents / herders when blasting to take place
including through use of sirens.
Provide ear protection to workers using pneumatic drills or doing blasting.
Increased dust from construction activities Medium Low Regular watering of exposed areas, especially in windy conditions. Consider planting
windbreak of trees around the site, especially in prevailing wind directions. This will mainly
result in a long term green belt and not really reduce dust. Cover topsoil and other
temporary soil dumps with material/ shade cloth and cover trucks carrying wind-dispersive
material. Provide respiratory protection (masks) to construction workers.
Increased traffic hazards from accidents HIGH Medium Environmental Compliance officers (ECOs) should check contractors’ vehicles are properly
maintained and that drivers are trained in spill control and clean up. The ECOs should
ensure recommended loads are not exceeded and drivers comply with speed limits.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 38

optimisation
Maintain road signage e.g. speed limit signage near villages and close to schools, clinics
and other social use areas and provide tarred road shoulders where a lot of pedestrian
traffic. A roads engineer should be contracted to check road safety requirements and make
recommendations for implementation.
Encourage GoL traffic officers to periodically check roadworthiness, licences and enforce
speed limits and to conduct road safety awareness in schools and put up posters in public
places e.g. bus shelters.
Human risk from accidents involving Medium Low Vehicles used to transport chemicals or flammable materials should be equipped with clean
chemicals up materials and fire fighting equipment and drivers properly trained in spill management.
Chemicals must be properly labelled, secured and handled in accordance with their MSDS.
Containers from hazardous or toxic chemicals to be disposed of in a secure area and not
used for other purposes.
Increased littering and inappropriate disposal Medium Low Provide adequate refuse bins around the WTW site and train construction workers to use
of waste them. Institute spot fines for anyone caught throwing waste away in the natural environment.
Ensure regular emptying of bins into lidded skips in a contained or fenced area and regular
trucking to an approved landfill site.
Loss of sense of place / rural character Medium Low Appropriate building design and construction, and landscaping e.g. screen of trees, to
mitigate aesthetic impacts.
Loss of cultural heritage: Damage to ruins of Medium Low Cordon off the village area and inform contractors that the site is protected and no damage
19th Century village to the site will be tolerated. The old stone boundary wall, partially on the WTW site, will be
excavated and relocated if test results currently underway recommend this.
The cultural heritage potential of the site can be optimised by developing appropriate
interpretative material in a museum, together with examples of rock art relocated from the
reservoir.
Loss of indigenous woodland vegetation in Medium Low Separate and reuse topsoil on top of backfilled trenches to promote revegetation and soil
pipeline corridor stabilisation. Reseeding or revegetation to promote more rapid revegetation should be
undertaken in all disturbed areas once they are no longer required for construction.
Ensure soil or other substrate imported into the area is free of alien seeds or weeds.
Remove unusable spoil material from trenches.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 39

optimisation
Disturbance of cliff-nesting birds from Low Low Minimise blasting during breeding season of cliff-nesting birds (mainly September to May)
blasting and human disturbance as far as possible.
Fence the southern perimeter of the WTW (to decrease easy access to the river valley) and
instruct workers to refrain from damaging flora or fauna.
Increased erosion from the WTW site HIGH Low Ensure appropriate management of stormwater drainage and dewatering activities during
preparation (excavation); dewatering site preparation to minimise the risk of concentrated flows causing erosion and
activities and stormwater drainage sedimentation. Adequate culverts or other design features must be implemented to
maintain natural hydrological flow patterns from the site to maintain biodiversity (e.g.
wetland vegetation and frogs) associated with these wet areas e.g. in areas of surface
seeps such as south-east corner of site.
Soil and water pollution caused by chemical Low Low Ensure proper labelling and storage of chemicals in secure, weather proof area with limited
spillages (e.g. diesel/oil or any access to authorised personnel. All handling of chemicals to be done in accordance with
their Material Safety Data Sheets. No pesticides or herbicides containing chemicals listed in
herbicides/pesticides)
the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants to be used (e.g. dieldrin, aldrin,
chlordane, polychlorinated biphenyls etc).
Ensure protective and fire-fighting equipment available at all times; staff properly trained to
handle spills and spills cleaned up promptly. A register of incidents occurring on site should
be kept.
Soil and water pollution from sewage Low Low Correct siting of temporary toilets at least 50m from water course and springs or water
disposal from temporary camp supplies. Adequately secure toilets to prevent toppling in wind. Regular emptying of toilets to
minimise spills. Care to be taken to avoid spills when emptying.
Table 4-2 summarises operational impacts.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 40
Table 4-2: Summary matrix table of Operational Impacts

Impact Significance Significance Summary of key recommended mitigation / optimisation measures*
without with mitigation /
mitigation / optimisation (*Note: mitigation measures discussed in more detail in section 9)
optimisation
OPERATIONAL IMPACTS
Increased traffic accidents Medium Low Licensing and maintenance of staff and supplier vehicles. Sludge removal trucks to also be
checked for roadworthiness and validity of driver’s licences and this to be a condition in any
contract.
Soil and water pollution caused by chemical Medium Low Suppliers to properly secure chemicals and have on-board clean up equipment; and adhere to
spills during transport speed limits and drive cautiously.
Soil and water pollution caused by chemical Medium Low Appropriate drainage and containment for used or expired chemicals on site, proper storage
spills on site and removal, and disposal at correct facilities.
Chlorine gas leak HIGH Low Chlorine detectors in place that triggers the appropriate level of emergency response. Chlorine
scrubbers in place that removes any harmful gas so as not released in to environment.
Soil and water pollution caused by leakage Low Low Appropriate drainage and containment of stormwater or leakage on site, proper storage and
of sludge from sludge ponds or drying beds removal, and disposal at correct facilities.
Soil and water pollution caused by sludge Cannot be Cannot be Sludge disposal for land augmentation (soil improvement or donga rehabilitation) preferred if
disposal to landfill, donga rehabilitation, or assessed at this assessed at this sludge found to be compliant with standards and suitable for the receiving environment.
soil augmentation (cannot be assessed time time Analyse sludge and conduct pilot tests of sludge disposal to land / dongas during initial years of
reliably until sludge can be analysed for operation to ensure constituents suitable for such application. If not, then sludge should be
compliance with effluent standards) transferred to landfill. Monitoring required of soil and plant productivity to ensure no build up of
trace metals over time.
Erosion from stormwater runoff HIGH Low Stormwater drainage must be adequate to contain and provide for heavy storm event runoff
without causing erosion at the outlet drains. Dispersive measures must be implemented at
intervals to reduce concentration of flows.
Drains, culverts and outlets must be inspected regularly, especially after big rain events, to
check for erosion and assess additional mitigation needs. Any mitigation required must be
implemented promptly. The WTW must be properly contoured and landscaped to increase
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 41
Impact Significance Significance Summary of key recommended mitigation / optimisation measures*

without with mitigation /
mitigation / optimisation (*Note: mitigation measures discussed in more detail in section 9)
optimisation
infiltration and reduce runoff.
HIV/AIDS risks Low Low HIV/AIDS awareness training of staff and provision of condoms. Provide family accommodation
for operational staff.
Employment benefits / job creation Low Low Maximise number of jobs for residents of neighbouring villages.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 42
5.0 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS – ROLES AND

RESPONSIBILITIES
The roles and responsibilities of the various institutions associated with the Metolong Project are described
here.
5.1 Metolong Board, Metolong Authority (Metolong Project

Implementation Unit (MPIU)) and Metolong Project Management
Unit (MPMU)
The Metolong Authority (MA) is responsible for planning and quality control and to oversee implementation of
the Metolong Programme on behalf of the Ministry of Natural Resources (MNR), to whom it reports. The
technical wing of the MA is known as the Metolong Project Implementation Unit (MPIU), headed by a CEO
and small group of professional staff. This MPIU is assisted by the Metolong Project Management Unit
(MPMU) which is managed by a multi-disciplinary team of consultants. The MPMU assists in detailed
planning and in the supervision of all contracts associated with the project. The core function of the MA and
its associated bodies is to improve sustainable access to safe water supply in Maseru and surrounding
Lowland areas through the construction of the Metolong Dam and downstream bulk conveyance system in
an environmentally sound, socially responsible and financially sustainable manner (Metolong Authority
2009).
The Metolong Dam, WTW, Conveyance System and associated works are being implemented with funding
provided by a group of Arab banks, and the IDA of the World Bank and GOL, with MCC funding the Water
Treatment Works design and construction and the design of the downstream conveyance system. Oversight
for the project rests with an independent board, comprised of representatives from Government, NGOs and
the private sector. Legislation is currently being prepared to formally establish the Metolong Authority as the
MPIU.
The Metolong Authority will oversee implementation of this EMP during construction and initial operation and
ensuring contractors comply with the Metolong Authority’s plans, policies and guidelines. This will include
undertaking periodic audits and inspections of construction progress.
5.1.1 Community liaison and coordination

The Metolong Authority is committed to ongoing community consultation, and has two Community Liaison
Assistants (CLAs) who operate from an office at Ha Seeiso village next to the dam wall and the WTW, and
who report to the Community Relations Manager in the Metolong Authority. The Ha Seeiso office provides a
local point of contact whereby community members can raise issues, lodge complaints or ask questions
about the project, as well as assist with recording assets for compensation that will be affected by the
project. In addition, two committees (the Dam Committee and the Joint Committee) were formed in March
2009 to replace the previous Metolong Dam Committee. These comprise members of the Community
Council and other community representatives and form a key point of contact with the community. The
committees and the CLAs will play an important role in facilitating the two way flow of information between
the Metolong Authority and the community. The DB Contractor will appoint a Community Relations Officer
(CRO) who will liaise with the CLAs (see section 6.2.1).
To date, issues of key importance to community members associated with the WTW generally overlap with
the issues raised for the dam project as a whole. These are mainly issues related to compensation, jobs,
HIV/AIDS, traffic hazards, and dust/noise. None of the issues raised are specific to the WTW itself. Issues
of concern to communities that are associated with the WTW are addressed through mitigation measures
described in the EMP, as well as existing policies of the Metolong Authority (such as Labour Recruitment
Policy, Resettlement and Compensation Action Plan, HIV/AIDS education and awareness programme, and
the Emergency Response Plan).
The structure and communication channels between the Metolong Authority, NES, the WTW Contractor and
the Joint and Dam Committees are shown in Figure 5.1.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 43
5.2 MCA-Lesotho
The MCC signed a compact or grant agreement with Lesotho in 2007 to fund three major sector projects:
Water Sector Project (including the Metolong WTW and conveyance system), Health Sector Project and
Private Sector Development Project. The MCA-L is an independent government entity governed by a board
of directors with independent decision-making authority with respect to implementation and management of
the Compact. MCA-L serves as central point of contact for the Government of Lesotho, MCC, other donors,
contractors, consultants and the country’s citizens. It establishes financial and reporting systems and
manages procurement and drafts and executes, with MCC assistance, work plans for Compact programs.
The Board of Directors comprises 11 voting members representing: the Ministry of Finance and
Development Planning; the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; the Ministry of Health and Social Welfare; the Ministry
of Local Government; the Ministry of Natural Resources; the Ministry of Justice, Human Rights and
Rehabilitation; three members from the private sector and two members representing non-governmental
organizations. A representative of MCC and the chief executive officer of MCA-Lesotho serve as non-voting
members of the MCA-Lesotho board of directors.
The MCA will undertake auditing that is required to verify the targets that are set in the EMP i.e. to check at a
lower frequency if the monitoring is being undertaken and it will be checking that all agreed upon outputs
(reports) are being produced, inclusive of monitoring reports (see section 6.5).
5.3 Other Government Departments and Ministries

A number of other government departments have a role or responsibilities in the implementation of the
WTW. These are summarised below.
5.3.1 Water and Sanitation Authority (WASA)

WASA is a public corporation, which was established by Order No. 29 of 1991. In terms of the Order, the
Authority is responsible for the provision of potable water and sewerage services in declared urban areas of
Lesotho. In terms of its mandate, WASA is currently responsible for providing potable water and sewerage
services in the following 17 urban centres: Mokhotlong, Butha-Buthe, Leribe, Maputsoe, Mapoteng, Peka,
Teyateyaneng (TY), Maseru, Semongkong, Thaba-Tseka, Roma, Mazenod, Morija, Mafeteng, Mohale’s
Hoek, Quthing, and Qacha’s Nek. WASA also provides downstream services in terms of water and sanitation
reticulation to both urban and peri-urban areas. WASA currently operate two dams – the Maqalika Dam (off-
bank from the Mohokare River) in Maseru and the Rasebala Dam near Mafeteng.
WASA’s stated vision is to provide potable water and safely dispose of treated waste water into the
environment in all designated areas. The core technical functions of WASA are to operate and maintain both
potable water and sewage treatment and conveyance systems. In addition to the technical aspects of this
service delivery, WASA also undertakes metering, billing and revenue collection, and provides customer
care to consumers. The infrastructure operated by WASA includes water and waste water treatment
facilities, pump stations, reservoirs, and bulk and reticulation pipelines.
WASA is the potential operator of the WTW responsible for implementing the provisions of the EMP relating
to operation of the WTW. This will include all operational and monitoring activities.
5.3.2 Ministry of Natural Resources (MNR)

The Ministry of Natural Resources has the portfolio responsibility of coordinating development and
operational activities in the energy, water and minerals sector. Specific programmes and projects to fulfil
these responsibilities are carried out by the Ministries' Departments (Department of Mines and Geology and
Department of Water Affairs) and parastatals (LEC and WASA).
The DWA was established within the Ministry of Natural Resources as the custodian of the country’s water
resources. It now assists the Commissioner of Water (CoW) in managing the country’s water resources. This
includes assessment of the quantity and quality of water, both surface and groundwater, and maintaining the
water resources database. The DWA manages this through four technical Divisions and is facing a challenge
of capacity in meeting this mandate due to equipment and human resources constraints. The regulatory
responsibilities of the DWA focus solely on the assessment, development and management of water
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 44
resources. The organisation keeps and provides records, information, results of monitoring activities (river
flow, groundwater, water quality etc), research, and analyses to the CoW, who acts as the custodian of raw
water resources. DWA is currently not involved in raw or treated water production or revenue earning
services.
MNR and DWA will be responsible for assisting with river and flow monitoring and collating and storing all
river-related data collected for the WTW.
5.3.3 Commissioner of Water

The CoW office acts as the custodian of raw water resources in Lesotho and co-ordinates water policies and
strategies for the country.
5.3.4 Department of Rural Water Supplies (DRWS)

Implementation of rural water supplies to rural areas is currently entrusted to the DRWS with the operation
and maintenance of these schemes being the responsibility of local authorities and local committees. It
currently serves approximately 1 million of the 1.6 million rural population of Lesotho. The DRWS has its
headquarters in Maseru and it operates in three regions and ten districts.
DRWS is not directly involved with construction or operation of the WTW but is responsible for delivery of
water to the end user in rural areas.
5.3.5 Department of Traffic and Transport

The Department of Traffic and Transport is responsible for ensuring road safety, and will therefore be
required to ensure that:
 Road signage is maintained along the new road to Metolong Dam
 Sufficient and safe provision is made for pedestrian passage (e.g. crossing points near schools, clinics
etc; tarred road edges with lines.
 Road safety measures are enforced, including speed enforcement and checks on vehicular safety and
loading, including compliance with transport of hazardous chemicals e.g. chlorine gas.
5.3.6 National Environmental Secretariat (NES)

NES is responsible for environmental oversight of the Metolong Project on behalf of the Government of
Lesotho. It reviews and approves EIAs and EMPs for projects, and for issuance of Records of Decisions and
Environmental Licences and Permits. In respect of the Metolong WTW, NES was engaged throughout the
project planning and development process and specifically requested submission of a stand alone EMP for
the WTW.
NES staff will be integral in the rollout of this EMP, its provisions and implementation, as well as to confirm
the role and assignment of NES staff in project oversight.
Specific tasks of NES in relation to WTW include:
 Approval of EMP and issuance of a Record of Decision and Environmental Licence
 Engagement in project implementation
 attendance of workshops on the overall Metolong project coordinated by the MA
 attend technical committee and project Steering meetings
 compliance auditing.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 45
Figure 5.1: The environmental and communications reporting structure for the Metolong Dam
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 46
6.0 IMPLEMENTATION OF THE EMP

The contract documentation provided to the Design-Build Contractor includes:
 Employer’s Requirements detailing the technical specifications for the construction and operation of the
WTW with which detailed design must comply
 This EMP, with which the DB contractor is legally bound to comply
 Policies of the Metolong Authority
 The IFB (LWJV 2009), which specifies a number of requirements for environmental compliance that the
Contractor will be required to implement. This includes the appointment of staff to handle different
aspects of environmental and social safeguards, the roles of which are discussed in Section 6.1.
6.1 Environmental Compliance Staff

The contract makes provision for the following staffing to ensure environmental (and social) compliance:
 Environmental Compliance Officer (reporting to the Engineer)
 Community Relations Officer

The roles and responsibilities of each of these are described below.
6.1.1 Environmental Compliance Officer (ECO)

In terms of the Contract documentation, the Contractor is required to appoint an Environmental Compliance
Officer (ECO).
6.1.1.1 Role of ECO

The role of the ECO will be to:
 Provide input into the Environmental Protection Plan (EPP) that the DB Contractor is required to submit
as a basis for all work undertaken on site during construction.
 Conduct regular monitoring of the site and operations in accordance with these specifications.
 Report non-compliance to the Engineer, as applicable and recommend corrective action.
 Attend site meetings to be able to report on and respond to any environmental issues and be issued
copies of minutes of such meetings.
 Provide input on method statements drafted by the DB Contractor and other environmental issues
within the defined work areas.
 Take photographs (digital) of the site prior to, during and immediately after construction and
rehabilitation as a visual reference.
 Inform the Engineer immediately where clearly defined and agreed “no-go” areas are violated or in
danger of being violated,
 Inform the Engineer immediately when prescriptive conditions are violated or in danger of being
violated,
 Provide input into the Engineer’s environmental compliance documentation and monitor compliance.
Prior to commencement of work on site, the Contractor shall be briefed by the Engineer and ECO on
obligations related to environmental controls and methodologies in terms of the EMP. The briefing will take
the form of an on-site talk and demonstration and any other written or graphic material applicable to the
project.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 47
In terms of the contract documentation the ECO is required to:
 be qualified to perform the necessary tasks and should be an experienced environmental officer with 10
years experience in environmental oversight on similar types of construction projects.
 be appointed at a level of seniority that he/she can interact effectively with the Contractor.
 be appointed throughout the construction and assisted operations phases, starting prior to the
commencement of on-site activities.
 be expected to perform daily observations of the entire project site and to maintain a physical presence
during the full length of construction activities.
 monitor all construction activities to observe whether the Contractor abides by the requirements of the
EPP and the EMP
 monitor compliance with all permit conditions, and conditions attached to the Record of Decision for
issuance of the Environmental License, as well as broad compliance with policies of the MA.
The ECO is charged with four broad responsibilities:
 To monitor design and construction activities with emphasis on avoidance and minimization and to
determine whether environmental commitments and requirements are incorporated into the construction
of the project.
 To monitor modification(s) to the original plans for environmental compliance, prepare modification
requests for submittal to the Engineer, and monitor accurate execution of the modifications during
construction.
 To function as a source of environmental expertise to the Engineer, including making recommendations

to the Engineer of measures and actions to reduce impact and to rectify non-compliance issues.
 To function as a liaison with the Community Liaison Assistants and the Community Liaison Officer
appointed by the contractor with respect to environmental commitments.
The ECO is to be involved in monitoring the following aspects:
 Impact Avoidance and Minimization Documentation Effectiveness of the stormwater management

system
 Erosion, vegetation protection and restoration/rehabilitation
 Construction staging areas (environmental clearances)
 Cultural and historical issues and commitments
 HIV/AIDS education and awareness programme
 Environmental education and awareness training
 Compensation and Resettlement Action Plan, and
 Other commitments made in the environmental ROD
Specific on-site administration the ECO will be required to do includes:
 Conduct quarterly or six monthly environmental audits during the construction phase to check
adherence to the management provisions of the EMP.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 48
 Compile a quarterly or six monthly environmental audit report based on the findings of the regular audits
and submit to Engineer.
 Liaise as needed with the Engineer on implementation and compliance issues.
 Monitor the Contractor’s record of environmental incidents (Incident Book) such as spills, impacts,
transgressions, including nature and extent of the incident, cause, responsibility, and corrective and
preventive actions taken. All incidents must be reported to the Engineer and a summary of recorded
incidents must be included in the monthly audit reports.
 Monitor Contractor’s complaints register in which all social and environmental complaints and any
actions taken are recorded.
 Liaise with the Contractor’s Community Relations Officer (CRO), through the Engineer, on issues of
concern to the local community e.g. to keep the CRO informed of scheduled activities that may concern
the community such as blasting.
 Liaise regularly, through the Engineer, with Metolong’s Community Liaison Assistants (CLAs) at the
project office in Ha Seeiso on public/community issues. All issues and responses or action taken should
be recorded in a Public Complaints Register.
6.2 Community Relations

6.2.1 Community Relations Officer
In terms of the IFB (LWJV 2009), the Contractor is required to appoint a “suitably qualified and experienced
CRO acceptable to the Engineer with all necessary support staff and facilities”. The CRO is to be appointed
within 14 days of the commencement date, and should remain in this position until the Taking Over
Certificate is issued.
The CRO shall be responsible for liaising and co-operating with the Employer’s Representative Public
Relations Manager (PRM) for the purpose of:
 Keeping the local communities advised about the general progress of the Works
 Giving advance notification to the local community when particular operations will commence and finish,
particularly those which might inconvenience the inhabitants of the area or against which they should
take safety precautions
 Receiving and replying to complaints from the general public about all matters related to the Works.
 Ensuring that remedial and corrective action is taken wherever necessary in response to complaints
from the public
 Arranging tours of the Works by approved visitors
 Supporting community awareness programmes and local development programmes
 Publicising training and job opportunities
 Discouraging and controlling proliferation of informal settlements in and around the site, and
 Upholding the Metolong Authority’s Labour Recruitment Policy through discouraging non-local persons
from seeking employment at the site and monitoring that procedures for recruiting, employing and
accommodating employees are effective.
The IFB requires the Contractor to prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval a Community Relations
Programme within 45 days of award. The Community Relations Programme shall detail the specified
activities of the CRO, including examples, forms, schedules, products and descriptions as well as detail
intended communications with the Employer’s Representative, Engineer and the public.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 49
The Community Relations Programme will also be required to include a Grievance Mechanism or protocol
based on the IFCs (2009) guidelines for grievances for project affected communities. The steps on which this
grievance mechanism should be based include:
 Publicising grievance management procedures
 Receiving, registering and keeping track of grievances
 Reviewing and Investigation grievances
 Developing resolution options and preparing a response
 Notification of the response

This grievance mechanism will require establishing the relationship between the DB Contractor’s Community
Relations Officer and the Metolong Authority’s Community Liaison Assistants and Community Councils.
The CRO shall report complaints received from the public to the Engineer at weekly intervals together with
details of any action taken or proposed to be taken in connection therewith. A summary of the weekly
reports shall be included in each monthly progress report.
All inquiries from outside bodies or private parties, which cannot be dealt with as part of the community
relations programme, shall be directed to the Engineer.
No photographs or other documents shall be issued to the press or to any other parties without the prior
written approval of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall co-operate with the Employer’s Representative and the local communities in
discouraging job seekers and others from making speculative visits to the Site and in controlling the
proliferation of informal settlements in and around the Site, with the development of unsightly littering and
insanitary conditions. In this regard, all recruitment is to be done off-site, and all procedures for recruiting,
employing and accommodating employees shall minimise the necessity for non-local persons to visit the Site
without authority or invitation.
6.3 Emergency Preparedness Plan

The Water and Sewerage Authority (WASA) under the auspices of the Lesotho Water Sector Improvement
Project of the Ministry of Natural Resources of the Government of the Kingdom of Lesotho commissioned a
WASA Emergency Preparedness Plan, which was finalised in October 2007. This generic document was
designed to be used to plan, develop and implement an Emergency Preparedness Plan for WASA and each
of its different offices and different works. In this document the following aspects are covered:
 The functions for the Emergency Management Considerations are listed and discussed to make it easy
for WASA to follow when developing specific plans
 The specific threats and risks that should be looked for are listed, the assets that need to be assessed
are discussed,
 The different components one should address in a Emergency Preparedness Plan and how it should be
addressed are discussed,
 The generic actions to prevent emergency situations are documented and the information that should
be displayed on Material Safety Data Sheets in locations where the materials are handled, stored and
used, are given.
 A spreadsheet identifying the most likely emergency at each of the Works, the responses needed for
that emergency and the procedures to respond when that emergency occurs.
As part of this EMP a suggested generic Emergency Preparedness Plan (EPP) has been included in
Appendix C. In order for a specific EPP to be developed for the Metolong WTW for construction and
operation (before the WTW is commissioned) the contractor and operator (WASA) will be required to refine
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 50
the EPP using the team members as indicated in Figure 6.1. The team members will be staff of the Operator
of the WTW and will be required to develop and maintain the EPP for the Metolong WTW.
The operator of the Metolong WTW (WASA) should have a dedicated person (e.g. Emergency Officer) to
prepare the response of the organisation for an emergency situation and to oversee the technical aspects of
the response, as well as interfacing with the community, the media, outside response organisations and
regulatory agencies, as required. The Emergency Officer must be an employee and a member of
management with the authority to make decisions. He/she will be responsible for frontline management of
the incident, for tactical planning and execution, for determining whether outside assistance is needed and
for relaying requests for internal resources or outside assistance through an Emergency Operations Centre
(EOC).
Figure 6.1: Required team members for the development and maintenance of the Emergency Response Plan for the
Metolong WTW (WASA 2007).
6.4 Environmental training and awareness

6.4.1 Contractor Staff Training
Environmental Awareness Training
Objectives:
Before starting training or regular work, all employees will be required to attend an induction programme,
which shall include site safety procedures (e.g. blasting), emergency procedures, health and safety (e.g
HIV/AIDS), and environmental safeguards. The Contractor must ensure that all people involved in the project
(including sub-contractors, casual workers, drivers etc.) are aware of and familiar with the environmental
requirements for the project. Environmental Induction should ensure that the workforce:
 understands the key environmental features of the Site and environs and the kind of activities that
impact on them
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 51
 are thoroughly familiar with the environmental management measures contained in this EMP and the
environmental protection requirements as they apply to the WTW
 are trained in the identification of archaeological artefacts and flora and fauna of special interest that
may occur on site and the measures that must be applied when they are encountered, and
 are fully aware of all rules regarding general behaviour on site e.g. littering, noise, toilet behaviour, etc.
Targets:
All staff members on site have received environmental awareness training, are informed of, and apply the
codes of conduct and required management measures.
Management and mitigation:

It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all people involved with the project receive environmental
awareness training before starting work on site. This shall include all new staff recruited during the
construction phase. A signed register should be kept of each employee attending the course.
Environmental training shall include but not be limited to the following:
 Awareness-raising of how different construction activities can impact on the environment, why it is
important to avoid environmental damage and what steps can be taken to mitigate the impacts of
construction activities.
 Identification of possible archaeological or historical objects and the requirement to notify the ECO or
Engineer if such an object is found, and to be informed of ‘No Go” areas of cultural heritage.
 General conduct on site such as noise levels (e.g. shouting and hooting), alcohol consumption, drug
use, toilet behaviour, littering, no firearms, no pets, no harvesting of firewood / plants, no trespassing or
damage to property, no throwing of cigarette butts into the veld etc.
 Responsible handling of chemicals and spills and correct disposal of chemical containers and other
waste objects.
 Emergency procedures and incident reporting.
 Location of fire-fighting equipment and its use.
 HIV/AIDS awareness, including use of and access to condoms; and behaviour towards the local
community.
The Contractor must maintain a record of all staff that have received Environmental Awareness Training and
shall monitor the performance of the construction staff to ensure that the points that were relayed during their
induction have been understood and are being followed. If required, a translator may be requested to explain
aspects of the environmental requirements or acceptable social behaviour that are unclear. Consideration
should be given to the feasibility of introducing fines for workers who transgress the rules e.g. littering, use of
the veld as a toilet, damage to property, etc.
6.5 Auditing and inspections

Prior to commencement of work on site, the Contractor shall be briefed by the Engineer and ECO on
obligations related to environmental controls and methodologies in terms of the EMP. The briefing will take
the form of an on-site talk and demonstration and any other written or graphic material applicable to the
project. In this briefing the auditing requirements and responsibilities will be specified.
Auditing of the compliance of the Contractor to the requirements of this EMP and the IFB (2009)
documentation will be the responsibility of several organizations namely:
 D-B Contractor (internal compliance) undertaken by the ECO
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 52
 NES
 MCA-L
 WASA
 MNR and DWA

The ECO is to be involved in auditing the on-site issues as specified in the EMP that includes quarterly or six
monthly environmental audits for the construction phase to check adherence to the management provisions
of the EMP.
The Contractor must appoint an external auditor to undertake regular audits (e.g. every six months) during
construction phase and the operator similarly appoints an auditor to do annual audits during operational
phase. Ideally, the external auditor should submit a TOR to NES for approval prior to the audit.
The environmental audits that are undertaken should for instance:
 Analyse the results obtained from monitoring.
 Assess whether objectives and targets have been met and whether there are variances from the
stipulated EMP and legal requirements.
 Assess whether EMP implementation has been undertaken according to planned arrangements and
that the EMP itself is being appropriately updated.
 Confirm that identified corrective actions have been undertaken and then assess the effectiveness of
such actions.
The ECO is responsible for the maintenance of the environmental audit information that is required prior,
during and after an audit.
The MCA-L and the Metolong Authority will undertake ad hoc internal compliance audits to ensure the
contractor is environmentally compliant. The MCA-L level of auditing verifies the targets that are set in the
EMP. This includes whether the agreed upon outputs (reports) are produced, inclusive of monitoring reports.
NES will do audits on issues that are specified in the Record of Decision (ROD) for the WTW. Typically this
will include the following:
 Checking if required reports are submitted
 Checking the information in these reports
 Random attendance of meetings, especially with the community
 Random verification sampling of the effluents produced and compared to licensed standards specified
in the EMP and ROD
DWA will be responsible for assisting with river and flow monitoring and collating and storing all river-related
data collected for the WTW. They may audit the compliance of the Metolong Dam with respect to
environmental flows and water quality in the river downstream of the dam and WTW.
Site inspections will be undertaken as part of many of the audits indicated above as well as many of the
mitigatory measures indicated in Chapters 8 and 9. The Engineer and ECO will be on site daily and will
constantly check whether the objectives of the EMP are being met. Random site inspections are encouraged
to be undertaken by the following organizations:
 NES
 MCA-L
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 53
 WASA
 MNR and DWA
6.6 Reporting Procedures during Construction, Assisted Operation

and Operation
The required reporting procedures for the construction and operation are specified. These will likely include
information on who will be responsible for compiling what reports; who must receive copies; information to be
contained in these reports; pro forma or template structure for each report; timing and frequency of
response; approvals required, and where copies should be kept. However, reports that are required to
ensure adequate record-keeping are specified below.
The issues identified in this EMP need to be documented in a format that is readily available for
review/auditing. The ECO should meet with the Contractor/Engineer on a regular basis, e.g. weekly to
discuss the contractors’ tasks and review the progress from the past week. The ECO and the Contractor
should discuss and agree on the issues in the EMP and how they should be managed and mitigated as well
as agree on the QA/QC targets as specified in the EPP The agreed upon mitigation measures should be
documented and the agreed upon QA/QC targets signed off.
The key legal and policy provisions in Lesotho that are relevance to this study are indicated in Table 3.1.
During the Operational phase of the project the quality of the water produced by the WTW will need to be
monitored in accordance to the SANS 241 (Appendix C) requirements. The frequency, locality and variables
recommended for a WTW of the size of Metolong should be followed. The OHS requirements as specified by
WASA (2007) in their EPP template also need to be followed. The following types of reports are required
during the construction and operational of the WTW:
Document Handling and Record Keeping

All meetings and site inspections should be recorded and field (in hard copy and electronically) for future
reference and to provide input into monthly reports.
Minutes of meetings: Regular meetings should be held between the ECO, CRO, Engineer and Contractor
to discuss the schedule of construction activities and requirements for adherence to the EMP requirements
on a weekly basis, at least, or more frequently if required. The minutes of such meetings should be recorded
immediately, and shall include the activities to be done, the responsibilities for carrying them out, and
deliverable dates. The minutes should be circulated to those concerned and hard and electronic copies filed
for safe-keeping. These minutes should provide the basis for follow up at subsequent meetings.
Monthly reports: Monthly review meetings should be held with the MA, ECO, CRO, and the Contractor to
confirm the status of the construction progress and issues associated with implementation of the EMP. The
meetings should aim to collate the inputs for preparation of a monthly report. The monthly report should
synthesise all information on work progress, scheduling changes, recorded incidents and complaints,
monitoring results, site problems and risks/hazards, areas of compliance and non-compliance with the EMP
targets, and measures take or required to rectify problems. Monthly reports should be circulated by email
and in hard-copy to all on-site managers (ECO, Engineer, CRO and contractor supervisor) as well as MA
and the QAO.
The targets and reports relating to the EMP that NES has approved in the Record of Decision should be
documented in the form of minutes with agreed upon targets, outputs, QA/QC and deliverable dates.
The documents/minutes should be signed off by the ECO and the Contractor once a week to indicate
progress and confirmation with prescribed QA/QC with regards to the EMP. The approved
documents/minutes need to be archived in paper and electronic format (MS Word) on a communal network
supported by the MA.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 54
In addition to the day to day and monthly reports mentioned above, the following types of reports will be
produced by the Contractor (6.6.1 - 6.6.3):
6.6.1 Complaints Register and Grievance Procedure

All queries and complaints raised by the local community shall be recorded in a Complaints Register located
at the Metolong Authority office in Ha Seeiso and staffed by two Community Liaison Assistants. All
complaints relevant to the WTW construction project shall be forwarded to or discussed with the Contractor
through the Community Relations Officer and Engineer for handling and response. All queries and/or
complaints from Interested and Affected Parties (I&APs) are to be addressed with the shortest possible delay
in accordance with the defined grievance procedure. The CRO and CLA’s will play an important role in
keeping the community informed of key project activities such as labour recruitment, or scheduled activities,
in order to create and maintain a level of trust and avoid expectations, and thereby minimise complaints.
All complaints and claims will be recorded in a central register managed by the CRO and CLAs, and
acknowledged and responded to within 28 days of receipt.
The following information must be recorded in the Complaints Register:
 the complainant’s name and contact details (if not anonymous)
 the date, time and nature of the complaint
 the response and investigation undertaken
 the actions taken and the name of the person responsible for the action
 Follow up within a specified time frame, e.g. one month to determine whether the issue has been
resolved
The CLAs must inform the Contractor and Engineer within 24 hours of any complaints relating to the WTW
activities that require rectifying or a response. Where an investigation fails to satisfy a complainant, the
issue will follow an agreed grievance procedure developed by the Metolong Authority in line with
International best practice (e.g. IFC guidelines). Issues that are not resolved satisfactorily by the CRO and
CLAs will be referred to the Dam Committee that represents the Community Councils for further
consideration and resolution.
The ECO, through the Engineer and the CRO, should inform the CLAs of any project activities that may be of
concern to the local community and where early notification can pre-empt problems and complaints arising.
6.6.2 Incidents and Accidents Register

The ECO should compile and keep an Incidents and Accidents Register on site in which all incidents and
accidents are recorded, e.g. chemical spills, fires, accidents involving workers and vehicles, etc.
The following information must be recorded in the Incidents Register:
 the name and contact details of the persons involved
 the person recording the incident
 the date and time of incident
 the nature, extent and cause of the accident
 the name and contact details of any persons notified of the incident
 the actions taken to deal with the incident and whether the accident has been sufficiently dealt with
 additional steps required to prevent recurrence of the incident
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 55
6.6.3 General Reporting

The DB Contractor is required to specify all reports and reporting procedures, including those required for
monitoring environmental compliance, as part of the Quality Control Management System.
Reports that will be required to monitor implementation of the EMP and provide a paper trail for effective
auditing, or which are required to prevent or respond to accidents, include (but are not limited to):
 Site inspection reports
 Site instructions
 Weekly report
 Monthly reports (CRO, ECO and Engineer)
 Monitoring reports (e.g. water quality / effluent monitoring). Effluent monitoring data and reports are
required in terms of section 41 of the Environmental Act 10 of 2008. The frequency of the monitoring
will be daily with regards to the drinking water quality and potential supernatant disposal (see section 8)
 Auditing reports
 Safety and Health Plan, and
 Emergency preparedness and response procedures (e.g. in the event of a chlorine gas emergency)
(see section 9.3).
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 56
7.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT FOR THE PRE-

CONSTRUCTION PLANNING PHASE
7.1 Pre-Construction Activities
7.1.1 Design-Build Contractor Responsibilities
The first phase of work under the Design-Build Contract involves, inter alia:
 detailed design and layout of the WTW
 obtaining permits e.g. water abstraction
 confirming services and infrastructure provision e.g. telecommunications
 preparation of layout plans and method statements
 sourcing of labour and other key staff
 Environmental training and awareness raising of labour
 workshops with Engineer and Metolong Authority to confirm communication channels, reporting,
approvals and schedule of activities
 compilation and approval of a Quality Control Management System
 investigation of solid waste disposal operators, and
 finalise record keeping and reporting systems.

7.2 Social and Health Management
The Metolong Authority is currently defining a number of policies that govern social and health management
on the MDWSP which contractors on the project will be required or encouraged to comply with. The policies
on labour recruitment, HIV/AIDS education and prevention, Compensation and Resettlement, will largely be
administered by the Metolong Authority with the assistance of the Project and Dam Committees. Key
elements of the policies with relevance to the Water Treatment Works are summarised below.
7.2.1 Land and Compensation

The land required for the Metolong WTW has been surveyed and landowners and the size of their properties
identified for compensation. A R&CAP has been compiled for the MDWSP which describes the protocols for
adjudicating compensation assets, compiling an assets register, implementing compensation payments and
record keeping. The administration and payment of compensation is to be handled under a separate
contract to the Metolong Authority. Compensation will be paid to affected landowners in accordance with the
Policy at agreed rates for the replacement of arable land.
Objective:
To ensure that those negatively impacted by the MDWSP through direct and indirect losses are fairly
compensated, and are enabled to participate in the planning and implementation of related mitigating
measures intended for reconstruction of their productive activities and income sources (Mateka, B, R&CAP
2008).
Management Measures:
Metolong Authority to ensure that all land required for the WTW has been secured from affected landowners,
all assets compensated, and boundaries marked prior to the start of construction.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 57
Any assets identified by the community as not having been compensated for or where damage is caused
that was not foreseen and which comes to the attention of the Contractor should be referred to the CLAs for
further investigation with the Joint Committee.
7.2.2 Labour recruitment

A Labour Recruitment Policy (LRP) has been drafted by the Metolong Authority to guide contractors on
recruitment issues and which is designed for application to all construction activities for the project involving
semi-skilled and unskilled labour. It stresses the importance of transparency in the recruitment process to
avoid conflicts over job allocation given the high unemployment in the area and the relative number of jobs
that will be available. The Policy aims to promote job allocation and benefit maximisation for the local
population. Policy implementation will be done in accordance with the Metolong Authority’s Community
Engagement Guidelines, working closely with the elected Community Councils.
Contractors will be encouraged to source their unskilled and semi-skilled labour requirements from a Skills
Register that will be compiled and made available to them.
Objectives of the LRP:

 Maximize the employment opportunities for local communities by making optimal use of existing skills.
 Minimize disputes over job opportunities.
 Recognize the facilitating role of relevant local government structures.
 Provide a recruitment mechanism that ensures that contractors’ labour requirements are met in an
efficient and effective manner.
 Encourage contractors to accept, within reason, suitably qualified and physically fit labour
recommended by local government structures.
 Local recruitment of labour will minimise the need for accommodating a large temporary workforce at
the dam site which tend to have attendant problems of social disruption, increased crime and increased
risk of spread of HIV/AIDS.
Target:
Source as many as possible of the unskilled labour from villages around the reservoir with priority given to
residents who lose arable land to the WTW, and those living immediately around the dam wall and the WTW.
Contractors are required to provide MA with a list of unskilled, semi-skilled and skilled labour requirements
which is to be given to the relevant Community Council as a basis for selecting potential construction staff
Encourage the Contractor to select as many unskilled and semi-skilled staff as possible from the register of
skills that is provided by the Community Council, including the replacement of dismissed or additional staff
during the course of work.
The Contractor is encouraged to source additional unskilled and semi-skilled labour needs that cannot be
met within the Metolong catchment, from nearby towns and villages, to the extent practical.
7.2.3 HIV/AIDS Education and Awareness Programme

The Metolong Authority is in the process of awarding a subcontract to produce an HIV/AIDS education and
prevention policy and programme, and compliance monitoring programme. This programme will include
specific provisions outlining Contractor’s responsibilities for managing HIV/AIDS issues within the workforce
and all formal and informal workers engaged in construction. These provisions will be a contractual
obligation of the Contractor.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 58
Objective:
To minimise the risk of HIV/AIDS infection of the workforce and local community through increased HIV/AIDS
awareness and education.
Target:
All staff able to communicate on the existence of HIV/AIDS; the consequences of transmission to or from the
local community, and to recall and communicate the mode of HIV transmission and preventative measures,
including the proper use of condoms.
Management measures that are likely to be contained in the HIV/AIDS education and prevention programme
are likely to be similar to those contained in the FIDIC HIV/AIDS Education and Awareness Programme
policy which requires the Contractor to (see Appendix J for the current FIDIC HIV/AIDS document which can
be used as a reference until the MA policy is in place):
 Provide and HIV/AIDS Awareness Programme for personnel on site within two weeks of arrival and to
repeat at intervals not exceeding 4 months.
 Make condoms complying with requirements of ISO 4074 available to employees at readily accessible
points on site.
 Place and maintain HIV/AIDS awareness posters of at least A1 size in areas well used by construction
workers or provide workers with a pamphlet in the appropriate language.
 Encourage voluntary HIV/STI testing.
 Provide information on counselling, support and care of those who are infected, and
 Report on actions taken with regard to HIV/AIDS education and awareness programme including a
schedule listing the names, identity numbers, trade/occupation and name of employer of all construction
workers exposed to the programme.
 Local recruitment of labour (section 7.2.2) may assist in minimising the risk of spread of HIV/AIDS by
avoiding the need for a large temporary work camp of migrant labour during construction of the WTW.
In support of these FIDIC requirements, the contractor is to implement an HIV/AIDS Awareness Programme,
as follows:
Implementation:
 sub-contracts with an Approved Service Provider to provide an HIV Awareness Programme to the
Contractor’s Personnel and the Local Community as soon as practicable after the Contractor’s
Personnel arrive at the Site but in any case within two weeks after the Contractor’s Personnel arrive at
Site and to repeat the HIV/AIDS Awareness Programme at intervals not exceeding four months;
 gives any representative of the Approved Service Provider, the Employer and the National HIV/AIDS
Authority all reasonable access to the Site in connection with the HIV/AIDS Awareness Programme;
 if the National Aids Authority has not provided the names of available Approved Service Providers
within two weeks after being asked the contractor may select its own service provider after consultation
with the appropriate UNAIDS office;
 instructs the Contractor’s Personnel to attend the HIV/AIDS Awareness Programme in the course of
their employment and during their normal working hours or any period of overtime provided for in the
relevant employment contracts and uses all reasonable endeavours to ensure this instruction is
followed;
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 59
 provides suitable space for delivery of the HIV/AIDS Awareness Programme and does nothing to
dissuade the Contractor’s Personnel from attending the HIV/AIDS Awareness Programme;
 as soon as practicable, notifies the National HIV/AIDS Authority of its sub-contract with an Approved
Service Provider to facilitate the National HIV/AIDS Authority’s audit of Approved Service Providers;
and
 gives all reasonable co-operation to the National HIV/AIDS Authority if it exercises its right to audit the
provision by the Approved Service Provider of the HIV Awareness Programme.
 make condoms complying with the requirements of ISO 4074 available to all contractor’s employees at
readily accessible points on the site, suitably protected from the elements, for the duration of the
contract;
 either place and maintain HIV/AIDS awareness posters of size of not less than A1 in areas which are
highly trafficked by construction workers, or provide construction workers with a pamphlet, in languages
largely understood by construction workers, which reinforce the outcomes of the HIV Awareness
Programme stated below;
 encourage voluntary HIV/STI testing;
 provide information concerning counselling, support and care of those that are infected.
Outcomes
The outcomes of the HIV/AIDS Awareness Programme shall as a minimum, result in contractors personnel
exposed to such a programme being able to:
 communicate the existence of problems of HIV and be able to outline the consequences of transmission
of HIV/AIDS to or from the local community;
 recall and communicate the mode of HIV/AIDS transmission and preventative measures including the
proper use of the condom.
It is evident that the necessary mechanisms are in place for HIV/AIDS education and awareness to be
implemented during the Metolong Project, both at the project level by the Metolong Authority, and at the site
specific level by the DB Contractor. The monitoring programme, to be developed by a separate consultant to
the Metolong Authority, will be critical to verifying whether the HIV/AIDS interventions implemented during
construction have been successful in increasing awareness and reducing the rate of HIV/AIDS transmission
in the project area.
7.3 Cultural Heritage

The ruins of a 19th Century village are located to the east of the construction site and portions of an old stone
boundary wall lie within the south east corner of the construction site. The significance of the old stone wall is
being assessed by an archaeologist, and once the findings are available the wall will either be fenced,
removed or relocated. No graves or other cultural or archaeological remains are known to occur on the site
and there is a low likelihood that significant artefacts will be found during excavation and construction.
Objective:
 To minimise the impact of construction activities on cultural heritage, in and adjoining the site, in
particular to the ruins of a 19th Century village and boundary wall.
Target:
 Ensure protection of all significant cultural and archaeological artefacts found in the construction site.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 60
The 19th century boundary wall is being surveyed and mapped. It has been agreed that portions of the wall
that interfere with the construction site can be removed and the remaining portion will be fenced.
While no graves are known or thought to occur on the WTW site, in the event that any graves or other
sensitive cultural remains are uncovered during site clearance, all construction activities that pose a danger
to the site must be stopped and the ECO informed immediately. The ECO is to inform the Engineer, the
CLAs and the Dept of Culture in order for a site visit to be made to evaluate the find. Depending on the
significance of the find, a qualified archaeologist may be required to inventory the area for additional
artefacts that may be present. All artefacts should be recorded and catalogued and stored for future display
in the visitor’s / interpretative centre. The DB Contractor and relevant staff should coordinate with
government officials, local stakeholders and the archaeologist in developing a suitable mitigation plan as
needed. No construction activities may commence within a demarcated area around the site until clearance
has been granted by the Department of Culture.
7.4 On-site Planning and Design

Proper planning of the WTW requires detailed layout plans for the location of all buildings, infrastructure,
services, earthmoving and polluting activities listed in the Contractor Specification in Chapter 10. Key
requirements are summarised here.
7.4.1 Aesthetic and sustainable design of buildings and infrastructure provision

Appropriate design, layout and provision of facilities can significantly reduce potential social impacts of the
WTW project and create a more sustainable development. This includes aesthetic / visual impacts, social
impacts on neighbouring community, impacts on services (water and electricity), and waste issues.
Measures that can be taken to mitigate these impacts are described here.
Objectives:
 To minimise aesthetic / visual impacts of the WTW on the natural environment and maintain sense of
place / rural character
 To achieve a more sustainable WTW by minimising the requirement for services such as water and
electricity
Targets:
 Maximise sustainability of design to minimise impact on service provision.
Management / Design Measures:

 Landscape plan to include berms and planting with trees and indigenous shrubs to soften the aesthetic
impact.
 Restrict building height to two storeys.
 Ensure laboratory provides for separate disposal for chemical waste.
 Incorporation of low energy consumption options (e.g. energy efficient light bulbs); water saving
measures (e.g. low flow shower heads and toilets; rainwater tanks), and building design and
construction methods that optimises heat retention in winter and cooling insulation in summer.
7.4.2 Layout of the site

The layout plan for the site is required to detail the location of all infrastructure, services and construction
activities (see Chapter 10).
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 61
Objectives:
 To minimise the construction footprint on the site and to minimise damage to surrounding areas
 To create ease of access to operational areas of the site
Targets:
 Minimal impact on adjacent properties and easy access to all areas of the site.
Management measures:
The Layout plan of the site should:
 Locate works areas and chemical and fuel stores away from environmentally sensitive areas and
protected from stormwater runoff, fire, and access by unauthorised persons.
 Indicate access routes, temporary loading and packing areas, and allow for sufficient turning circles for
large vehicles.
 Locate chemical toilets so that they are easily accessible for servicing and at least 50m from water
courses or water supplies.
 Locate temporary waste bins and skips so that they are easily accessible for removal and situated away
from accommodation areas.
 Plan lighting to avoid disturbance of nearby residents and construction staff.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 62
8.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION

This chapter deals with the management of construction activities that are likely to cause negative impacts
on the biophysical and/or social environment. The majority of these measures are standard operating
measures that are contained in the design specifications for the DB Contractor and the Contractor Standards
contained in Chapter 10. Key management, mitigation and monitoring measures are contained here.
8.1 Solid Waste Management

The Metolong WTW is likely to generate a large volume of solid waste during construction, with an amount
that will be dependent on the size of the residential temporary work force accommodated on site.
Significantly less waste will be generated during operation when only around 24 families will be resident.
Solid waste will include general household refuse, office waste, as well chemical waste generated during
construction and operation of the plant.
DB Contractor will be required to use licensed haulers to remove solid waste from the WTW site and staff
housing and take it to a licensed waste facility or one approved by the regulatory authority (or one
determined by the Advanced infrastructure team). Investigation and determination of options for waste
disposal is expected to be conducted under the Advanced Infrastructure Contract.
Given the largely unregulated waste disposal system in Lesotho and lack of licensed waste sites, waste
minimisation should be a key feature of solid waste management on the Metolong WTW project. This should
include attention to aspects such as replacement of waste-rich products with alternatives, such as replacing
bottled water with water filters.
Objectives:
 To initiate procedures to prevent, minimize, recycle and reuse domestic and construction waste
material.
 To dispose of residual wastes in an environmentally acceptable manner.
Targets:
Disposal of solid waste minimised, all solid waste disposed of in correct receptacles on site, and waste
disposed of in an environmentally-acceptable waste site.
 Train and inform all construction workers regarding waste minimisation, location and use of waste bins,
and general waste management.
 The Contractor shall provide metal dust bins to BS 792 or equivalent plastic receptacles for the
appropriate storage of garbage at all accommodation facilities and works areas. The Contractor shall
be responsible for the removal of garbage off site by a licensed hauler to a registered disposal facility or
a facility approved by the regulatory authority at least twice per week throughout the duration of the
contract.
 All storage of solid waste shall be fenced and locked to keep unauthorized persons from entering the
area. The storage area shall be kept clean at all times. No solid waste of any kind shall be outside the
bins at any time. Vermin and insect controls shall be imposed.
8.2 Hazardous Waste Management

A small amount of hazardous waste will be generated by the project in the form of used or waste oil, oily rags
or oily adsorbents from spillages, and possibly small quantities of empty containers of solvents, pesticides or
herbicides, batteries, and medical waste.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 63
This will be removed by licensed haulers for disposal at registered recycling or disposal facilities, as
appropriate.
Objectives:
 To recycle oil waste and dispose of non-recyclable hazardous wastes in an environmentally acceptable
manner.
Targets:
 All spent oil to be recycled, and all hazardous waste disposed in an appropriate licensed hazardous
waste facility.
 Waste oil from workshops and other areas shall be stored separately, and collected by a licensed
hauler and taken to a licensed recycling company.
8.3 Effluent Management

The DB Contractor will be expected to implement best practice pollution controls such as the IFC
Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines (IFC, 2003) to ensure that all effluent from the site does not
cause soil or water pollution. Waste water flows during construction will comprise effluent from operational
areas such as concrete batching, wash areas, and temporary accommodation areas. The Contractor is
responsible for implementing appropriate measures to handle waste water to meet the required Lesotho’s
effluent discharge standards (Otieno 1997). Effluent cannot be returned to the river unless it complies with
these effluent standards. These measures are detailed in the contractor specifications in Chapter 10 and
summarised here. Monitoring requirements for effluent discharge are specified in section 8.8.
Objectives:
To ensure handling and disposal of waste water complies with Lesotho effluent standards in APPENDIX F
and is done in such a way so as to pose no or minimal risk to the natural environment.
Targets:
 Full compliance at all times with the Lesotho’s effluent standards.
 No discharge of polluting effluent to any stormwater drain, or watercourse.
 Prevent discharge of concrete, lime, cement, chemicals and fuels into any water course.
 All waste water generated during construction must be contained in a suitable area such as lined
sedimentation ponds prior to disposal. Such ponds are to be appropriately sited to ensure no inflow of
stormwater and shall be not be allowed to overflow by ensuring water is treated and discharged within
24 hours of the water level reaching discharge levels. Solid material from such ponds should be
periodically collected and disposed of in an appropriate manner, such as disposal to landfill.
 Site sanitation to comply with effluent guidelines and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and ECO.
 Water from concrete batching shall be disposed via the waste water management system designed by
the Contractor
 Fuel stores to be kept in a bunded area on an impervious surface with a ready supply of absorbent
materials in case of spillage. Bunded areas to have a minimum containment capacity of 110% of the
largest storage tank or container or 25% of the combined volume in order to contain accidental spills
from a leak or rupture.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 64
 Hydrocarbon spills should be absorbed with absorbent material and collected and disposed of off-site in
an approved landfill site.
 All effluent from wash bays, fuel stores or from pumps shall be collected and disposed of through an oil
trap to remove oil residues prior to release to sedimentation ponds.
 The Contractor shall arrange to take water samples at each discharge point on a monthly basis, or
more frequently should the effluent not comply with the specified standard. The Contractor shall have
the samples analysed for suspended solids, faecal coli and oil and grease in an ISO 9000 accredited
laboratory and shall submit copies of the reports to the Engineer within 7 days of the tests having been
carried out.
8.4 Stormwater and Erosion Control

Poor management of stormwater has a high potential to cause erosion on the site causing loss of top soil
and reduced rehabilitation potential on site as well as contributing to sedimentation of the river downstream.
Objectives:
 To ensure the site is developed with sufficient stormwater management measures to minimise erosion
and sedimentation of nearby watercourses.
Targets:
 No evidence of erosion on site throughout construction
 The Contractor must compile a stormwater drainage plan for approval by the Engineer, which shall
include proposals for protection against stormwater damage, and containment of flows, and
rehabilitation measures should any damage arise. The stormwater plan should show the location of
stormwater channels, silt traps, dispersive measures, sedimentation ponds, and any other special
measures to control or collect water flow. Sedimentation ponds should be sized to contain a 1:10 year
rainfall event and lined to prevent soil contamination.
 All activities involving pumping or release of water must ensure water is dispersed in such a way as to
avoid soil erosion.
 Any runnels or erosion channels that develop during construction must be backfilled and compacted
and measures taken to prevent further scouring.
 Cleared areas likely to be subject to erosion from heavy rainfall events or stormwater flows should be
stabilised with mulch, straw or geofabric until they can be revegetated or are constructed upon.
8.5 Noise and Dust

Noise and dust will be generated by increased use of the access road to Metolong WTW by cars, trucks and
busses; use of heavy excavation machinery during site clearance, and occasional blasting (see section 8.6).
Site clearance activities, leaving exposed soil and soil dumps, will also generate dust. Dust and noise will
create a nuisance to the local community and should be controlled as far as possible to maintain or protect
the residents’ quality of life. Dust generated by the WTW construction may smother crops adjoining the WTW
and may affect crop yields.
Objectives:
 To minimise the impact of noise and dust on the surrounding communities.
Targets:
Comply with applicable noise standards of (SANS 10103 and the Lesotho Government Gazette
Extraordinary Legal Notice No. 137 of 1996) at the edge of the construction site.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 65
In terms of IFC guidelines, noise levels for an industrial site is 70dB, while noise levels at the nearest
receptor site should not exceed 3dB above normal ambient noise levels.
The Contractor shall provide all his plant and equipment with suitable silencers or adopt other measures
such that the noise level in villages adjacent to the work areas will not increase by more than 7 dB(A)leq60
above residual sound levels. In villages adjacent to access roads maximum noise levels shall not exceed 60
dB(A)leq60 and maximum sound pressure levels shall not exceed 70 dB(A).
 Normal work hours are restricted to between 06h15 and 16h15 Monday to Friday (unless otherwise
agreed with the Engineer, local community and adjacent residents).
 Local residents are kept informed of the nature and duration of intended construction activities.
 Record community complaints in the Complaints Register and respond by taking reasonable action to
ameliorate the impact or inform the complainant of the likely duration.
 Where possible, equipment should be equipped with suitable silencers.
 The Engineer shall use a sound level metre to monitor noise levels during specific activities or in
response to a complaint.
 Dust control measures should include regular watering of access roads and exposed areas during
windy conditions and water spraying of aggregate areas to meet applicable standards.
 Exposed soil mounds should be covered with netting or other shade cloth until re-vegetated or
constructed upon.
8.6 Blasting controls, warning and monitoring

Blasting shall meet the requirements of the South African Explosives Act (Act No 41 of 1958) and a permit
will be required from the Lesotho’s Mines and Geology. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements.
The use of explosives are described and discussed in Section IX, Schedule 1.19, Clause 25 of the IFB
document.
Blasting of rock outcrops on site may result in vibration damage to nearby properties, flying rock and noise
disturbance.
Blasting management requires:
 Benchmark monitoring (dilapidation survey)
 Notification of residents and warning system
 Clearance of humans and livestock from the area and definition of a no-go area during blasting where
there is risk of fly rock.
8.6.1 Dilapidation survey

The tender documentation requires the DB Contractor to undertake a dilapidation survey of all properties
around the site.
Objectives:
 To provide a benchmark or baseline of the condition of nearby structures in order to enable monitoring
of any claims for damages linked to blasting activities.
Target:
 All structures within 500m of the blasting area included and fully reported in the dilapidation survey.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 66
Blasting on the site may result in the development of cracks on nearby properties. To provide a record of
pre-blast conditions as a benchmark for monitoring or incidents that are recorded, the IFB requires a
Dilapidation survey to be undertaken of any structures within a 500m radius of blasting areas. This is to be
done in the form of colour photographs, video surveys, and shall provide a record of the following features:
 Identification of the owners and tenants
 General type of construction, foundation type, age and use
 Photographs shall be provide the location and date and shall show signs of settlement or stress cracks,
signs of poor construction, areas of standing water adjacent to the site wet for extended periods and
signs of settlement and tilting.
The Contractor shall perform a location survey of all off-site buildings and surface features around the work
sites within the survey limits specified herein. A qualified and experienced land surveyor, satisfactory to the
Engineer, shall perform the location survey and survey plans shall be prepared including on and off-site
buildings. All buildings shall be uniquely identified and/or numbered and the dilapidation survey and
monitoring reports shall refer to the buildings identifications throughout the project.
8.6.2 Early warning
Objectives:
Notify residents of blasting activities in order to be forewarned of blast noises and to ensure livestock and
people are evacuated from out of the area of possible disturbance and fly rock.
Target:
All occupants of houses informed of blasting activities within specified time frames and all persons including
contractor employees absent from the blast and fly rock area. All workers involved in blasting provided with
protection equipment and be appropriately trained for health and safety. 100% safety record attained and no
blasting accidents recorded.
 All occupants of nearby buildings will be notified of blasting at least 24 hours in advance.
 Blasting activities will be pre-warned through the use of sirens sounded for a full 5 minutes before, and
1 minute after blasting has occurred.
 Contractor shall station personnel on roads and elsewhere with red flags to prevent persons, animals
and traffic entering or remaining within the danger zone. Care shall be taken to ensure that all possible
approach routes to the danger zone are covered by these warning arrangements.
 After blasting, no person shall approach the area until it has been examined by the blasting supervisor
or other responsible person and declared safe.
8.7 Control on Human Activities causing Disturbance and Damage to

the Natural Environment
The presence of a workforce in the WTW area may lead to uncontrolled trampling and damage to plants,
disturbance of local fauna, defacement of rock overhangs and boulders, as well as fouling of the area with
litter and excrement, unless human activities are controlled. The plant site will be fenced with 2.4m palisade
fence.
Objectives:
 To ensure that increased human activity in the area does not disturb or damage the natural
environment outside the WTW site.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 67
Target:
 No damage caused to natural flora and fauna and the surrounding area remains litter-free and
unpolluted by human waste.
 Workforce is instructed to use existing paths when leaving the WTW area and to spend break times in a
specific dedicated area.
 Workers are made aware of prohibitions on littering, trampling of vegetation, use of the veld as a toilet
and risk of fires from disposal of cigarette butts.
8.8 Environmental Monitoring Requirements during Construction

Key aspects to monitor during construction include:
 All effluent discharge points or runoff areas, which may include workshop and vehicle maintenance
areas, fuel bund areas, chemical store and handling areas, waste storage areas, sedimentation ponds
and toilets and wash areas in the temporary camp, waste water drains
 Solid waste storage sites (general and hazardous)
 Chemical storage areas for general tidiness and good housekeeping
 Noise and dust levels
 General site cleanliness
The most potentially significant aspect to monitor is effluent discharges on the construction site. Effluent
cannot be discharged to the natural environment unless it complies with the discharge standards of Lesotho
(APPENDIX F).
Monitoring requirements fro construction are contained in Table 8-1 and mitigatory cost estimates in Table
8.2.
8.9 Environmental Protection Plan

In accordance with the IFB (LWJV 2009), the DB Contractor, in consultation with the ECO, is required to
prepare an Environmental Protection Plan (EPP) within 28 days of commencing work and submit it to the
Engineer for approval. The Plan is to include and adhere to provisions of this EMP; recommendations in the
RoD from NES, the relevant environmental laws and regulations, and the contractor specifications detailed in
the tender documents. WASA (2007) has developed a generic Emergency Response Plan (ERP) for its
works in Lesotho and this template should be used in consultation with WASA. For more details see section
6.3 and Appendix C.
The EPP shall:
 cover all environmental protection works and shall also include descriptions of environmental
safeguards, mitigation measures, and emergency procedures
 include a description of the administrative structure and lines of communication which shall be
established within the Contractor's and his subcontractors' workforce for the implementation of
environmental protection procedures and mitigation measures.
 provide details of the expertise available for the implementation of environmental protection procedures
and mitigation measures.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 68
 include a site layout plan showing the final positions and extent of all permanent and temporary site
structures and infrastructure.
 ensure that the Construction Schedule and the EPP relate to one another by:
 addressing any limitations of the environment including the seasonality of water bodies, growth and
dormancy period of fauna and flora etc.
 considering conditions imposed in an environmental authorisation
 planning to make optimum use of the dry season for construction works
 indicating that the rehabilitation will immediately be executed, per phase, upon the completion of the
civils-related Works and include allowance for harvesting of seeds and seedlings for future use
during rehabilitation.
The Contractor shall inform the ECO of any changes to the approved Construction Schedule as submitted.
After approval by the Engineer, the EPP shall be strictly adhered to.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 69
Table 8-1: Summary of monitoring requirements for construction.

Aspect Objective Method Frequency Sampling Detection limit Responsibility Reporting
locations
Effluent To minimise risk of soil Surface water quality Monthly and after flow Runoff from fuel Lesotho water ECO Weekly records
discharges – and water pollution from sampling events when bunds bunds; chemical quality standards for and summarised in
Water Quality effluent discharge from bunds or cause handling areas, discharge to natural monthly report
construction site uncontrolled discharge waste storage environment
into the natural areas, vehicle
environment storage / wash
areas, and
sedimentation
ponds
Bunds To minimise risk of Visual check of bund Daily (when in use) All bunded areas Bunds are ECO Inspection notes
bunds overtopping in volume maintained below and monthly report
rainfall events or major discharge levels and
spill can accommodate a
major rainfall event.
Sedimentation To minimise risk of Visual check of pond Weekly or after Sedimentation Ponds are ECO Inspection notes
ponds / detention discharge of polluted level significant discharge or ponds maintained below and monthly report
basins water to the natural rainfall events discharge level and
environment can accommodate a
major rainfall event
Oily/diesel water To minimise risk of oily Surface water quality Weekly or after Discharge points Lesotho water ECO Monthly report
water contamination monitoring significant spill or for oily wastes quality discharge
rainfall events standard of 2.5mg/l
General solid To minimise risk of soil Check waste is Weekly At all waste storage Waste components ECO Inspection notes
waste & and water pollution and separated into areas muddled (not clearly and monthly report
Hazardous waste human health risks from different separated); leakage Health and
components; stored of waste or Safety officer
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 70

locations
poor waste management in sealed containers tampering evident,

in fenced or walled and/or bad odours.
area, and no
leakage or
tampering by vermin
evident.
Traffic hazards To ensure risk of traffic 1. Visual spot 1. Daily At WTW and along 1. Un roadworthy 1 and 2. ECO Weekly inspection
hazards kept to a checks of supplier roads approaching vehicles reports and
minimum. vehicles (tyres, WTW Monthly report
loading, etc.) and
general driving 2. Increase in public
behaviour. 2. Weekly complaints 2 to 3 per
2. Check public week
complaints register 3. Potholes, unsafe
Regularly or on request 3. GoL
3. Monitor road of Metolong Authority roads and
condition and inadequate signage
signage and traffic
calming needs
Noise To ensure noise levels Class 1 noise Monthly on average or Boundary of the Noise standards Engineer Monitoring records
maintained below level monitor set 1.5m during certain WTW site and at SANS, Lesotho and and Monthly report
that is a danger to above ground and construction activities. distance of nearest IFC. Estimated 65dB
hearing or creates a 3m from wall or Weekly (complaints house limit on site and
long-term nuisance to reflecting surface. register) 50dB in residential
local residents. Check public area.
complaints register.
Dust To ensure that dust Visual observation of Daily (visual Boundary of the Strong prevailing ECO (dust Monitoring records
produced during dust nuisance level observation of dust WTW site and at winds and dry
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 71

locations
construction does not and dust traps. levels); distance of nearest conditions creating levels); and Monthly report
create significant Checks of public houses in NE windblown dust from
nuisance to nearby complaints register Weekly (complaints direction the site and road CSO (public
residents and staff register) traffic. Increase in complaints)
complaints to more
than 2 per week.
HIV/AIDS Minimise risk of Observations of Weekly Public areas and Condoms and ECO / Safety Weekly inspection
HIV/AIDS spread due to records that toilets (condoms & posters at all times. and Health report and Monthly
presence of construction HIV/AIDS posters) Officer report.
work force awareness training All staff listed as
done in accordance WTW staff having attended
with schedule and HIV/AIDS
involving all staff; awareness sessions.
condoms available
at all times, posters
displayed in public
areas, particularly
where construction
staff live/eat and in
toilets.
Table 8-2: Mitigatory cost estimates for construction phase

Impact Mitigation Responsibility Cost estimate (M)
Loss of mostly agricultural land Compensate 12 owners MA To be developed as part of the
RCAP
Loss or pollution of village Fence off and ensure protection of the existing spring. Contractor Capital costs
water supply Ensure latrines or sewage disposal option provided for temporary
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 72
work camp cannot pollute the spring or water course. Optimal 27 500
solution, if possible, is to provide water borne sewage to the waste
water treatment works. Water quality testing
5 000/annum
Increase in HIV/AIDS and Implement MA’s Labour Recruitment Policy and encourage MA
STDs around the reservoir contractors to source labour from Skills Register.
No accommodation for unskilled construction workers. Ensure
implementation of the HIV/AIDS education and awareness
programme and include in Contractor’s contract.
Monitor to enforce compliance and implementation. This should
include improved access to condoms at the WTW camp and clinics;
and access to testing, counselling and treatment centres.
Increased noise from Restrict construction activities to day time hours Contractor D-B Contractor must also
increased trucking and site comply with noise level limits
clearance for all his plant and equipment.
Costs borne by the D-B
Contractor
Increased noise and No blasting to take place before 0800 and after 16h15. Contractor Dilapidation survey will require
disturbance from blasting Cordon off blasting areas and inform residents / herders when MA social scientists to
blasting to take place including through use of sirens. accompany D-B Contractor.
Provide ear protection to workers using pneumatic drills or doing
blasting. Sum 100 000
Community awareness
10 000/annum
All other costs related to

blasting will be part of the
construction costs borne by the
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 73
D-B Contractor.
Increased dust from Regular watering of exposed areas, especially in windy conditions. Contractor The mitigation cost will be part
construction activities Consider planting windbreak of trees around the site (mainly as a of the construction costs borne
green belt), especially in prevailing wind directions. Cover topsoil by the D-B Contractor.
and other temporary soil dumps with material/ shade cloth and cover
trucks carrying wind-dispersive material. Provide PPE (respiratory
protection masks) to construction workers.
Increased traffic hazards from Check contractors’ vehicles are properly maintained and that drivers ECO/MA/Contractor Additional road signage, media
accidents are trained in spill control and clean up. and community awareness
Recommended loads are not exceeded and drivers comply with 10 000/annum
speed limits.
Maintain road signage e.g. speed limit signage near villages and
close to schools, clinics and other social use areas and provide
tarred road shoulders where a lot of pedestrian traffic. A roads
engineer should be contracted to check road safety requirements
and make recommendations for implementation.
Encourage GoL traffic officers to periodically check roadworthiness,
licences and enforce speed limits and to conduct road safety
awareness in schools and put up posters in public places e.g. bus
shelters.
Increased littering and Provide adequate refuse bins around the WTW site and train Contractor and Contractual obligations of
inappropriate disposal of waste construction workers to use them. ECO D-B Contractor. No additional
Ensure regular emptying of bins into lidded skips in a contained or costs to Employer.
fenced area and regular trucking to an approved landfill site
Loss of cultural heritage: The old stone boundary wall be excavated and relocated. Contractor/ECO Archaeological survey
Damage to ruins of 19th 35 000
Century village
Mitigation of Stone wall
100 000
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 74
Loss of indigenous woodland Separate and reuse topsoil on top of backfilled trenches to promote Contractor/ECO Rehabilitation costs are all
vegetation in raw water revegetation and soil stabilisation. borne by the D-B Contractor
pipeline corridor Reseeding or revegetation to promote more rapid revegetation
Community Compensation
150 000
Increased erosion from the Culverts or cutoff trenches must be implemented to maintain natural Contractor Contractual obligations of
WTW site hydrological flow patterns around the site. D-B Contractor.
No additional costs to Employer
Soil and water pollution caused Ensure proper labelling and storage of chemicals in secure, weather Contractor/ECO Contractual obligations of
by chemical spillages (e.g. proof area with limited access to authorised personnel. All handling D-B Contractor.
diesel/oil or any of chemicals to be done in accordance with the Material Safety Data
herbicides/pesticides) Sheets.
WASA will also have its own
No pesticides or herbicides containing chemicals listed in the Emergency Recovery Plans in
Stockholm Convention on POP to be used.
place
Ensure protective and fire-fighting equipment available at all times;
staff properly trained to handle spills and spills cleaned up promptly.
Communication with Authorities
A register of incidents occurring on site should be kept. (DWA, Dir. Natural Resources)
by MA
10 000/annum
Soil and water pollution from Siting of temporary toilets at least 50m from water courses. Regular Contractor/ECO Contractual obligations of
sewage disposal from emptying of toilets to minimise spills. Care to be taken to avoid spills D-B Contractor. No additional
temporary camp when emptying. costs to Employer
Training Appropriate training for the construction workers and ECO so as to Contractor Construction workers training
undertaken various mitigatory measures such as on site health and staff/ECO will be borne by
safety, community engagement, effluent control and water quality D-B Contractor
monitoring
Community awareness
25 000/annum
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 75
WASA OHS training

50 000
WASA Emergency Response

Plans
100 000
WASA Monitoring and water

quality sampling
50 000
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 76
9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT FOR THE OPERATIONAL

PHASE
9.1 Use, Transport and Disposal of Chemicals
9.1.1 Chemical Dosing
The following chemicals will most likely be used at the Metolong Water Treatment Works:
 Polymers for flocculation and coagulation processes
 Hydrated lime for water conditioning
 Potassium permanganate for the oxidisation of manganese
 PAC for the removal of tastes and odours
 Chlorine gas for disinfection

All chemicals used for the treatment of water will be approved for use by WASA The operator of the WTW
will need to comply with the specific mixing and dosing requirements as indicated by the producer of the
chemicals used. This will include the clear identification of mixing needs, chemical dosing points, and dosage
control. Furthermore polyelectrolyte dosing shall be automatically controlled based upon streaming current
measurements, with a manual back system provided.
The chemicals that are likely to be used are indicated in Table 2.2 and the MSDS’s for these chemicals are
located in APPENDIX G.
Objective:
 To prevent and minimize potential environmental impacts during the operational phase associated with
chemicals used for dosing the WTW.
Target:
 Use of least toxic chemicals with minimum quantity applied to achieve the SANS and WHO potable
water quality standards.
 Chemicals shall be stored and handled in accordance with their MSDS .
 Containers should be fully labelled to include chemical name, purity and concentration and supplier
name and address.
 Segregated, interior storage space shall be provided with consideration given to:
 maintenance of inventory for at least 45 days supply
 unloading and handling conveniences
 maintenance of dry conditions
 compatibility of chemicals or special hazards
 protection from adulteration and spills by bunded walls, and
 appropriate ventilation.
 MSDS for all chemicals contained in the store room should be kept in a dedicated place.
 Protective clothing, such as masks, overalls and gloves, must be provided.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 77
 Materials and equipment for cleaning up general spills must be provided.
 The chemical store room should be kept locked at all times when not in use and access strictly
controlled to authorised staff only.
 Notices should clearly identify the chemical store room and of prohibitions such as smoking and eating
or drinking.
 All staff with access to the chemical store must be trained in handling of chemicals and cleaning-up of
spills.
9.1.2 Transport, storage and disposal of hazardous materials (chlorine gas)

The only hazardous material involved with the water treatment process that is cause of concern in the event
of an accident is chlorine gas, a designated hazardous chemical. Its’ storage, handling or transport is subject
to a license from the NES in terms of the Environmental Conservation Act 15 of 2008. Its transport across
the South African – Lesotho international boundary is subject to the Basel Convention regulations.
The MSDS for chlorine indicates that it is a toxic, corrosive gas that can cause severe burns if inhaled or
upon skin contact. It is a greenish-yellow non-flammable liquefied compressed gas packaged in cylinders
under its own pressure. Inhalation may cause coughing, choking, nausea, vomiting, headache, dizziness,
difficulty breathing, and delayed pulmonary edema, which can be fatal. Chlorine can be detected by its odour
below the permissible limit; however, due to olfactory fatigue the odour may not always provide adequate
warning of the harmful concentrations of this substance. Chlorine is an oxidizer and will support combustion,
resulting in other toxic products.
All chemicals will be imported from South Africa, most probably from Gauteng by road. A licensed chlorine
supply and transportation company (e.g Chlorochem) will be contracted to supply chlorine, in compliance
with relevant transport regulations / legislation requirements of both RSA and of Lesotho. Any accident that
might occur during transportation will be handled as an emergency (see section 9.3). All companies which
transport chemicals are required by law to have safety plans in place in case of chemical spills or hazard risk
to the public.
Due to the inherent dangers of gaseous chlorine dosing installations, the design of the dosing installation will
make provision for strict control measures and for intervention in the event of a gas leak. The detection,
containment and treatment of an area affected by a leak will be required. It is recommended that the
chlorine gas detection, system containment and air scrubbing system with sodium hydroxide be installed.
However, the final design and preparation of a detailed Emergency Response Plan (see Section 9.3) will be
finalised by the operator using the WASA (2007 guidelines and the template in Appendix C).
Chlorine will be supplied and stored as 1 ton gas cylinders and stored in a separate chlorine installation in
compliance with occupational health and safety requirements, the MSDS, as well as SANS 10298. The
chlorine installation will be required to be compliant with international best practice, including gas leak
detector alarm, containment and treatment through scrubbers in the event of a gas leak and provision of
safety equipment and emergency kits. The installation shall contain an automatic emergency safety shower
and eye wash system outside the chlorine room. The design of the chlorine storage and dosing facility will be
the responsibility of the DB Contractor and as a minimum should be well secured to stop access from non-
competent personnel, have chlorine gas detectors, a gas scrubbing facility, be bunded to minimise
contamination from wash water etc. Empty containers will be stored in a separate area in accordance with
the MSDS and replaced on delivery of new supplies.
The likelihood of leakage of chlorine gas directly from the dosing system is remote, as chlorine is always
applied under vacuum. The pressurised cylinders are also factory tested upon refilling and the chance of
failure is also remote. However, there is a possibility of cylinder damage during handling. The leakage of
chlorine within the dosing building would normally be detected immediately by means of simple detection
devices, although any leakage would not be detected if damage is to tanks prior to arrival in the dosing room
(CEC et al 2003). In the case of release of large volumes of chlorine gas under still air conditions the gas,
which is much heavier than air, would drift in a downhill direction and may cause a hazard to people living
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 78
near the dam wall and in the gorge. The gas may also be driven by wind, in which case the direction of flow
is unpredictable, but in this case is unlikely to be life-threatening at a range of more than 1 km due to the
effects of atmospheric dispersion (CEC et al 2003).
The DB Contractor will also be required to draft standard operational practices for handling, storage, use and
response to leaks for chlorine gas, and to develop a detailed emergency response plan (see Section 9,3,
Appendix I).
Objective:
 To ensure the safe transport, use and disposal of chlorine in such a way as to minimise risk of
accidents and leakage.
Target:
 100% accident and leakage free record.
Management measures for transport, storage and handling of gaseous chlorine include:
 Transport:
 Use licensed chlorine suppliers and haulers
 All chlorine must be transported in accordance with the specifications of international signage
protocols clearly visible
 All vehicles used to transport chlorine should be roadworthy and driven by licensed and qualified
driver, with the necessary skills and equipment to handle an accident.
 Storage and handling:
 The chlorine gas storage room and gas feed room should be clearly marked with warning signs
 Store tanks in a secure area with no other chemicals
 Provide emergency ventilation equipment and leak detection alarm
 Provide self controlled breathing apparatus in case of leaks
 Provide all other protective equipment such as gloves, face shield, apron and goggles
 Conduct weekly inspections and maintain valves and all equipment in good condition according to
specifications
 Provide Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS), standard operating procedures, and Emergency
Response Plan in an accessible area
 Keep inventory records, and inspection and maintenance records
 Comply with Standard Operating Procedures for Pre-Entry, Start Up and Shut Down and Leak
Detection.
9.2 Disposal of effluents

The various waste streams that may arise from the WTW are sanitary, cleaning water, supernatants from
filter backwash water and clarifier sludge, sludge and storm water wastes. The total wastewater stream that
could be discharged to the natural environment, after settlement in the sludge lagoon, is estimated at
5 250m3/day. The quality of the waste water must comply with the permitted effluent standards for discharge
of effluent to natural streams (Otieno 1997 and SA General Authorisation limits). Clarified water
(supernatant) will be removed by decanting and draining.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 79
If the water quality of the supernatant from the sludge drying beds or that does not meet the effluent
discharge standards then chlorination and passing through a wetland before discharge should as a minimum
take place. Monitoring of the compliance of this effluent to the Lesotho discharge standards is required
before discharge can take place.
Objective:
 To initiate prevent and minimize potential environmental impacts during the operational phase
associated with disposal of effluents produced by the WTW.
The supernatant must comply with the Lesotho prescribed discharge standards and it is proposed that the
supernatant be discharged directly to the Phuthiatsana River (See APPENDIX F for Lesotho discharge
standards). A facility to dewater the sludge shall be provided.
All sanitary wastes (sewage) should be segregated within the plant from process wastewaters. Sanitary
wastes (sewage) shall be conveyed to a sewer connection point to be provided under the Advance
Infrastructure project to drain sewage to the proposed WWTW downstream of the WTW.
All other waste water flows, including sanitary and cleaning water, which is produced at the premises of the
treatment works shall be collected in sumps and conveyed to the sewage treatment works to be constructed
for the WTW and the Dam. This includes water from polluted surfaces.
Rain water from roofs and collected from other surfaces and not contaminated with pollution may be
collected separately and discharged directly to surface water. The DB Contractor shall develop a
Stormwater Drainage Plan.
9.3 Emergency Response Plan for Chlorine Gas Leaks

The transport, storage and handling aspects of Chlorine gas were discussed in Section 9.1, and the MSDS
for chlorine gas is contained in APPENDIX G. Appendix C is a template of a potential Emergency Protection
Plan.
Chlorine is a highly toxic gas that requires precautionary handling in strict compliance with occupational,
health and safety regulations.
Most chlorine leaks are trivial, caused by a loose connection which may occur while the WTW personnel are
changing tanks. In these cases, the amount of gas leakage is so small as to not pose a threat to occupants
of the room. These are immediately remedied by shutting the gas off and tightening the fitting. More
significant leaks can occur as a result of damage caused to tanks during moving and installation.
This section serves to identify the components of the required Emergency Protection Plan (Appendix C).
Objective:
 To initiate prevent and minimize potential environmental and social impacts during the operational
phase associated with chlorine gas dosing at the WTW.
Target:
 No record of chlorine gas emergencies and no workers or residents affected by such event.
Chlorine is a hazardous chemical which requires extreme care in transport, handling and use. The WTW will
be expected to implement best international practice with regard to chlorine safety to reduce the risk of
accidents, ensure prompt response to accidents, and inform the public of these actions.
In accordance with IFB Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines (IFB 2007), the following steps are
recommended to guide the management of hazardous materials.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 80
 Hazard Assessment
Evaluate the level of risk posed by use of hazardous materials through analysis of potential spill and
release scenarios; potential for uncontrolled reactions, and potential consequences of such spill based
on the physical-geographical characteristics of the project site. The scale of risk will determine the
handling, storage, and use requirements.
 Prevention Program
Review all critical components of the chlorine feed system and prepare a spill control and prevention
programme (as a component of the Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan). This should
include:
 the training of operators and conducting of drills,
 an inspection programme to maintain the integrity of all systems involved with chlorine dosing;
 preparation of Standard Operating Procedures for filling and transfer operations, and spill
prevention and response, and including pre-entry, start-up and shut-down procedures.
 prepare an emergency plan site map showing the location of hazardous materials and associated
activities.
 document the availability of personal protective equipment and training needed to respond to an
emergency, and the availability of spill response equipment sufficient to handle minor leaks or initial
stages of an emergency.
 description of response activities in the event of a spill (internal and external notification procedures;
specific responsibilities of individuals or groups; assessing severity of release and determining
appropriate actions; evacuation routes; post-event cleanup and disposal, incident investigation,
employee re-entry, and restoration of spill response equipment.
 Review of manufacturer’s Operation and Maintenance Manuals
 Control Measures
 Installation of containment measures such as bunds which should contain 25% of the combined
tank volumes with a total storage volume equal or greater than 1000 litres, or 110% of the largest
tank, and made of impervious, chemically resistant material.
 Installation of leak detection equipment and alarms
 Installation of automatic scrubbers and emergency eye wash equipment,
 Provision of protective equipment.
 Implementation of regular staff training and drills to respond to minor and major leaks.
 Emergency Response Plan (ERP)

The ERP included in Appendix C is to be updated by the DB Contractor, includes the following aspects
as a minimum:
 Identification of facilities and transport routes
 Emergency response procedures, including first aid and emergency medical treatment
 Designation of community and the WTW facility coordinators to carry out the Environment
Response Plan,
 Emergency notification procedures for informing the public and emergency response agencies.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 81
 Methods for determining if chemical release has occurred and probable affected area and
population
 Evacuation plans
 Description of training programme for emergency response personnel, including a list of the
employees to be trained, specific training objectives, method of training to achieve the objective
ways of measuring the effectiveness of training, and schedule for refresher courses.
 Methods and schedule for carrying out emergency response plans.
 Procedures for inspecting, testing and maintaining the emergency response equipment.
 Training
 Community Awareness
The contents of the ERP should be approved by NES and MA and should be work-shopped with members of
the local community so they are familiar with actions that are required to be taken in the event of an
emergency. Information to be given to the community should include the nature of the project operation and
prevention and control measures in place; the potential for off-site effects due to an accident during
transportation or operation; and specific information on behaviour and safety measures to be adopted in the
event of an accident.
9.4 Disposal of Sludge (solids)

Options for sludge disposal have been discussed and compared in Chapter 2 and APPENDIX E.
Research by Hughes et al (2005, Effects of Land Application of Water Treatment Residues, WRC Report No.
1105/1/05) concludes that water treatment sludge’s or residues IWTR) have a beneficial effect on the
receiving soil. Water Treatment Residues have no toxicity or constituents that harm the environment. In
comparing the constituents of the Phuthiatsana River and the chemicals to be fed into the Metolong WTW
treatment processes, it is not envisaged that the residues produced at the Metolong WTW will have any
material difference to those cited in this report.
It is estimated that the quantities of sludge that will be produced from the treatment process as between 8
and 10 tons of sludge per day and 5 250m3 of wastewater based on raw water with a turbidity of 100 NTU.
The most cost effective means of treatment and disposal of these residuals is the use of sludge lagoons to
concentrate the sludge while releasing the supernatant to the river. Lagoons can be left to dry the sludge
and this sludge will be removed and transferred to neighbouring agricultural land where the residuals will be
spread and incorporated into the soils.
The current sizing and design allows for a minimum 3 – 5 years of sludge storage in sludge drying beds
(lagoons).
Other cost effective forms of sludge disposal for the Metolong WTW include the following (Golder 2009,
Appendix E):
 Use in soil conservation measures or the rehabilitation of areas where soil erosion is prevalent
 Landfill disposal or use as landfill cover
 Brick making
The recommended option is for use as a soil conservation measures in areas where soil erosion has
occurred.
Should WASA want to change this recommendation, it is recommended that pilot projects be initiated on
these alternatives before implementation.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 82
Objective:
To initiate prevent and minimize potential environmental impacts during the operational phase associated
with disposal of sludge produced by the WTW.
Management requirements for chemicals are given in their MSDS. Those relevant to some chemicals that
may be used at the Metolong WTW are provided in APPENDIX G and include the following:
Under no circumstances may sludge be discharged directly to any watercourse.

Sludge generated at the WTW shall be treated and disposed to neighbouring agricultural lands.
 Appropriate access to and from the sludge lagoons to load and remove concentrated sludge shall be
designed for to transport the dried sludge out of the site to the identified lands.
 WASA (the proposed WTW operator) may identify alternative disposal options and initiate pilot studies
as funds become available.
 The quality of the sludge should be tested before any disposal takes place to confirm the findings of the
Hughes (2005). The list of chemical constituents to be tested for is indicated in Golder 2009
(APPENDIX E). The approving authorities (Ministry of Natural Resources, Dept Agriculture, Dept Water
Affairs must be approached and licences obtained before any disposal takes place.
9.5 General requirements for the WTW

The Metolong WTW will have to be registered with DWA. The operator will be obliged to employ operators of
the requisite grading. It has been agreed by WASA that the guidelines used in South Africa can be used.
Under the South African Regulation R2834 of 1985 a minimum number of operators are required. In every
case this minimum must be compared with the number of operators physically required to man the works at
all times during its operation. The DB Contractor should provide graded operators and management during
the pre-commissioning, commissioning, training and handover phases of the project to ensure that there will
be a programme of tuition, training, and institutional development for the operator’s management and
personnel.
Apart from the operating staff for the treatment process, additional operating staff for dams and pump
stations etc., as well as maintenance staff may be required. The Operator may also be responsible for
providing staff to operate the Metolong Dam. The selected Operator will eventually be responsible for
running the raw water pump station at the dam, and a process of coordinating training for the WTW and for
the operation of the raw water pumps will need to be coordinated between the DB Contractor and the Dam
contractor.
The WTW is generally categorized in the Class B range. In terms of the South African Department of Water
Affairs regulations, these works will require a Class IV operator (Grade 11 or NTC II education with 15 years
appropriate experience plus Operators certificate) per shift. The regulations do not specify how many shifts
are required or the number of labourers required. However, the South African Department of Water Affairs
guidelines indicate that where a works is in continuous operation a minimum of four operators is
recommended to take into account time off. In water treatment works that have significant mechanical
equipment and supply drinking water to the communities they serve, it is recommended that the water works
be attended by at least one qualified operator at all times.
The South African Department of Water Affairs recommendations for general operation and maintenance
requirements as well as staffing level for the WTW are described below (South African Regulation R2834 of
1985).
9.5.1 Routine Operation and Maintenance

The operation and maintenance requirements of water treatment works consists of the routine operation and
maintenance tasks listed below:
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 83
 Adjustment of raw water flow rates depending on demand and reservoir levels;
 recording of inflow and treated water produced by the works;
 recording of visitors to the works;
 adjustment of chemical dosing rates;
 de-sludging of clarifiers;
 backwashing of filters;
 sludge disposal;
 testing and recording of water quality data
 basic maintenance and housekeeping;
 chemical handling and make up;
 ordering and stocktaking of chemicals;
 basic works calculations;
 liaison with other operators and supervisors; and
 safety inspections and toolbox meetings.
9.5.2 Spares and consumables

The DB Contractor will be responsible for the supply of spares and consumables (excluding chemicals) for a
period of 5 years and for the supply of chemicals for 6 months of operation after successful commissioning.
9.5.3 Tools and equipment

The DB Contractor will be responsible for the supply of all tools and equipment necessary for the effective
and efficient operation and maintenance of all the WTW equipment as per the respective manufacturers’ or
suppliers’ instructions. These tools are to be of good and robust quality and shall carry a 5-year warranty
against faulty workmanship or sub-standard materials.
9.5.4 Operating instructions and manuals

The operators must be given operating and maintenance manuals indicating the frequency at which these
tasks should be done. Daily operational record sheets should be completed, examples of the minimum data
to be collected is shown in the Tables 9.1 and 9.2.
Table 9-1: Operational record sheet - example 1
Month Year
Raw Water Treated Water

Date Residual Comments
ºC Turbidity pH Turbidity pH
Chlorine
1
……
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 84
29
30
31
Min
Ave
Max
Table 9-2: Operational record sheet - example 2
Month Year
Chemical
Rainfall Flow Maintenance
Date consumption
(mm)
Inflow Outflow Loss Poly. Lime Cl Pumps Equip.
….
29
30
31
Min
Ave
Max
9.6 Water quality assessment of the WTW

It is recommended that the SANS 241 (2005, Edition 6) and WHO (2006, APPENDIX H) drinking water
guidelines document is used for to determine the following:
 water quality compliances of the WTW against water quality standards
 water quality monitoring program

It is recommended that Class I water is considered for the WTW as this is acceptable for lifetime
consumption.
During the commissioning phase, the DB Contractor is obliged to record data on both flow (quantity) and
water parameters (quality) to run the WTW. Tests should be done routinely, sometimes several times a day
until a pattern emerges and then performed as and when required. SANS 241 (2006) gives the quality
testing requirements as well as the reporting frequency (Appendix H).
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 85
9.7 Water Sampling

It is important that the Operator monitors the drinking water at strategic points within the water reticulation
system. This will ensure that the minimum requirements legislated for the quality of the drinking water is
being met at all times.
Sample taps are to be provided to enable collection of representative water samples to assess the
performance of each of the various treatment units included in the process train. As a minimum, sampling
taps are to be provided at the following locations (see IFB 2009):
 Raw water inlet before chemical dosing
 Before flocculation chamber
 After clarification
 After filtration
 After chlorine contact basin.
 A sample tap shall be provided to collect representative water samples of combined filter effluent.
Analytical equipment and laboratory facilities shall be provided with consideration given to:
 source water quality and its variability;
 treatment processes - their complexity, adjustment opportunity and performance assessment;
 operating personnel capability;
 optional analytical availability; and
 acquisition of reagents and equipment parts.

As a minimum, analytical equipment shall be provided for conducting the following tests:
 free and total chlorine residual determination;
 jar tests;
 pH
 turbidity and conductivity;
 total hardness
 total dissolved solids
 alkalinity
 iron
 manganese and
 E. coli
 Colour
 UV
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 86
Appropriate forms shall be devised for maintenance of water treatment records for water usage, process
operations and analytical test data.
The works shall be provided with automatic measurement of raw water inflow and treated water outflow with
cumulative flow totalisers.
9.8 Monitoring Requirements during Operation

Table 9.3 outlines the monitoring requirements for the Operational Phase and Table 9.4 the cost estimates
for the EMP for the operational phase.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 87
Table 9-3: Summary table monitoring requirements for the operational phase
locations
Effluent To minimise risk of Surface water Monthly and after Runoff from fuel Lesotho water WASA – ECO Weekly records
discharges – soil and water quality sampling flow events when bunds; chemical quality standards and summarised
Water Quality pollution from effluent bunds or cause handling areas, for discharge to in monthly
discharge from uncontrolled waste storage natural report
construction site discharge into the areas, vehicle environment
natural environment storage / wash
areas, and
sedimentation
ponds
Bund volumes To minimise risk of Visual check of Daily (when in use) All bunded areas Bunds are WASA – ECO Inspection notes
bunds overtopping in bund volume maintained below and monthly
rainfall events or discharge levels report
major spill and can
accommodate a
major rainfall
event.
Sedimentation To minimise risk of Visual check of Weekly or after Sedimentation Ponds are WASA – ECO Inspection notes
ponds / discharge of polluted pond level significant discharge ponds maintained below and monthly
detention basins water to the natural or rainfall events discharge level report
environment and can
accommodate a
major rainfall
event
Oily/diesel water To minimise risk of Surface water Weekly or after Within bunded Lesotho water WASA – ECO Daily visual
oily water quality monitoring significant spill or areas and quality discharge inspection notes
contamination from grab sample to rainfall events workshop waste standard of and monthly
bunded areas and test for oil and collection 2.5mg/l soaps, report (if spill or
workshops diesel oils and grease potential
removal of
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 88
contaminants)
General solid To minimise risk of Check waste is Weekly At all waste Below standard WASA – ECO Inspection notes
waste & soil and water separated into storage areas of general good and monthly
Hazardous pollution and human different housekeeping report
waste health risks from poor components; practice
waste management stored in sealed
containers and no
leakage or
tampering by
vermin evident.
Noise To ensure noise Class 1 noise Monthly on average Boundary of the Noise standards WASA – ECO Monitoring
levels maintained monitor set 1.5m or during certain WTW site and at SANS, Lesotho records and
below level that is a above ground and construction distance of and IFC. Monthly report
danger to hearing or 3m from wall or activities nearest house Estimated 65dB
creates a long-term reflecting surface limit on site and
nuisance to local 50dB in
residents. residential area.
General Keep site neat and Visual Daily WTW site Visual mess and Operator and ECO Daily
housekeeping tidy observations waste observed inspections and
on site (littering, domestic Weekly
waste disposal) inspection
reports
Traffic hazards To ensure risk of 1. Visual spot 1. Daily At point where 1. Un roadworthy 1 and 2. ECO Weekly
traffic hazards kept to checks of supplier effluent is to be vehicles inspection
a minimum. vehicles (tyres, discharged from reports and
loading, etc.) and sludge points Monthly report
general driving 2. Increase in
behaviour. 2. Weekly public complaints
2. Check public 2 to 3 per week
complaints register 3. Potholes,
Regularly or on 3. GoL
unsafe roads and
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 89
3. Monitor road request of Metolong inadequate

condition and Authority signage
signage and traffic
calming needs
Erosion from the Minimise erosion from Drains, culverts Daily and especially Drainage canal No erosion Operator and ECO ECO/Operator
WTW site WTW site and outlets after big rain events, below WTW, canals after and contracted
to check for erosion Drains, culverts storms chemical
and assess and outlets supplier
additional mitigation
needs
Chemical Minimise risk of Vehicles Vehicle inspections Vehicle log book, No road ECO/Operator and Vehicle
transportation potential roadworthy, full when on site MSDS’s and accidents contracted chemical inspections
accident transportation chemical signage, chemical inventory associated with supplier when on site
aversion accident driver trained on chemical
H&S and clean up transportation
in emergency
Chlorine gas Minimise risk of gas Chlorine detectors Daily On line monitors to No chlorine gas ECO/Operator and ECO/Operator
leak leaks in place check chlorine gas leaks and if leak contracted chemical and contracted
levels no harmful gas supplier chemical
Chlorine scrubbers released in to supplier
in place that environment.
removes any gas
that escapes or to
be used in the
case of a gas leak
Supernatant Effluent meets Effluent tested Before any planned If effluent does not Must meet ECO/Operator Weekly
disposal discharge standards before released to discharges meet standards Lesotho inspection
determine if it then pre-treatment discharge reports and
meets Lesotho is required and standards Monthly report
discharge retesting quality (Otieno 1997) or when effluent
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 90
standards. until it meets is to disposed

required standard.
Tests to be done
in the WTW
laboratory
Table 9-4: Cost estimate for the proposed mitigatory measures for the operational phase
Impact Mitigation Responsibility Cost estimate (M)
Increase in HIV/AIDS and Implement MA’s Labour Recruitment Policy and encourage operator to MA An allocation of USD 250 000 has
STDs around the reservoir source labour from Skills Register. been set aside to implement this
Ensure implementation of the HIV/AIDS education and awareness plan
programme to all staff of WTW.
Monitor to enforce compliance and implementation. This should include
improved access to condoms at the WTW and clinics; and access to testing,
counselling and treatment centres.
Increased traffic hazards from Check suppliers and operators’ vehicles are properly maintained and that ECO/MA/ Additional road signage, media and
accidents drivers are trained in spill control and clean up. Operator/GoL community awareness
Recommended loads are not exceeded and drivers comply with speed limits. traffic officials Capital cost
Maintain road signage e.g. speed limit signage near villages and close to 50 000
schools, clinics and other social use areas and provide tarred road shoulders
where a lot of pedestrian traffic. A roads engineer should be contracted to
check road safety requirements and make recommendations for 10 000/annum
implementation.
Encourage GoL traffic officers to periodically check roadworthiness, licences
and enforce speed limits and to conduct road safety awareness in schools
and put up posters in public places e.g. bus shelters.
Increased littering and Provide adequate refuse bins around the WTW site and train staff to use Operator and WASA domestic waste removal
inappropriate disposal of them. ECO Capital cost
waste Ensure regular emptying of bins into lidded skips in a contained or fenced 200 000
area and regular trucking to an approved landfill site
36 000/annum
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 91
Increased erosion from the Drains, culverts and outlets must be inspected regularly, especially after big Operator Storm water management plan by D-
WTW site rain events, to check for erosion and assess additional mitigation needs. B Contractor would be part of
contractual obligations
Ensure WTW site gardens and planted areas are maintained.
WASA
Estate management/garden services
36 000/annum
Soil and water pollution Ensure proper labelling and storage of chemicals in secure, weather proof Operator /ECO WASA
caused by chemical spillages area with limited access to authorised personnel. Implementation of Emergency
(e.g. diesel/oil or any Response Plans
herbicides/pesticides) All handling of chemicals to be done in accordance with the Material Safety
Data Sheets. Auditing
25 000/annum
No pesticides or herbicides containing chemicals listed in the Stockholm
Convention on POP to be used.
Materials
50 000/annum
Ensure protective and fire-fighting equipment available at all times; staff
properly trained to handle spills and spills cleaned up promptly. Practice drills
10 000/annum
A register of incidents occurring on site shall be kept.
Human risk from accidents Suppliers vehicles used to transport chemicals or flammable materials Operator and None
involving chemical should be equipped with clean up materials and fire fighting equipment and licensed
transportation drivers properly trained in spill management. Chemicals must be properly chemical
labelled, secured and handled in accordance with their MSDS. Containers supplier
from hazardous or toxic chemicals to be disposed of in a secure area and
not used for other purposes.
Soil and water pollution Test sludge monthly to ensure constituents suitable application. Operator/ECO WASA
caused by sludge disposal to Chemical and physical testing of
preferred option (agricultural sludge
lands and donga rehabilitation) 25 000/annum
Sludge disposal transportation Licensing and maintenance of staff and supplier vehicles. Sludge removal Operator/ECO WASA
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 92
trucks to also be checked for roadworthiness and driver’s licences and this to and sludge Plant and equipment
be a condition in any contract removal 2 500 000
contractor
Operation and maintenance
250 000/annum
Personnel
250 000/annum
Chlorine gas leak Chlorine detectors in place that triggers the appropriate level of emergency Operator WASA
response. Chlorine scrubbers in place that neutralise chlorine gas with Spares and consumables
sodium hydroxide. This ensures no releases of hazardous gases to
50 000/annum
environment.
Supernatant disposal Effluent must be tested before released to determine if it meets Lesotho Operator WASA
discharge standards. If effluent does not meet standards then pre-treatment Chemical analysis of supernatant
is required and retesting quality until it meets required standard. Tests to be
25 000/annum
done in the WTW laboratory.
Soil and water pollution Appropriate drainage and containment of stormwater or leakage on site, Operator/ECO Stormwater management and control
caused by leakage of sludge proper storage and removal, and disposal at correct facilities. berms will be built by D-B
from sludge ponds or drying Contractor. These costs are all
beds borne by the Contractor.
Detention facilities will also be built

on site to store excessive
stormwater runoff. These will also
control any leakage from site.
Training Appropriate training for the construction workers and ECO so as to Contractor Construction workers training will be
undertaken various mitigatory measures such as on site health and safety, staff/ECO borne by
community engagement, effluent control and water quality monitoring D-B Contractor
Community awareness
25 000/annum
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 93
WASA OHS training

50 000
WASA Emergency Response Plans

100 000
WASA Monitoring and water quality

sampling
50 000
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 94
10.0 GENERAL CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE STANDARDS

The following contractor compliance standards have been drafted for use by the DB Contractor during the
WTW construction. Guidelines for Contractors developed for the Cape Metropolitan Council by Ninham
Shand (2002) and relevant to the expected construction phase of the WTW were extracted and modified as
the basis for this schedule of Contractor Standards. The Contractor for the WTW will use these as a basis
for preparing an Environmental Protection Plan for construction activities.
Identification of targets helps to identify the desired outcome of implementing the management measure can
assist in deriving an audit report.
As far as possible, the table has been set out in accordance with the general phasing of a construction
project, as follows:
A. Pre-Construction Planning
 A1. Design, Layout, Method Statements and Permits
 A2. Social sustainability
 A3. Training and Capacity Building
B. Site Establishment and Construction
 B1. Excavation / Site clearance
 B2. Pollution Controls
 B3. Human Safety, Nuisances and Cultural Heritage
 B4. General Environmental Safety and Protection Measures
C. Post-Construction Phase
Abbreviations used in the following table are:

ECO = Environmental Compliance Officer
CRO = Community Relations Officer

MA = Metolong Authority
The same table can be used during the operational phase with more emphasis on the following aspects:
 Quality control of the produced water (SANS 241 and WHO for sampling protocols and water quality
standards)
 Quality control of any discharges (supernatants, Lesotho discharge standards, Otieno 1997)
 Health and safety issues associated with chemicals used on site
 Sludge disposal quality control (Herselman 2008)
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 95
# Reference impact Construction Management / mitigation measures Responsibility Responsibility Auditable goal /
activity for implement for monitoring target
A. PRE-CONSTRUCTION PLANNING
A1. DESIGN, LAYOUT, METHOD STATEMENTS AND PERMITS
1 General environmental Construction camp  The Contractor shall present a proposed layout plan of construction work areas and Contractor & ECO MA Layout plan shows
protection layout plan present this to MA for approval prior to starting construction activities. This plan shall different work areas.
take account of provisions of this EMP and shall demarcate the different works areas
including: Plan approved by
Metolong Authority
 All buildings and structures including: contractors’ accommodation; contractors’
camp and lay down areas, site offices, laboratory, chemical and chlorine storage
buildings, fuel stores, toilets and ablutions, construction materials stores, vehicle
and equipment stores, workshops, wash bays and solid waste storage and
disposal sites, including hazardous waste
 Works areas such as batching plants, crusher plants (if required),
 Roads and access routes
 Gates and fences
 Essential services (permanent and temporary water, electricity and sewage and
substations)
 Rubble and waste rock storage and disposal sites.
 Firebreaks.
 Prospecting boreholes, excavations and test pits.
 Excavations and trenches, borrow areas, cut and fill areas, trench and berm
systems, spoil areas, rubble and waste rock storage and disposal sites, topsoil
stockpiles and sand extraction points.
 Features and plants to be conserved.
 No Go areas (e.g. cultural heritage site)
 All temporary and permanent water management structures including water
abstraction points, pipelines and irrigation systems, sludge dams, bunds and
sumps, settlement ponds, waste discharge points (including energy dissipation
specifications) and water testing points
 Sewage water management systems and positions
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 96
 Stormwater system
2 General environmental Method statements The contractor shall compile Method Statements for activities such as: Contractor MA Method statements
protection (Engineer & ECO) completed for:
o Access routes: Location of proposed access routes, rehabilitation of temporary access Access routes
routes;
o Blasting: details of all methods and logistics Blasting
o Bunding: method of bunding the static plant Bunding
o Camp establishment: layout and preparation; method of installing fences for no go Camp Establishment
areas; working areas and construction camp areas.
o Cement/concrete batching: Location, layout, and preparation of cement/concrete Cement/concrete
batching facilities including methods employed for mixing concrete and management of batching
run off water.
o Contaminated water: including containment of runoff and disposal of polluted water Contaminated water
o Dust control methods Dust control
o Clearance of vegetation: method during site establishment. Vegetation clearance
o Earthworks: method for control of erosion during bulk earthwork operations, and Earthworks
method of undertaking earthworks, including hand excavation and spoil management.
o Emergency: response to possible emergencies on site Emergency
o Environmental awareness: logistics for environmental awareness for contractors’ Environmental

employees and management staff. Awareness
o Fire, hazardous and poisonous substances: handling and storage of hazardous Fire, hazardous and
wastes; emergency spillage procedures and compounds to be used; emergency
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 97
procedures for fire; use of herbicides and other poisonous substances; poisonous substances
o Fire and fuel spills: methods of refuelling vehicles; methods for cleaning up fuel spills; Fire and fuel spills
refuelling of construction vehicles;
o Piling, jacking and thrust boring: the method of piling operation (e.g. driven or bored) Piling, jacking and thrust
or in situ casting or pre-cast pile structures. boring
o Rehabilitation: methods for disturbed areas, and revegetation after construction is Rehabilitation
complete; retaining walls and gabions.
o River corridors: methods of release of construction related effluent water into any River corridor protection
natural stream or river course; method of construction activities within 1:50 year
floodplain; and details of methods to control downstream sedimentation or to cross
rivers during construction.
o Rock breaking: details of methods used for rock breaking Rock breaking
o Settlement ponds and sumps: layout and preparation of settlement ponds and sumps. Settlement ponds and
sumps
o Solid waste management: solid waste control and removal of waste from the Site. Solid waste
management
o Sources of material: details of materials to be imported to the site. Sources of material
o Stream diversion: methods of diverting a water course and reinstatement Stream diversion
o Traffic safety measures: entry and exit off public roads, Traffic safety
o Wash areas: location, layout, preparation and operation of all wash areas including Wash areas
vehicle washing, workshop wash, and painting wash and cleaning.
o Water abstraction: methods of abstraction and use of water from natural water Water abstraction
courses.
3 Erosion risks / water Stormwater  Ensure site layout plan provides for adequate stormwater drainage to avoid ponding or Contractor Metolong Stormwater system
ponding Management erosion from culverts. Water slowing and dispersion measures should be installed. Authority shown on site plan
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 98
including dispersion
measures.
4 Minimise risk of water and Toilet facilities for  Plan the location of toilet facilities at least 50m away from nearby water course and Contractor MA / ECO Toilets situated 50m
soil pollution temporary camp downstream of any springs, and more than 50m from work areas. away from water course
and downstream of
spring
5 Aesthetic impacts Housing &  Ensure layout and design of plant is as aesthetic as possible and softened or screened Master plan ECO Landscaping plan shows
infrastructure design by low berms and tree planting, around the fence and within the grounds. consultants & trees planted around
& landscaping  All buildings to be restricted to two storeys. contractor perimeter of camp and
landscaping inside camp
6 Sustainability of plant Eco-design of  Consider incorporation of eco-design principles into building design including solar Master plan ECO Energy & water saving
design infrastructure panels, energy-saving light bulbs, water collection, water saving landscaping, low flow consultants & measures installed
showerheads and other recycling systems. contractor
7 Pollution prevention from Management of  Design must make provision in the testing laboratory for separate collection and Contractor ECO Chemical disposal
chemical waste chemical waste disposal of chemical waste. system in place and
used
8 River flow Water abstraction  Abstraction of water from the river will require a Method Statement prior to approval by Contractor ECO Water abstraction permit
the Engineer. obtained and abstraction
 A permit is required from DWA for river abstraction. done in accordance with
 Conditions of the water permit must be complied with.
permit conditions
A2. SOCIAL SUSTAINABILITY
9 Minimise social disruption Temporary  Job preference for unskilled workers from the nearby villagers to the maximum extent Contractor MA / ECO Unskilled workers
and accommodation accommodation for practical or possible is encouraged. preferentially sourced
needs and costs for  Minimise requirement for providing temporary accommodation for unskilled workers. from local villages
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 99
labour workers Temporary camp

houses only workers
from outside area
10 Job creation for local Skills register used  Contractor is encouraged to source local labour from the local community by providing a Contractor Metolong Skills Register compiled.
residents to source local list of skills required and number of workers to the Metolong Authority. Contractors are Authority
not obliged to select their workforce from the local community but may wish to do so to Labour sourced locally.
workers
reduce the size of the temporary work camp and to avoid other attendant social effects
of accommodating a large workforce. If local residents are given job preference by the
Transport to be provided
DB Contractor, those losing land to the WTW and dam should be given priority. If
workers are selected from nearby towns, transport should be provided. for workers
11 Minimise social disruption Notification of local  Notify local communities and put up notices around the dam basin to inform people that Metolong Authority Local communities
communities of no recruitment of workers will be done at the dam site, and provide alternative numbers CLOs notified of recruitment
recruitment protocol and address for application to the skills register. policy.
Notices erected around
the project site
 Contractor to turn away any work-seekers arriving at the project site and direct them to Contractor ECO/CRO No problems
apply at the recruitment office. experienced by work-
seekers appearing at
the construction site.
12 Minimise raised Good community  Information boards: containing background information on the construction activity and Contractor / ECO Metolong Large info board erected
expectations in local relations the relevant contact details for complaints shall be erected near the entrance to the site. Authority at the site.
community and limit  Notification of onset of construction: Notify Employer, relevant authorities and local Correct information
social disruption community in writing as well as verbally of the onset of construction activities, including provided (contact
contact details for complaints.
details)
 Community liaison assistants to inform the local community members of the recruitment
process and onset of construction and schedule. Proof of notification of
onset of construction to
Employer, relevant
authorities and local
community.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 100
13 Minimise risk of social No on-site  Enforce requirements forbidding the contractor from recruiting labour at the construction Contractor Metolong Records kept of source
disruption associated with recruitment of labour site and include penalties in the contractor’s contract for infringement. Authority of labour
influx of workers
A3. TRAINING AND CAPACITY BUILDING

14 General environmental Environmental  The Contractor will be required to employ a full-time ECO at the construction site. Contractor ECO and MET ECO on site full-time
damage awareness training  The Contractor or his representative (e.g. ECO) shall provide training and guidance to officers
of workers site workers before commencing work on relevant components of the EMP, including
any new site workers taken on during the course of work. Proof of training of
 Workers shall understand the dos and don’ts of working on the site and controls on workers / Signed
causing environmental damage. This should include notification of regulations on attendance register
harvesting wild fauna and flora from the surrounding area, damage to cultural heritage,
littering, use of formal latrines, sexual engagement with locals, etc. Information posters
 Information posters should be put up in worker eating areas depicting typical prohibited displayed in social areas
activities that should be complied with on and off site. on site
Evidence that workers
complying with
regulations (e.g. no
littering)
15 Improved institutional Environmental  Workshops should be held with the environmental ministry and other key departments EMP consultants MA Workshops held with
capacity for training of involved with environmental oversight to familiarise them with the provisions of the EMP and ECO government staff.
environmental monitoring government officers and monitoring requirements. Workshops should be coordinated by the ECO to develop
a working relationship with staff of these institutions at an early stage. An attendance Attendance register
for project oversight register with contact details should be kept and notes of workshop proceedings
compiled. Workshop notes kept
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 101
B. SITE ESTABLISHMENT & CONSTRUCTION PHASE
B1. SITE CLEARING AND PREPARATION ACTIVITIES
Note: Some site preparation activities relating to layout or siting of infrastructure are covered under section A1 as they should be planned for at an early planning stage.
16 Damage to flora and Excavation / site  Notify the local community, including traditional herbalists, they can remove any plants Contractor ECO / CRO Local community
fauna clearance they require prior to site clearance. notified prior to site
 Search and rescue the Red Data plant Dicoma anomola and relocate to the proposed clearance to remove any
nursery associated with the dam or replant in a suitable location
useful plants.
Dicoma anomola
individuals relocated
17 Damage to cultural Excavation  During excavation, if any archaeological, cultural remains or grave sites are unearthed, Contractor ECO & Dept of Excavation halted and
heritage work should cease immediately. Staff at the Department of Culture should be informed to Culture authorities consulted if
assess whether excavation can proceed or if remains must be exhumed or subjected to cultural remains found
further archaeological investigation.
18 Erosion and Excavation / site  Areas subject to erosion shall be protected by installing temporary and permanent Contractor ECO Drainage works installed
sedimentation clearance drainage works at an early stage in site preparation. Measures to prevent surface water during site preparation
from being concentrated in streams and from scouring the slopes must be implemented in
accordance with the Method Statement.
Erosion channels
 Any runnels or erosion channels developed during the construction period or during
vegetation establishment shall be backfilled and compacted, and the areas restored to a restored to proper
proper condition. condition at early stage
 Stabilisation methods for cleared areas shall consider the following options: mulch or chip Exposed slopes
cover, straw bales (1 bale per m2 rotated into the top 100mm of earthworks); watering,
stabilised.
planting/sodding; hand or hydroseeding; soil binders and/or mechanical methods such as
gabions, geofabric; hessian; armourflex; log/pole fencing or retaining walls. Access over newly
 Traffic over stabilised areas shall be restricted and controlled and damage to stabilised stabilised areas
areas repaired and maintained. controlled.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 102
 Anti-erosion compounds shall be proved to suppress dust and erosion, and should not Revegetation
inhibit re-vegetation. implemented with
 Re-vegetation should be carried out using indigenous grasses and shrubs native to the indigenous species
project area.
native to Lowlands.
19 Erosion and Stormwater  The contractor shall implement all reasonable measures to control erosive effects of Contractor ECO Stormwater
sedimentation controls / stormwater runoff. management effective at
management  Silt screens shall be used to prevent overland flow of water, which can include straw minimising erosion
bales as filters placed across the flow of water.
 Flow dispersive measures to reduce the velocity / intensity of runoff should be Flow dispersion
implemented. measures implemented
20 Human / animal safety Blasting  Blasting shall be done in accordance with the method statement and all applicable laws Contractor ECO Blasting complies with
and noise and regulations. laws and regulations
 A qualified and registered blaster shall supervise blasting and rock splitting at all times.
 Ensure that appropriate pre-blast monitoring records (dilapidation survey) are in place Blasting done by
(e.g photographic and inspection records of all structures within 50m radius of the blast qualified supervisor
area). Monitoring should be done in the presence of the owner and any cracks or defects
pointed out and recorded. Dilapidation survey done
 Allow for good quality vibration monitoring equipment and record keeping on site at all in accordance with IFB
times during blasting.
 Take all necessary precautions to prevent damage to special features including removal Vibration monitoring
of fly rock. undertaken and records
 Provide adequate warning (one week) to Community Liaison Assistants (CLAs) to ensure kept
community members and herders are notified when blasting will occur.
 Use a siren to signal when blasting is likely to take place, giving two warning signals, half Precautions taken to
an hour before blasting is due to commence. prevent damage by fly
 Ensure that no-go areas, where there is a risk of fly rock, is evacuated prior to blasting. rock
 Blast mats should be used as cover during blasting, not soil.
Blasting warnings given
prior to blasting in
accordance with IFB
Blast mats (not soil)

used as cover
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 103
21 Dust Borrow pits /  Existing borrow pits and suppliers shall be used for new material. Contractor ECO Additional material
quarries  Vehicles leaving borrow pits shall be not over-filled to the point that debris can be obtained from existing
deposited onto roadsides, and truck loads should be covered with tarpaulin to minimise borrow pits and
(Note: applies to use wind blown dust.
suppliers
of existing quarries)
Trucks not overfilled and
material covered
22 Erosion and Culverts  No water course or stream may be diverted or dammed or modified without the approval Contractor ECO Approval obtained from
sedimentation of NES and will require a Method Statement. NES for stream
 When installing culverts, ensure continuity of base water flow. diversion
 Water quality monitoring will be required before onset of construction activities within a
water course. Base water flow
maintained during
culvert installation
Water quality monitoring

done and records
available.
B2. POLLUTION CONTROLS
23 Prevention of soil / water Fuel storage areas  All liquid fuels should be stored in sealed tanks, situated on a smooth impermeable Contractor ECO Fuels stored in sealed
pollution & human safety and tanks surface (plastic or concrete) with an earth bund. If plastic used it should have sand on tanks on impermeable
top to prevent perishing. The impermeable lining shall extend to the crest of the bund surface.
and the volume shall be able to contain 25% of the total capacity of all storage tanks or
110% of the capacity of the largest tank. The floor of the bund shall slope towards an oil Fuels stored in bunded
trap or sump to enable any spilled fuel or fuel soaked water to be removed. area of sufficient
capacity.
Fuel trap or sump
provided.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 104
 Areas for storage of fuel and other flammable materials must comply with standard fire Contractor ECO Complies with fire safety
safety regulations. regulations.
 Fire fighting equipment must be available and in working order at the fuel stores. Contractor ECO Fire fighting equipment
available and working.
 No smoking to be allowed near the fuel storage area. Contractor ECO No smoking evident
 Notices depicting “No Smoking”, “No Naked Lights” and “Danger” to be erected at the Contractor ECO Signs placed at fuel
fuel storage site. storage site.
 The fuel storage area shall be kept locked at all times. Contractor ECO Fuel storage locked.
 Only empty and externally clean tanks to be stored on bare ground. Dirty tanks must be Contractor ECO No empty dirty tanks on
stored on protected ground. unprotected ground
 Proper dispensing equipment must be used to dispense fuel from 200 litre drums and Contractor ECO Dispensing equipment
these shall not be tipped to dispense fuel. Dispensing area to have concrete floor and available and used for
collector sump. Dispensing equipment shall be stored in a water proof container when dispensing fuel from
not in use
drums.
 Any electrical or petrol driven pump shall be equipped and positioned so as not to cause Contractor ECO Electricity and fuel pump
any danger of ignition of the product. safely positioned.
 Fuel storage tanks should not have a capacity exceeding 9000 litres. Contractor ECO Fuel tanks <9000 litres
 Tanks shall be erected at least 3.5m from buildings or any other combustible or Contractor ECO Tanks further than 3.5m
flammable materials. from buildings or
flammable materials.
24 Pollution controls from Toilet facilities for  Adequate ablution facilities must be provided for staff. Contractor ECO Adequate toilets
ablution facilities temporary workers  Excretion or urination will be prohibited other than at provided facilities. provided with toilet
 Facilities for washing hands to be provided as part of or immediately next to all toilet paper
facilities.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 105
 Toilet facilities to be situated at least 50m away from water courses, springs or water Toilets not within 50m of
points. water course or spring.
 Discharge of waste from toilets and burial of waste is strictly prohibited.
 Ensure no spillage occurs when toilets cleaned or emptied. Toilets kept clean and
 Portable toilets shall be properly secured to prevent toppling in wind. no sign of sewage spills
 At least 1 toilet per 20 workers to be provided.
 Toilets to be maintained in hygienic state and serviced and emptied regularly. Toilet
Toilet entrances
paper to be provided.
shielded from public
 All entrances to toilets to be screened from public view.
view
25 Prevention of littering and Solid waste  The contractor shall set up a solid waste control and removal system in accordance with Contractor ECO Bins emptied daily and
soil/water pollution from management the Method Statement. not overflowing
waste  Bins shall be emptied on a daily basis and shall not be left in an overflowing state.
 Waste and litter shall be disposed of in scavenger and weatherproof bins stored in a Waste bins scavenger
fenced and covered area
and weather proof
 Waste shall be collected and removed from the site at least once a week
 Hazardous waste to be separated from general waste stream.
Waste collected and
 Waste disposed of in suitable landfill site to be confirmed and approved by the
regulatory authority. removed at least once a
 Workers must clean up the Contractors camp and work areas once a week. week
 If recycling facilities available, the Contractor is encouraged to separate waste into
glass, paper and tins and dispose of these at recycling depots. Waste disposed in
 Refuse screens and oil traps shall be installed at runoff concentration points from wash suitable landfill site
bays, stormwater outlets, workshop areas and eating areas.
 No waste, including plastic waste, is to be burned on site No hazardous waste
disposed of with general
waste
Screens and oil traps
installed at runoff points.
26 Soil and water pollution Contaminated  Prevent discharge of any pollutants such as concrete, cement, lime, chemicals and fuels Contractor ECO No evidence of concrete
water into any water sources or courses. or chemical spills to
 Contractor to design, construct, maintain and operate temporary pollution control
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 106
facilities to prevent discharge of polluting water or suspended material into rivers, water courses
streams or drainage system (e.g. settlement ponds).
 All waste water generated during construction must be contained in a suitable area such
as sedimentation pond prior to disposal. Solid material from such ponds should be
periodically collected and disposed of in an appropriate manner. Grey water disposal to
 No construction fluids to be allowed to enter the waste water system and no waste water conservancy tank
to be disposed of to soil.
 Monthly water testing to be conducted at discharge points to test compliance with
effluent standards, especially suspended solids, faecal coli and oil and grease. Runoff from workshop &
 Site sanitation to be provided by the Contractor and to comply with effluent guidelines concrete batch areas
and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and ECO. contained
 Washing areas shall be placed and constructed in such a manner to ensure surrounding
areas are not polluted. Wash areas suitably
 A Method Statement is required for all wash areas where hydrocarbons and hazardous located and constructed
materials and pollutants expected to be used, including vehicle wash and workshop
areas; paint wash and cleaning areas, and runoff from construction of new bitumen
roads.
27 Soil and water pollution Pumps and Sumps  Pumps shall be placed over a drip tray in order to prevent fuel spills and leaks from No pollution of soil and
contaminating the soil or water in the pumped area. water observed.
 Contaminated water may not be discharged into existing water courses
 Silt laden water shall be cleaned using a perforated 200 litre drum containing sand and Silty water cleaned in
stone separated by geotextile fabric with a central delivery water pipe or equivalent
effective manner
method.
 Silt-laden water shall be cleaned by ensuring that the overland flow of water disperses
through vegetation in a controlled and dispersed manner to avoid erosion or shall be
cleaned through the use of silt traps including filtration through a geotextile fabric.
28 Soil and water pollution Settlement ponds  The Contractor shall size settlement ponds in accordance with the scale of operations Settlement ponds sized
and the volume of water or effluent that may need to be stored, while making provision to contain required
for inputs from rainfall. effluent discharges
 Settlement ponds shall be sited to prevent natural groundwater or stormwater flowing
into the ponds. Frequent removal of
 Suspended solids and contaminants including oils shall be removed and disposed of by contamination recorded
the Contractor at frequent intervals at a site approved by the Engineer. in maintenance
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 107
 Water in the ponds shall be treated and discharged within 24 hours of the water level schedule and no
reaching discharge levels, and shall be emptied by discharge from outlet pipes. excessive waste build
up observed
Settlement pond level
maintained below
discharge level
29 Minimise dust and Cement and  Concrete mixing may not be done directly on the ground and shall be located in an area Contractor ECO Concrete mixing done
soil/water contamination concrete batching of low environmental sensitivity, in particular away from areas with a shallow water as shown on site layout
table. plan in area of low
 Concrete batching areas will be shown on the Site Layout Plan and approved by the
sensitivity.
Engineer.
 All waste water from concrete batching shall be disposed of via the waste water Runoff from batching
management system designed by the Contractor and wash areas
 Runoff from concrete batching areas shall be controlled and cement containing water collected and disposed
shall be collected, stored and disposed of at a site approved by the Engineer. Dagga
of appropriately.
boards, mixing trays and impermeable sumps shall be used at all mixing and supply
points. Contaminated water
 Contaminated water storage facilities shall not be allowed to overflow and will require storage protected from
appropriate protection from rain and flooding. rain and not overflowing.
 Unused cement bags should be stored safely in dry area.
 Used cement bags should be stored in weatherproof containers to prevent wind blow Cement stored in
cement dust and water contamination, and should be disposed of on a regular basis weather-proof areas
with solid waste.
 Cleaning of equipment and mixers shall not result in pollution of surrounding area. Care Contaminated water
must be taken to collect contaminated water and dispose of it in manner approved by from rinsing of cement
the Engineer. trucks collected and
 Ready mix trucks shall rinse off the delivery chute into a suitable sump prior to leaving disposed of
the site. appropriately.
 Suitable screening and containment shall be in place to prevent wind blown
contamination from bulk cement silos, loading and batching. All waste cement
 In relation to exposed aggregate finishes, the Contractor shall collect all contaminated collected and stored for
water and fines and store it in sumps for disposal at an approved waste site. correct disposal at
 All physical remains of excess concrete shall be collected and removed on completion waste site.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 108
of plaster or concrete pour section and disposed of at an appropriate landfill site. No excess cement
waste visible after
completion of concrete
works
30 Soil and water pollution Pipeline cleaning  Cleaning and flushing of pipelines shall not contaminate downstream baseline water Contractor ECO Water from flushing of
quality. Water quality of receiving waters shall be monitored by the contractor. pipelines complies with
 Materials used in the sterilisation of pipelines, e.g. chlorine solutions, shall be treated standards if released to
as hazardous substances and stored in a separate lined area in sealed drums for
natural environment
regular removal and disposal by licensed haulers at a licensed facility within South
Africa. Chemical effluent
 Excavation of pipeline trenches across areas with surface or subsurface water flow exceeding standards
shall make provision for temporary diversion of flow such that water will not be collected and disposed
contaminated or cause erosion e.g. through the use of geotextile curtains.
of correctly.
Temporary flow
diversion provided
where pipeline cross
surface flows.
31 Soil and water pollution Hydrocarbon spills  The site shall have a supply of absorbent material readily available to absorb any Contractor ECO Suitable absorbent
emergency hydrocarbon spills to a volume of at least 200 litres. material readily
 Other absorbent or encapsulating products for containing hydrocarbon spills that should available for spills.
be considered include Spill-Sorb (oil and chemical absorbent & encapsulating product);
Drizzat Pads; Enretech Powder (absorbent and encapsulation); and Peat Moss. Spills attended to
 Remediation of spill areas shall be done immediately, the area cordoned off, and the immediately. Spills
source of spillage isolated. Spillages can be contained using sand berms, sand bags or isolated and contained.
sawdust.
 Examples of products used for treatment and remediation include Chemcap (aqueous Spillages fully
silicate, releases and encapsulates); BioSystems B110 series; and Enretech products. documented in Incident
 Any spillages should be documented in the Incident Register, including information on Register
cause, amount spilled, remedial actions taken and responsible persons.
B3. SOCIAL ISSUES
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 109
32 Human safety Fencing and site  Access to the site should be off-limits to the public at all times. Contractor ECO Site suitably fenced.
access  A diamond mesh or bonnix fence with minimum height of 1.8m shall be erected around
the site. Public access restricted.
 Fencing shall be maintained throughout construction.
 Temporary fencing shall be removed and loose wire removed from the site.
33 Aesthetic impacts & dust Aesthetics (and  The contractor shall visually screen the site in an aesthetically pleasing manner prior to Contractor ECO Site screened to
dust control) commencing construction activities. The use of indigenous trees as a green belt should minimise visual impact
be considered. during construction
 Since the site will be used in the long-term consideration should be given to constructing
berms and planting trees around the perimeter of the site at an early stage to maximise Landscaping
opportunities for establishment. implemented for long
 Temporary or shorter term measures can include use of shade cloth or hessian. term screening
4 Dust Nuisance Dust control  The Contractor shall take all reasonable measures to minimise the generation of dust Contractor ECO Dust minimisation
from construction activities. implemented
 Removal of vegetation shall be limited in extent as far as possible and to times when
soil stripping is required. Exposed areas should be stabilised and revegetated with Bare areas covered or
indigenous grasses endemic to the area as soon as they are no longer required for
revegetated soon after
construction activities.
 Excavation, handling and transport of erodible materials shall be avoided windy vegetation removal
conditions or when a visible dust plume is present. In high winds where dampening
methods are insufficient, consideration should be given to the need to cease soil Excavation avoided in
stripping activities until winds drop. high wind conditions,
 Dust suppression methods shall be used when dust generation is unavoidable including
dampening with water, particularly during dry periods; or other stabilising methods such Dust suppression
as use of chemical soil binders, straw, brush packs, chipping etc. measures implemented.
 Straw stabilisation shall be applied at a rate of one bale/10m2, harrowed into the top
100mm of material for all completed earthworks. Stockpiles covered with
 Stockpiles should be located in sheltered areas where possible and covered with dust material
suppressing material.
35 Human nuisance Lights  For authorised night work, low flux and frequency lighting shall be used. Contractor ECO Night work using low
flux & frequency lights
36 Human nuisance Noise  Noise levels exceeding 85dB shall only be permitted where approved by the Engineer or Contractor ECO Noise levels in nearby
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 110
during an emergency situation. villages comply with

SANS 10103 and
Lesotho Government
Gazette Extraordinary
Legal Notice No. 137 of
1996.
37 Human safety Fire control  No fires will be allowed on site. Contractor ECO No fires caused by the
 Basic fire-fighting equipment must be available at all fire risk areas including living deliberate lighting of
quarters, site offices, kitchen areas, workshops, store areas, and must be maintained in fires.
good working condition.
 Smoke free areas should be declared and appropriate signage erected. Fire fighting equipment
 Staff must be provided with sufficient fuel for cooking and heating to avoid the need to readily available.
light fires.
Demarcated smoke free
areas.
B4. GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND SAFETY MEASURES

38 Minimise accident risks Transport of  Ensure transport companies are properly equipped and registered to transport Contractor ECO Transporters equipped
during chemical and chemicals, diesel chemicals and diesel. and registered.
diesel transport and other materials  Ensure loads are properly secured, and that sand, soil, stone, refuse, cement etc are
covered during transit to prevent spilling or windblown material along roadsides. Loads properly secured
and covered
Incident Register
indicates no
transportation incidents
39 General environmental Construction camp  Construction camp to be kept neat and clean at all times. Contractor ECO Camp clean and neat
protection maintenance  Refuse and waste storage to be positioned away from buildings.
Refuse stored away
 Drip trays to be inspected and emptied daily and closely monitored during rain events.
from buildings
Drip trays emptied daily
& monitored
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 111
40 General environmental Access roads  Access to the site and works area shall use existing roads or tracks wherever possible. Contractor Engineer & ECO No new access tracks
protection and control of  Induction and training shall include the use of permitted roads and highlight prohibition created unless
nuisances of making new tracks. necessary and existing
 All temporary access roads shall be rehabilitated to the satisfaction of the Engineer
ones kept as narrow as
 Erect and maintain marker pegs or painted stones along the boundaries of work areas,
access roads or tracks to prevent unauthorised movement outside designated areas. possible
 Mud and sand deposited onto public roads shall be cleared regularly Access tracks marked to
 Upgrading of access roads should limit activities as far as possible within the existing control vehicle
confines of the road. movement
 Users of haul roads within the site shall not exceed 15km per hour
 Implement dust control measures where windblown dust can create a nuisance. Mud and sand cleared
 The Contractor shall repair any damage caused to the existing access road as a result from roads regularly
of construction activities.
Speeds limits
 Install and maintain appropriate traffic warning signs.
maintained
 Trained and equipped flagmen shall be used in the event that construction activities
(e.g. delivery of large unnatural loads) may create a traffic hazard on public roads. Existing access roads
 Asphalt / Bitumen Paving: Bitumen used for access roads shall be stored on maintained in good
impermeable bunded area sloped towards a sump. Heating of bitumen shall be condition
undertake using LPG or similar zero emission fuels. Excess or waste bitumen shall be
removed to an approved landfill site. Care must be taken to prevent overspray of Traffic warning signs
bitumen outside of the road surface and onto roadside vegetation. and flagmen used where
necessary
Bitumen stored on
impermeable bunded
area with sump.
Bitumen sprayed within
road area only and not
on adjacent vegetation.
41 General environmental Crane operations  Drive plants shall be well maintained and drip trays position at potential leak areas. Contractor Engineer & ECO Equipment maintained
protection and human  Over-greasing of crane cables shall be avoided. and drip trays positioned
 Lighting used during crane operations shall not cause a nuisance to surrounding to contain leaks
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 112
safety communities. No incidents of oil

 Movement and lifting of hazardous materials shall be undertaken such that they do pollution from crane
not cause pollution, spillage or safety risk e.g. concrete buckets. operations.
42 General environmental Drilling and jack-  The Contractor shall take all reasonable measures to limit dust generation from drilling Contractor Engineer & ECO Drilling done to limit dust
protection and human hammering operations. generation and pollution,
safety  Noise and dust nuisances must comply with applicable standards. and damaged areas
 The Contractor shall ensure that no pollution results from drilling operations from oil,
rehabilitated.
fuel, or drilling fluid.
 Any areas or structures damaged by drilling and associated activities shall be
Loose rock from drilling
rehabilitated by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the engineer.
 Loose rock generated from drilling must be removed to a suitable area marked on the not found as scree on
layout plan, and not tipped down slope or into the river course. slopes above river
43 General environmental Earthworks  All earthworks shall be undertaken in such a manner so as to minimise the extent of Contractor Engineer & ECO Earthworks minimise
protection any impacts caused by such activities and shall be limited to demarcated areas. environmental damage
 No earthworks equipment shall be allowed outside demarcated areas unless
permitted by the Engineer.
44 General environmental Retaining walls and  Rocks for use in gabion baskets or reno mattresses shall be obtained from a source Contractor ECO No rocks for gabions
protection gabions approved by the Engineer & ECO and not from a watercourse. sourced from a water
course.
45 General environmental Stream diversion  The Contractor shall not divert, dam or modify any water course or stream without the Contractor ECO Stream diversion done
protection approval of the Engineer and ECO where necessary and to
 Any temporary diversions required (e.g. for trenching and pipeline installation) shall be the satisfaction and
reinstated to its natural condition where possible to the satisfaction of the Engineer
signed approval of the
and ECO.
Engineer & ECO
46 General environmental Trenching  Trenching for services shall be kept to a minimum through the use of single trenches Contractor ECO Trenching minimised
protection for multiple service provision. and done in accordance
 The planning and selection of trench routes shall be undertaken in liaison with the with requirements.
Engineer and cognisance shall be given to minimising the potential for soil erosion.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 113
 Trench routes with permitted working areas shall be clearly defined and marked with No evidence of dumped
painted stakes prior to excavation. stockpiles of trench
 The stripping and separation of topsoil shall occur as stipulated by the Engineer. Soil material
shall be excavated and used for refilling trenches using the roll over method, i.e. soil
from the first trench section shall be stockpiled. Thereafter soil excavated from
No evidence of erosion
subsequent trench lengths shall be used to backfill the trench behind it once the
services or pipe have been laid. Trench lengths to be kept as short as practically around or downslope of
possible before backfilling and compacting. the trench
 Trenches shall be re-filled to the same level as the surrounding land surface to
minimise erosion (or slightly higher to allow for settlement). Excess soil shall be
stockpiled in an appropriate manner to prevent dust nuisances or sedimentation of Successful revegetation
nearby areas. of the refilled trench
 Immediately after refilling, trenches and associated disturbed working areas shall be
planted with a suitable plant species and regularly watered. Geojute or similar material
should be used in addition to planting in particularly erodible areas.
C. END OF CONSTRUCTION PHASE / SITE CLOSURE
47 General environmental Temporary site During temporary site closure ensure: Contractor Engineer & ECO Temporary site closure
protection closure complies with the
Fuels, flammables and hazardous chemicals: specified provisions.
 Fuel is stored in low volumes and no stores within 1:50 year floodline
 No leak, outlet secure / locked and adequate ventilation present
 Bund is empty
 Fire extinguishers serviced and accessible
 Area secured from accidental damage, e.g. vehicle collision
 Emergency contact numbers are displayed.
 Safety office checks the stores prior to closure of the site.
Safety
 All trenches and manholes secured and fencing and barriers in place
 Notice boards applicable and secured
 Emergency and management contact details displayed
 Security persons briefed and have facility for contact.
 Night hazards checked e.g. reflectors, lighting and traffic signage
 Fire hazards identified and precautions taken to limit risks e.g. wood stockpiles, fuels
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 114
 Scaffold and pipe stockpile wedged / secured

 Inspection schedule and log by security or contracts staff
Erosion
 Wind and dust mitigation in place e.g. straw / covering material or irrigation
 Slopes and stockpiles at stable angle
 Re-vegetated areas watering schedule in place
 Detention ponds or channels in place and with sufficient capacity for storm events.
Water contamination and pollution

 Fuel hazards and flood precautions taken
 Banks stabilised for expected normal flow
 Structures in water courses secured
 Cement and material stores secured
 Refuse bins and Toilets emptied and secured
 Bunds clean and treated
 Drip trays empty and secure
 All structures secured against wind damage
48 General Environmental Permanent All equipment, storage containers, temporary fencing, temporary services, fixtures and solid Contractor Engineer & ECO Construction site clear
Protection Construction site waste shall be removed from site at the end of construction of all construction waste,
Specific measures include:
closure materials and equipment
 Clear and completely remove from site all equipment, storage containers, temporary
fencing, temporary services, fixtures and any other temporary works. at the start of Assisted
 Ensure that all access roads utilised during construction (which are not earmarked for Operation.
closure and rehabilitation) are returned to a usable state and/or a state no worse than
prior to construction.
 Clear the site of all inert waste and rubble, including surplus rock, foundations
 and batching plant aggregates.
 Remove from site all domestic waste and dispose of in the approved manner at a
registered waste disposal site.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 115
11.0 SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The MDWSP, comprising the Metolong Dam, the WTW and conveyance systems, is designed to augment
water supplies to the lowland towns of Lesotho by an amount of 75 Mℓ/day over and above the existing 45
Mℓ/day supplied by the Maseru water supply system.
Various studies have been undertaken since 2002 that confirmed Metolong as the preferred location for the
dam and the WTW. The project is rated as high priority by the Government of Lesotho (GoL). The WTW
and conveyance system will be constructed with funding from the MCC administered through the MCA-L.
The MCA-L appointed the LWJV consortium to undertake a conceptual design of the WTW and prepare
tender documents for a Design-Build contract, as well as compile an ESIA and EMP. The ESIA and this
EMP has been prepared by an independent team of sub-consultants to the LWJV.
This EMP has been compiled based on a conceptual design and layout of the WTW within a defined
footprint, and a set of technical design specifications that will be given to a Design-Build Contractor to
undertake detailed design and construction. The details of the WTW are contained within the IFB (2009)
documents (Volumes 1 to IX). Based on the management measures proposed in this EMP, the detailed
design phase will involve in-depth technical planning of the infrastructure components, treatment process
and layout, including aspects such as determination of specific quantities of chemicals required, verify
proposed chemical storage and handling arrangements, staffing roles and responsibilities, preparation of a
health and safety plan and update and further develop the ERP included as Appendix C.
This EMP provides a comprehensive overview of the mitigation and monitoring requirements for construction
and operation of the proposed WTW. Adherence to these mitigation measures and management
requirements will minimise the impacts of the WTW to the extent that no significant residual impact of
construction or operation is likely to occur.
Key tasks for implementation of the EMP during the planning and construction phases include (but are not
limited to):
 Layout planning and compilation of detailed layout plans to ensure environmental impacts are
minimised (e.g. toilets more than 50m from water courses or springs; siting of “no go” or sensitive areas
such as ruins of 19th Century village, location of bunded areas, chemical stores, effluent ponds and
discharge monitoring points).
 A stormwater layout plan designed to ensure adequate diversion and dissipation of stormwater to
prevent erosion and sedimentation.
 Encouragement of preferential labour recruitment from the local communities to minimise social impacts
associated with influx of a large labour force such as increased HIV/AIDS, increased crime, social
disruption, alcoholism etc.
 Regular dialogue between the Contractor’s Community Relations Officer (CRO) and the Metolong
Authority’s Community Relations Manager (CRM) and Community Liaison Assistants (CLAs) to keep
the community abreast of work schedules and activities, and to hear and address concerns.
 Awareness raising and training of the workforce to ensure they are familiar with all on-site rules and
requirements relating to aspects such as solid and chemical waste disposal; use of toilets; prohibition
on using the veld as a toilet; for littering; trampling and harvesting of fauna and flora, or the lighting of
fires. Other aspects covered include workforce awareness of communication channels and key points
of contact for specific workforce issues.
 Implementation of the Contractor Standards for construction that are designed to mitigate erosion and
sedimentation risks, pollution risks, and to manage social impacts (e.g. visual, dust/noise, blasting,
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 116
traffic accidents etc) and other biophysical impacts (e.g. loss of flora and fauna, general habitat
disturbance).
 Rehabilitation of disturbed areas within and around the WTW, and appropriate landscaping of the site,
will minimise the visual impacts of the construction activities and the development as a whole, while
minimising the risk of erosion.
Key tasks for implementation of the EMP during the operational phase include:
 Encouragement of preferential labour recruitment from the local communities to be trained and used in
the WTW.
 Ongoing dialogue between the CRO and the Metolong Authority’s Community Relations Manager
(CRM) and CLAs to keep the community abreast of the operational issues associated with the WTW
and to hear and address concerns.
 Awareness raising and training of the WTW workforce to ensure they are familiar with all on-site rules
and requirements relating to aspects such as solid and chemical waste disposal. Other aspects covered
include workforce awareness of communication channels and key points of contact for specific
workforce issues.
 Testing of sludge produced to confirm that the preferred long-term sludge disposal solution, which is
land application for soil augmentation, is environmentally acceptable. The results will be checked
against guideline values specified.
 Monitoring of supernatant (liquid draining from the sludge) to determine whether it complies with effluent
standards for disposal back to the river. If non-compliant then the supernatant will require treatment
and/or dilution to meet the standards for release back to the river below the dam wall.
 The operator with their staff must further refine (making sure of accountability and responsibility) and
implement the ERP (Appendix C), which addresses aspects such as hazardous material accidents, e.g.
chlorine gas emission; compilation of an emergency contacts list; protocols for remedial action; and
training of key staff to deal with incidents and accidents
Auditing, monitoring, site inspections and reporting will be implemented in accordance to the EMP by the
Environmental Compliance Officer (ECO), the site Engineer and the regulatory organisations such as NES,
WASA, DWA etc.
Various programmes being are in the process of being developed by the MA with which the DB Contractor
will be required to comply. These include a Health and Safety Plan, HIV/AIDS education and awareness,
community outreach and RCAP.
A key issue of the WTW arising from operation of the WTW is the disposal of sludge and supernatant liquid.
The WTW site has capacity of 5 years of sludge storage. The EMP has presented various options for sludge
disposal (APPENDIX E), with land disposal being recommended as the preferred option. Supernatant will be
returned to the river in compliance with Lesotho’s discharge standards (Otieno 1997), which may require
some form of pre-treatment.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 117
12.0 REFERENCES
CEC (Jordan), Mott Macdonald and Groundwater Consulting. 2003. Metolong Dam Feasibility Study. Final
Report. Dec 2003.
DWAF. 1996. Department of Water Affairs and Forestry (1996) South African Water Quality Guidelines:
Volume 1: Domestic Water Use Second Edition, 1996.
Gill, S. 2009. Metolong WTW ESIA/EMP: Cultural and Heritage Resources – Actions Already Taken and
Recommendations. March 2009.
Herselman, J.E, 2008. Guidelines for further utilisation and disposal of water treatment residues. WRC Proj
No. K5/1723.
Hughes (2005) Effects of Land Application of Water Treatment Residues, WRC Report No. 1105/1/0
Invitation for Bids(IFB# WS-A-016-09) Design-Build of Metolong water treatment works bidding documents
(volume i to ix) December 2009.
IFC 2002. Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines. International Finance Corporation. www.ifc.org
IFC 2009. Guidance for Projects and Companies on designing grievance mechanisms. Good Practice Note:
Addressing Grievances from Project-Affected Communities.
LWJV/Jeffares & Green. 2009. Geotechnical Investigation for the Metolong WTW. March 2009.
LWJV 2009. Metolong Dam Treatment Works: Basis of Design Report. Contract No. WS-A-004-08 for the
Metolong Authority.
Mahlelebe, T. 2008. Metolong Dam Environmental and Social Impact Assessment. The Ecology of the
Metolong Storage Area, Transmission Lines and Proposed Quarry Sites. Feb 2008.
Mateka, B. 2009. Resettlement and Compensation Action Plan. Report for Metolong Authority. March 2009.
Metolong Authority. 2009. Metolong Dam Environmental and Social Work Plan. Draft Report. May 2009.
Mott Macdonald Ltd. 2007. Metolong Dam Additional Feasibility Study. Interim Report. Feb 2007.
SANS 241 (2006) Edition 6.1: Drinking Water.
SMEC 2008. Metolong Dam Environmental and Social Impact Assessment. Final Report. Volume 1. SMEC
in association with FM Associates and Southern Waters. Feb 2008.
Southern Waters Ecological Research and Consulting. 2008. Metolong Dam Environmental and Social
Impact Assessment – Instream Flow Assessment. Feb 2008.
Walmsley,B & Tshipala K.E., 2007. Handbook on Environmental Assessment Legislation in the SADC
Region. Published by the DBSA in collaboration with SAIEA. Midrand, 420pp.
WASA (2007) Emergency Preparedness Plan.
World Health Organization (2006) Guidelines for drinking-water quality [electronic resource]: incorporating
first addendum. Vol. 1, Recommendations. – 3rd ed.
World Bank, 2009. First Report of the Social and Environmental Panel of Experts. Compiled by Lawrence
Haas and Kotelo-'Molaoa. 31 March 2009.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 118
APPENDIX A
TOR for Conducting ESIA and EMP for the Metolong WTW
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 119
TOR FOR CONDUCTING ESIA AND EMP FOR THE METOLONG WTW
Objective
To prepare a comprehensive environmental and social impact assessment, supplemental to the Metolong
Dam Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (SMEC, 2008a) for the areas affected by the WTW
Description
The WTW, whose surface area is estimated at 14 ha (SMEC, 2008a), will be located on the north side of the
valley, approximately 600 m from the dam as described in the Metolong Dam Additional Feasibility Study
Update (Mott MacDonald, 2007). The study area will also cover the trace of the pipeline from the dam to the
WTW and proposed quarry areas as described in Mott MacDonald (2007). In the case of quarries and other
sources of construction material, the consultant should try as much as possible to synergize them with other
Metolong Dam construction activities.
The consultant will carry out the following tasks:
Task 1: Inception Report Including a Detailed Work Plan.

The consultant will examine the Metolong Dam Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (SMEC,
2008a), the Metolong Dam ESIA Resettlement Report (SMEC, 2008b), the Metolong Dam Additional
Feasibility Study Update (Mott MacDonald, 2007), the NES Record of Review and Record of Decision on the
SMEC reports and any other relevant documents to identify data gaps in relation to the WTW. On the basis
of this review, the consultant will prepare an inception report highlighting the methodology to be used for
additional data collection, impact analysis and a detailed work-plan. The consultant, MCA-Lesotho and the
CoW will develop and agree upon performance targets for the assignment as part of the inception report.
The detailed work plan will also include the consultant's proposal for the Public Participation Process. The
consultant will identify and consult with the various public groups living in the vicinity of any of the proposed
structures. Other interested groups to be consulted include but are not limited to; Non-Governmental
Organizations (NGOs), Government Departments, representatives of the general public and other groups or
agencies that may have a stake in the project. Such consultations are to be undertaken in local language, be
coordinated through the GoL, specifically the Project Implementation Unit and office of CoW in collaboration
with local village chiefs. The process should explore various media currently used to engage stakeholders.
The inception report will clearly indicate additional work, if any that is required to ensure that all landholders
and/or affected persons have been identified and are included in the ongoing property survey efforts under
the Environmental Management Programme.
Task 2: Environmental and Social Impact Assessment and Reports.

The consultant will prepare an ESIA in accordance with Section 29.5 of the Lesotho Environment Act, 2001
(Note: this has now been replaced by the Lesotho Environmental Act 10 of 2008). The ESIA report (EIS
under Lesotho legislation) shall as a minimum include the following:
 A detailed description of the proposed project and its activities.
 A description of the potentially affected environment including specific information necessary for
identifying and assessing the environmental impacts of the proposed project or activity.
 A description of the technology, method and processes that shall be used in the implementation of the
project or activities and the main alternatives and reasons for declining to use those alternatives.
 Reasons for selecting the proposed site and rejecting alternative sites.
 Environmental impact of the proposed activity or project including the direct, indirect, cumulative, short
term or long term effects on the environment of the project.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 120
 An identification and description of measures proposed for eliminating, minimizing or mitigating the
anticipated adverse impacts of the project or activity on the environment.
 Give a brief description of how the information provided in the report has been acquired or generated.
 An identification of gaps in knowledge and uncertainties which were encountered in completing the
required information.
 The social, economic and cultural impacts of the project.
 Irreversible and irretrievable commitment of resources required for the project.
 Any other matters that the Authority, NES may prescribe.

Annexes to the ESIA report may include, but not be limited to:
 Specialist report on flora and fauna.
 Specialist report on cultural and archaeological heritage.
 Specialist report on socioeconomic conditions in the study area.
 A report on health and sanitation conditions,
 Minutes of the public consultation meetings.
 A bibliography.
Task 2.1 Additional Environmental and Social Baseline Data

The consultant will collect supplementary data in order to fill data gaps identified in the inception report, and
additional data that may be required by NES. Currently it is anticipated that additional data will be required
for the following:
 Physical environment: geology, topography, soils particularly their susceptibility to erosion.
 Biological environment: flora; fauna; medicinal value, occurrence of alien invasive species, rare and
endangered species, etc. The study area was partially investigated during the SMEC study, as
illustrated by the vegetation map shown in Figure 22 of SMEC, 2008a. It will be necessary to extend
this vegetation map to cover the full study area. Particular attention should be paid to the identification
and inventory of medicinal plants and plants of socio-economic importance with a view to their salvage
for transplanting prior to construction.
 Socio-cultural environment: Cultural and historical heritage sites present in the proposed site for project
development; current land uses in the study area; individuals who are likely to be negatively affected by
the project either through inconvenience or loss of property.
 The Cultural Heritage Impact Assessment carried out as part of the Metolong Dam ESIA (SMEC,
2008a) included an Archaeological Reconnaissance Survey, which was limited to the Metolong dam
footprint. It may therefore be necessary to conduct a specialist cultural heritage assessment as part of
the WTW ESIA. The project includes a more detailed, long-term cultural heritage program (the first
phase of this study is scheduled for completion by end-December 2008), and so the consultant will
coordinate efforts with the GoL to avoid unnecessary repetition of studies1.
1
The Environmental Management Programme includes a Cultural Resources Management and Development Plan which includes further studies to determine whether there are additional sites within the project footprint,
thus field study may not be required. During preparation of the inception report the consultant will determine whether additional studies are required to include the WTW footprint.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 121
 The Metolong Dam ESIA Resettlement Plan (SMEC, 2008b) identified 22 households which would
potentially be affected by the WTW. This included an indicative recording of assets. The proposed site
for the WTW, which has been surveyed, lies to the north of the area covered by the SMEC study. It will
therefore be necessary for the consultant to verify that all affected persons have been identified and
taken account of in ongoing resettlement activities. The consultant will need to coordinate in detail with
MCA-Lesotho and the GoL in this activity.
Task 2.2 Determination of Biophysical, Health, Environmental and Social Impacts

The identification of the project impacts should be informed by among others: baseline data collected; the
consultative process and consultant’s experience of similar projects. In order to effectively carry out the task,
the Consultant should develop a system that will facilitate identification and registration of all aspects and
associated impacts. In addition, the consultant should establish an impact scoring process that should be
based on among others: the level of significance and magnitude of impacts; probability of occurrence; the
extent to which the impacts could be reversed; residual impact after mitigation; cumulative impacts; adverse
and beneficial impacts, etc.
Key issues to be addressed by the consultant include:
 Construction Impacts
 The consultant will describe the baseline situation and assess all impacts related to the construction
phase, with particular attention to:
 Noise, dust and other aspects of air quality related to construction activities.
 Use of explosives (if required).
 Introduction of any migrant construction workers, construction camps, laydown areas, and hauling of
materials and equipment.
 HIV/AIDS, other health and safety-related measures for workers and those living close to construction
areas.
 Sources of construction materials.
 Employment generation by construction activities, including preferential employment for affected

persons.
 Direct and Indirect Operational Impacts
 The consultant will describe the baseline situation and address key ESIA issues and impacts over the
long term. At a minimum these should include issues in the list below. In no way should this list be
interpreted as categorizing or grouping impacts.
 Terrestrial Ecology and Biodiversity
 Assessment of the effects on biodiversity.
 Assessment to document any effects on rare, endangered or threatened species or their habitats.
 Identification, inventory, salvage and transplant of medicinal species and/or species of socio-
economic importance.
 Surface Water, Aquatic Ecology and Biodiversity (concentrating specifically on potential impacts of the
WTW operations)
 Assessment of impacts on habitats, and rare and endangered species.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 122
 Assessment of any impacts related to aquatic ecology.
 Assessment of any changes in water quality or flows in streams.
 Soils, Geology and Groundwater
 Documentation of issues related to soils.
 Impacts of changes in drainage.
 Impacts on groundwater resources, if any.
 Air Quality
 Documentation of air quality impacts related to increased dust generation and vehicular traffic.
 Noise
 Documentation of noise impacts on neighbouring populations
 Hazardous materials management.
 Management, transport and storage of hazardous chemicals
 Sludge
 Sludge management and disposal. In the event where Rapid Sand Filters (RSF) is a viable option,
the impact of backwash water should be determined.
 Cultural Resources
 Protection, conservation and management of sacred sites.
 Investigations of archaeological and historic sites, assessment of their importance and protection,
conservation and management.
 Socio-economics
 Impacts related to additional employment (numbers and likely beneficiaries).
 Impacts related to land acquisition/resettlement (derived from ongoing resettlement related

activities).
 Impacts on social or economic conditions of neighbouring villages.
 Gender
 Differential impacts of the project on men and women, including labour and trade.
Induced and Cumulative Impacts

The consultant will identify significant induced and cumulative impacts within the immediate vicinity of the
project and in areas extending beyond it. Key areas and sectors related to cumulative impacts will be
specifically identified in the ESIA, mitigation measures already incorporated into design explained and others
recommended, as needed.
Evaluation of Alternatives
Such an analysis is required under both the Lesotho Environmental Impact Assessment Guidelines and the
MCC Environmental Guidelines, which describes the evaluation of alternatives as examining "alternatives to
the project, including ways of improving project selection, siting, planning, design, and implementation in
order to prevent, minimize, mitigate, or compensate for adverse environmental and social impacts and
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 123
enhance positive impacts. The ESIA systematically compares feasible alternatives to the proposed project
site, technology, design and operation - including the "without project" situation - in terms of their potential
environmental and social impacts; the feasibility of mitigating these impacts; their capital and recurrent costs;
their suitability under local conditions; and their institutional, training and monitoring requirements. For each
of the alternatives, it quantifies the environmental and social impacts to the extent possible and attaches
economic values where feasible. It states the basis for selecting the particular project design proposed and
justifies recommended emission levels and approaches to pollution prevention and abatement."
The consultant will consolidate information about the project from previous work and other sources as
needed to present the range of alternatives, the selection of the particular site and the nature of the design in
order to demonstrate that impacts have been considered and avoided, diminished or compensated for in the
process.
Standards and Norms

Where qualitative or quantitative standards or norms for emissions, effluents or other impacts are not yet
developed in Lesotho legislation or are not at a level considered acceptable in international practice, the
standards of the WHO or the most recent Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines of the International
Finance Corporation (private sector investment arm of the World Bank Group) will be used. Where these
sources do not provide norms or standards, the consultant will recommend standards from other sources in
consultation with NES.
Task 3. Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

The consultant will prepare an EMP covering both construction and operations and describing a set of
feasible and cost-effective mitigation, monitoring and institutional measures to avoid adverse environmental
and social impacts, reduce them to acceptable levels or to compensate for them. The EMP must cover all
adverse environmental impacts, including those that may result from involuntary resettlement and linkages to
the existing Resettlement Action Plan as appropriate. The EMP will provide the technical details for each
mitigation, monitoring and institutional measure, including the impact(s) to which it relates and the conditions
when it is required, together with designs, equipment descriptions and operating procedures. The EMP will
specify for each mitigation measure timing, cost, locations, and institution responsible.
In addition to the general set of mitigation measures, an, HIV/AIDS awareness plan will also be incorporated.
The project includes a comprehensive program of community outreach related to HIV, as a result of which
the consultant will develop and HIV /AIDS awareness plan for the construction contractor2.
The EMP will specify the monitoring objectives and the types of monitoring needed (plus the regularity of
such monitoring) to ensure that the mitigation measures have been put in place and are working as intended.
It will also specify any additional environmental monitoring that is considered appropriate to ensure that
unanticipated environmental impacts do not occur. Specifically, the monitoring section of the EMP will
provide a specific description, and technical details, of monitoring measures, including the parameters to be
measured, methods to be used, sampling locations, frequency of measurements, detection limits (where
appropriate), and definition of thresholds that will signal the need for corrective actions. The EMP will also
specify the monitoring and reporting procedures and responsibilities to ensure early detection of issues and
provide information on progress and results of mitigation.
The EMP will recommend capacity building efforts to strengthen environmental management capability that
will be needed to carry out the mitigation measures and their monitoring, including formation of specific units,
training and institutional arrangements, e.g., who is responsible for operation, supervision, enforcement,
monitoring of implementation, remedial action, financing, reporting, and training.
2 Although the Environmental Management Plan includes an HIV/AIDS awareness and prevention component, this only concerns community
outreach; contractors are responsible for HIV/AIDS awareness and prevention programs for their employees. The HIV/AIDS awareness and
prevention plan forming part of the EMP required under these terms of reference will be directed towards the contractors.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 124
For all three aspects (mitigation, monitoring, and capacity development), the EMP will provide an
implementation schedule for measures that must be carried out as part of the project, showing phasing and
coordination with overall project implementation plans; and the capital and recurrent cost estimates and
sources of funds for implementing the EMP.
As part of the EMP the consultant will prepare an Emergency Response Plan which will describe the
measures required to manage emergencies both at the WTP site and during transportation of hazardous
materials to the WTP. The Emergency Response Plan will include but not be limited to:
 The objectives of the plan
 Persons (name, position) authorized to set the emergency procedures in motion
 Person in charge of and co-coordinating the on-site mitigation.
 Safety of persons both on and off-site.
 Arrangements for:
 Providing early warning of the incident to local authorities.
 Initiating the off-site emergency plans.
 The type of information that should be contained in the initial warning.
 Provision of more detailed information as it becomes available.
 Training of personnel for emergency response
 Arrangements for assisting with the off-site effects of the incident
 Human resources required to manage the response to the incident, identify specialists who can provide
information to the emergency services
 Key contacts and their coordinates at the WTP and for local and national emergency response
authorities.
 Hazard scenarios and identify the environmental consequences and environment pathways
 Resources available for the restoration and clean up of the environment following a major accident.
The consultant will recommend what level of environmental and social monitoring should be done by the
construction contractor, by the implementing agency, by the sponsor (MCA-Lesotho), and by NES and
whether independent monitoring is needed.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 125
APPENDIX B
B1: Adjustments to the Terms of Reference for ESIA and EMP
B 2: Records of Decisions / Minutes of Meetings:
a) NES meeting 26th May 2009
b) Technical meeting 15th April 2009
c) Minutes of meeting
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 126
B1: ADJUSTMENTS TO THE TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR ESIA AND

EMP
The following points describe aspects of the work scope that were adjusted during the course of study and
the reasons. The Inception Report (2009) that was approved also indicated these changes. These are
separated into scope of assessment and procedural aspects.
Scope of Assessment
1) Quarries and borrow areas – One of the original requirements of this ESIA was to assess and
evaluate the impacts and management needs of quarries for aggregate and ‘borrow’ areas for sand.
This requirement has since fallen away when it was decided and agreed at the Technical meeting of 15
April 2009 (APPENDIX C) that the responsibility of securing adequate aggregates for concrete from
commercial sources will lie with the selected contractors. The contractors will be required to be licensed
and operate in accordance to good environmental practice.
2) Electrical supply and access roads – Separate ESIAs have been done for electricity and access
roads to the Ha Seeiso area (Metolong Authority 2009, Advanced Infrastructure project). Provision of
electricity and access roads will only be considered in this ESIA in so far as it is required within the
footprint of the WTW.
3) Raw water pipeline – There is uncertainty over the exact location of the dam wall and position of the
intake, and whether the raw water pipeline will be aligned across the dam wall or traverse the adjacent
slope. The ESIA and technical design of the raw water pipeline is required to start at a defined position
above the dam wall and it is the responsibility of the Advance Infrastructure consultant (LWJV) to
design and assess options for delivering raw water to this point.
Procedural Aspects
1) Stakeholder consultation – Extensive consultation was undertaken during the ESIA of the dam,
including associated infrastructure, by SMEC (2008), and other dam related ESIAs, and consultation is
ongoing under the Metolong Authority (who have a project office and Community Liaison Officers
operating in the dam area). This led the National Environmental Secretariat (NES) to indicate to the
ESIA team that a Social Consultant and further community engagement is not required as part of the
WTW ESIA (APPENDIX C).
The MCA-L have agreed that public consultation can be limited to a) including key community issues in
the ESIA based on minutes and records held by the Metolong Authority, and b) a workshop with
community members to inform the affected community on the findings of the assessment and key
provisions of the Environmental Management Plan. Key issues of import to the WTW relate to sludge
and chemical management. The records of this workshop are appended to the ESIA report.
2) Impacts on river flow – The original ToR required the Consultant to assess impacts of the WTW on
river flows. A preliminary IFR was done for the SMEC ESIA for the Metolong Project (2008) based on
flow release scenarios recommended in the feasibility study. The results of this IFR study were
summarised in the ESIA for the WTW (LWJV 2009), which concluded that the flow release scenarios
would maintain the river in its current condition. A further study is still planned which will identify IFR
monitoring sites and needs. The available data in the SMEC ESIA, including preliminary IFR was
deemed adequate for the needs of the WTW ESIA. Furthermore the MA will commission an
consultancy where the environmental flows and operational procedures from the dam will be reviewed
and revised if necessary.
3) Verification of affected persons – The original ToR required the consultant to verify all affected
persons have been identified and taken account of in ongoing resettlement activities, coordinating this
in detail with MCA Lesotho and GoL. However, this task is an on-going activity under the Metolong
Authority, and includes adjudication and compilation of a full assets register to record all affected
persons and their assets that will be affected. In relation to the WTW, the project engineers in the
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 127
LWJV have surveyed the WTW site and mapped land parcels and ownership and these data have been
used in this assessment. The data on land ownership will be checked for gender implications.
EMP Aspects
A number of specific requirements of the ToR for the EMP cannot be met due to the fact that detailed design
and operation of the WTW, and the long-term operator of the WTW is still to be finalised. The staffing
structure and roles and responsibilities of the D-B Contract, amongst other aspects, still have to be clarified.
The lack of detailed information has restricted the degree to which the EMP is able to provide detailed
management requirements on the following;
1. Capacity building - The ToR requires the EMP to recommend capacity building requirements to
strengthen environmental management capability including formation of specific units, training and
institutional arrangements e.g. who is responsible for operation, supervision, enforcement, monitoring
of implementation, remedial action, financing, reporting, and training. Without detailed design and
operation of the WTW, including staffing arrangements, it is difficult to specify these requirements to
this level of detail. The EMP has however specified activities requiring environmental oversight by the
Contractor and where the Contractor or ECO should engage with NES. It is anticipated that the
strategic EMP, currently out to tender, will assess institutional capacity of relevant agencies to
administer the project.
2. HIV/AIDS education and awareness programme for the contractor – the ToR required the
Consultant to compile an HIV/AIDS awareness plan for the contractor. However, this task will be
undertaken by a consultant to the Metolong Authority and to avoid duplication, the contractor will be
referred to this plan (M Moffett pers. comm. 12 May 2009). Contractors will be required to comply with
the HIV/AIDS plan in terms of their contract.
3. Social monitoring – Requirements for monitoring of socio-economic variables to assess changes to
the socioeconomic status of local communities within the project area is the task of a separate contract
and will not be included in the WTW EMP (M Moffett pers. comm).
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 128
B1: MINUTES OF NES MEETING 26TH MAY 2009
METOLONG WTW EMP INCEPTION MEETING

NES BOARD ROOM
26 MAY 2009
Attendance
Dr Ralph Heath (EMP team Golder Associates Africa raheath@golder.co.za

leader)
Me Bernice Khoachele NES Bernice@ilesotho.com
Mr Tsikoe Busa NES busatsikoe@yahoo.com
Me Matlhokomelo Mathaba NES mampapeele@yahoo.co.uk
Ms Jessica Hughes Independent EIA Consultant mdec@iafrica.com
Ms Melissa Moffett Metolong Program Melissa@africanlitany.co.za

Management Unit
Apologies:
Mr. Lira Molape – MCA-Lesotho
Ms. Palesa Monongoaha - WASA
1 Welcome
Dr Heath thanked NES for the opportunity to meet and discuss the Metolong WTW EMP process and format
of report.
NES stated that their expectation of the meeting was to discuss the methodology and approach that was
required for the Metolong WTW EMP Inception Report.
2 Discussion and Action Points
The following are action points from the discussions:
 NES confirmed that the key impacts identified are to be taken forwards into the EMP.
13.0 NES confirmed that no further public consultation is required as part of this ESIA/EMP.
 NES indicated that the consultants needed to highlight in the ESIA any deviations from the original TOR
such as quarries, social impact assessment and public consultation.
 It was confirmed that NES has approved the EMP team (refer to NES correspondence in this regard).
14.0 Sludge is not to be disposed into the Phuthiatsana River.
 A standard approach must be followed regarding discharge of effluent to the environment and the same
Standards to be used. WASA is to be consulted in this regard. EMP is to recommend that the same
Standards are used that WASA is using for the Maseru water treatment works upgrade.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 129
3 EMP Scope
 Focus of EMP is on mitigation of key impacts raised in the ESIA and not standard contractor
compliance measures, e.g. dust management. Generic or standard EMP issues are to be incorporated
as a separate chapter of the EMP. This separate chapter/section would include information typically
contained in the Contractor’s Method Statements.
 EMP is to highlight linkages between impacts and management measures. The Risk Assessment
approach is recommended for the EMP as this approach is logical and easy to understand.
 EMP has to present the methodology used to quantify the impacts and key issues (extracted from EIA).
 Treatment process to present the inputs and expected outputs in a flow chart.
 Present sludge disposal options, uncertainties and gaps in understanding are to be described. One
option may be to promote the beneficial uses of sludge amongst local communities. A cost - benefit
analysis should be used to determine the preferred option of the sludge disposal. This should comprise
a qualitative presentation of the disadvantages and advantages of each option and recommendations
for further investigation that may be required to establish feasibility of the different disposal options
during the first 2-3 years of years of the WTW operation. [It was noted that sludge content and its
compliance with standards could not be established until the WTW was operational and that the sludge
drying capacity at the WTW allowed for 2-4 years of sludge before a disposal option had to be
implemented. WASA would be the agency responsible for implementing sludge disposal].
 The comprehensive EMP to include appropriate specialist appendices (such as sludge management).
The different sludge management options are to be described and presented in the EMP.
4 Inception report
NES require an EMP Inception Report to be submitted to them prior to the EMP report. The Inception Report
is to present the proposed format of the EMP.
A quantifiable approach for assessing and determining the key impacts that are to be included in the EMP
must be described.
5 Way forward
 The consultants to submit the EMP Inception Report to NES for review (5 copies).
 NES to review and give the consultants feedback
 Consultants to finalize EMP Inception Report
 Consultants to prepare the EMP for review by NES
 Consultants to finalize the EMP
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 130
B2: EXTRACTS OF MINUTES OF TECHNICAL MEETING 15TH APRIL 2009
METOLONG DAM PROGRAMME

WTW: Developing DB Contract Documents & Conducting Env/Soc Impact Assessment
Contract WS-A-004-08
Technical Meeting (#006)

Date: 15 April 2009; Time: 10:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m.
Location: Metolong Authority Boardroom

MINUTES
The following is a summary of the discussions and required follow-up actions from the above referenced
meeting.
Item Action Due

Subject / Discussion
No By Date
6.1 Welcome and Attendance:
6.1.1 All parties were welcomed to the meeting by the chairperson, Mr Evan
Painting, and an attendance register was circulated. Copy attached.
6.1.2 Apologies
No apologies were received
6.1.3 Introductions
The following new members to the team were introduced:
 Mr Keketso Chalatse
MCA-L: Head – Infrastructure
 Mr Lira Molapo
MCA-L: Head – Environmental & Social Assessment
 Mr Malia Makhetha
WASA: Maintenance Planner
6.2 Approval of the Minutes of Previous Meeting

The minutes of Technical Meeting #005 was approved with minor
corrections.
6.3 Contractual Issues
6.4 Programme Overview
6.4.3 Environmental
MCA environmental to send the environmental inception report to MCC
for comment. Work is to continue in the meantime.
LM 30 Apr
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 131
6.5 Reference Documents
The following documents were received from MPMU by the LWJV for
use in developing the IFB, prequal, eval strategy, etc
 The Municipal Water and Wastewater Design-build Handbook

 Example of request for qualifications
 Example of request for proposals (Vol 1)
 Example of design-build contract
6.6 Develop DB Documents
6.6.1 Plant Basics

Subsequent coordinates of the initial heritage site investigation will be SL 22 Apr
sent to the LWJV.
It was proposed that a fence will be erected during construction of the
(5.6.1) WTW 2m on both sides of the stone boundary wall. Protection limits will
be confirmed with Charles Arthur. E&S will advise as to whether the DHa 30 Apr
stone boundary wall has to be preserved or not.
Information of affected properties was received by the LWJV.
Information to be imposed on the layout drawing and forwarded to RH LWJV 17 Apr
and SL
6.6.2 Location
A suggestion from the PoE to move the dam wall was received but not
yet approved or confirmed. The raw water pipeline may best be
designed by assuming a connection point at the boundary of the
respective WTW and the Metolong Dam sites.
A position for the connection point to the raw water supply line needs to LWJV 17 Apr
be forwarded to RH and SL
6.6.3 Early Access for Survey , Geotech etc

Nothing to record
6.6.4 Water Quality Data

Test results from WASA and DWA are being received.
Flow data were received from DWA.
(5.6.4) The color issue is being investigated and a report from CDM was
received by LWJV.
Flow and rainfall data must be superimposed on the graphs.
Manganese levels must also be checked.
In order to determine the expected algae growth in the dam it was
proposed that samples be taken from other dams within the catchment LWJV 30 Apr
or with similar environmental conditions. Collett Dam was identified.
LWJV 24 Apr
A baseline survey on the quantities of fertilizer used will be made
available to the LWJV
Chlorination will be done at the works and re-chlorination will be done at
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 132
the reservoirs by others. DHa 30 Apr
6.6.5 Quarries and materials

The estimated volumes of concrete need to be given in the bid
documents. The contractor will have to make his own arrangements for
aggregates. LWJV 30 Apr
Information regarding distances from site and quality of material of

commercial sources need to be included in the bid documents. LWJV 30 Apr
6.6.6 Standardization of the Plant
WASA to submit a list of all preferred equipment to the LWJV. This list
will be included in the bidding documents. Any available performance
analysis and motivations for the use of specific equipment must
accompany the list. WASA 17 Apr
6.6.7 Level of Operation / Automation

A discussion was held on 14 April 2009 and it was agreed that the
minimum standard for level of operation and automation must be that
which is currently used at the Maseru WTW. A site visit to the Maseru LWJV 24 Apr
WTP will be made next week. LWJV to coordinate.
It was also agreed that a generator set must be allowed for with the
capacity to run the WTW at full capacity.
6.6.8 Sludge
LWJV to determine how sludge is to be handled based on the LWJV 30 Apr
environmental and tech constraints.
RH 23 Apr
The ESIA team will investigate possibilities in terms of sludge disposal.
The Lesotho effluent discharge to natural water courses standards were
requested from the MCA Lira Molapo. LM 23 Apr
6.6.9 Plant Staffing

It was proposed that an electrician and operator (with a back-up for
each person) from WASA be involved on site from the first day of
construction of the new Metolong WTW. WASA to provide names. FS 15 May
6.6.10 Surveys
Geotechnical
Geotechnical report was received from J&G. Copy to be sent to SL, EP 17 Apr
MCC and MCA-L
Topographical
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 133
Survey has been completed with 0,5 m contours. MPMU and DH

requested an electronic copy of the survey. Adjustments will be made
to be consistent with the Conveyance survey.
(4.6.10) EP 24 Apr
6.6.11 Pre-qualification and Tender Documents

Comments were received on the pre-qualification documents.
MCA-L does not have an evaluation strategy and the World Bank DM 17 Apr
version has shortfalls. SL submitted a proposal, LWJV to comment.
Evaluation strategy needs to be submitted urgently.
It was requested that any information forming part of the bid documents ALL 23 Apr
to be forwarded to DM as a matter of urgency.
(5.6.11)
An outline for the tender document as well as sections 1-4, 6 & 7 need DM 23 Apr
to be submitted to the MPMU.
6.6.12 Reporting
Draft final environmental inception report was submitted.
Outline of the IFB was submitted to MPMU for comment. MPMU

provided comments 15 Apr.
Final technical inception report to be submitted.

LWJV 17 Apr
6.7 Conduct of ESIA
6.7.1 ESIA and EMP

It was accepted that the raw water pipeline for the WTW will start at a LWJV 30 Apr
point on the boundary of the respective WTW and Dam sites. This
position will be investigated by the LWJV.
6.7.2 Permits
Technical information should be forwarded to RH in order for the ESIA ALL 24 Apr
team to compile the list of required permits
6.7.3 Land Acquisition

(4.7.3) Survey to determine the pipeline routes have been completed by the LWJV 30 Apr
LWJV and the details of the pipeline routes will be forwarded to the
MPMU in the next two weeks.
6.7.4 Terms of Reference and mobilization

(4.7.4) Information regarding the chemicals likely to be found in the sludge was
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 134
made available to the ESIA team.

Jar test samples will be taken next week LWJV 24 Apr
6.8 Co-ordination
6.8.1 Survey Information

Confirmation of the benchmark used by the surveyor of AP required. EP/AP 24 Apr
6.9 Project Schedule
6.9.1 MA Master Schedule

Housing and wastewater services will not be available to the WTW
contractor. Water, electricity and telecom services should be completed
under the AI contract by the time the WTW contractor commence work.
6.9.2 LWJV Schedule - Milestones

Basis of Design Report 07 May 2009
Issue Pre-Qualification documents 16 April 2009

Draft ESIA 23 April 2009
Draft EMP 30 April 2009
6.10 General
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 135
B3: EXTRACTS OF MINUTES OF TECHNICAL MEETING 20 JULY 2009
METOLONG DAM PROGRAMME

WTW: Developing DB Contract Documents & Conducting Env/Soc Impact Assessment
Contract WS-A-004-08
Technical Meeting (#010)
Date: 20 July 2009

Time: 09:00 a.m. to 12:50 p.m.
Location: Sechaba Consulting
MINUTES
The following is a summary of the discussions and required follow-up actions from the above referenced
meeting. For a list of those present, see the attached attendance register.
Water Quality Data
Raw Water Quality

Flow and rainfall data must be superimposed on the graphs. Manganese levels LWJV 24 Jul
must also be checked.
Suspicious looking data were removed from the data sets from DWA.
Bloem Water is experiencing the same type of raw water quality at the
Welbedacht WTW (Caledon river). Conventional treatment at this plant proved to
be effective.
Sampling of raw water to be continued.
Tests for Chlorophyll-A was done on samples taken in May 2009 from the Collett
dam. No indication of algae growth was found. The plant must still be designed
to treat possible algae growth
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 136
Jar tests were done using Alum and polymers. The tests have shown that both
Alum and polymers could be used in the process. Alum dosage required was
approximately twice that of polymers.
WASA indicated that their preference is to use polymers instead of Alum, based
on the fact that it is less labour intensive to dose and the large storage area
required for Alum. WASA need to submit a preference report with regard to this
issue.
The LWJV will get feedback from Bloem Water on the use of Alum and polymers WASA 31 Jul
as well as the treatment processes used to treat Crypto Spiridium and Giardia
Treated Water Quality

The laboratory at the works must be able to do all tests. It will be operating as a
regional laboratory. Treated water to conform to the South African specification LWJV 31 Jul
for treated water SANS241 and World Health Organization Guidelines.
Supernatant and Wash Water

It is expected that the supernatant water will shown high concentrations of Iron EP 03 Jul
and Aluminium. Data of supernatant water on sludge lagoons need to be
submitted.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 137
APPENDIX C
Possible Template for Emergency Response Plan
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 138
DRAFT METOLONG DAM WTW
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN
DRAFT METOLONG WTW EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................. 1
1.1 DEFINITIONS........................................................................................................... 1
1.2 SCOPE ....................................................................................................................... 1
2 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS ................................................................................... 2
2.1 CAUSES OF EMERGENCIES ................................................................................. 2
2.2 RESPONSIBILITY FOR EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND THE ERP ....... 2
2.2.1 Responsibilities of the Plant Manager ............................................................... 2
2.2.2 Mission Statement .............................................................................................. 3
2.2.3 The Safety Committee/Planning Team .............................................................. 3
2.2.4 Aspects to consider during development of Emergency Response Plan ........... 4
2.2.4.1 Schedule and Budget..................................................................................... 4
2.2.4.2 Review internal plans and policies ............................................................... 4
2.2.4.3 Meet with Outside Groups ............................................................................ 5
2.2.4.4 Identify External Resources .......................................................................... 5
2.2.4.5 Insurance Review .......................................................................................... 5
2.2.4.6 Conduct a Vulnerability Analysis ................................................................. 6
2.2.5. Evaluation and Revision of the ERP .................................................................. 6
2.2.6 Training .............................................................................................................. 6
2.3 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING ................................................................ 6
2.3.1 Normal vs. Emergency Operations .................................................................... 7
2.3.2 Flexibility ........................................................................................................... 7
2.3.3 Coordination ...................................................................................................... 7
2.3.3.1 Internal Coordination .................................................................................... 7
2.3.3.2 External Coordination ................................................................................... 7
2.3.4 Communications ................................................................................................ 7
2.3.5 Special Aspects of Civil Disturbance ................................................................ 8
2.3.6 Special Aspects of Telephoned Bomb Threats .................................................. 8
2.3.7 Special Aspects of Hazardous Material ............................................................. 9
2.3.8 Evacuation of the Facility .................................................................................. 9
2.4 ACTIVATION OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANS ........................................ 9
2.5 EMERGENCY RECOVERY .................................................................................... 9
2.6 DEVELOPMENT OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN...................................... 9
3 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANS .............................................................................. 11
3.1 POWER OUTAGES ................................................................................................ 11
3.1.1 Power Outage Causes ...................................................................................... 11
3.1.2 Emergency Preparedness for Power Outages .................................................. 11
3.1.3 Emergency Response Plan for Power Outages ................................................ 11
3.1.3.1 Normal Operation ....................................................................................... 12
3.1.3.2 Manual Operation ....................................................................................... 12
3.2 FIRE ......................................................................................................................... 13
3.2.1 Emergency Preparedness for Fire .................................................................... 15
3.2.2 Emergency Response Plan for Fire .................................................................. 15
3.2.2.1 High Threat Fires ........................................................................................ 15
3.2.2.2 Low Threat Fires ......................................................................................... 16
3.2.3.3 Recovery ..................................................................................................... 16
3.3 ON-SITE POTABLE WATER CONTAMINATION ............................................. 17
3.3.1 Emergency Preparedness for On-Site Potable Water Contamination.............. 17
3.3.2 Emergency Response Plan for On-Site Potable Water Contamination ........... 17
i
3.3.2.1 Notification Procedures .............................................................................. 17

3.3.2.2 Corrective Action Procedures ..................................................................... 17
3.4 PUBLIC POTABLE WATER SUPPLY CONTAMINATION .............................. 17
3.4.1 Emergency Preparedness for Public Potable Water Supply Contamination ... 17
3.4.2 Emergency Response Plan for Public Potable Water Supply Contamination . 18
3.4.2.1 Initial Response........................................................................................... 18
3.4.2.2 Biological Contamination ........................................................................... 18
3.4.2.3 Chemical Contamination ............................................................................ 18
3.4.2.4 Contamination from External Sources ........................................................ 19
3.5 HYDRAULIC RUPTURES AND STOPPAGES ................................................... 19
3.5.1 Pipe Failure and Ruptures ................................................................................ 19
3.5.2 Stoppages ......................................................................................................... 19
3.6 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ................................................................................. 19
3.6.1 Emergency Preparedness for Hazardous Materials ......................................... 20
3.6.2 Emergency Response Plan for Hazardous Materials ....................................... 20
3.7 CIVIL UNREST ...................................................................................................... 21
3.7.1 Emergency Preparedness for Civil Unrest ....................................................... 21
3.7.2 Emergency Response Plan for Civil Unrest..................................................... 21
3.7.2.1 Civil Unrest in the Immediate Area ............................................................ 21
3.7.2.2 Civil Unrest in the Local Area .................................................................... 21
3.8 EARTHQUAKES .................................................................................................... 21
3.8.1 Emergency Preparedness for Earthquakes ....................................................... 21
3.8.2 Emergency Response Plan for Earthquakes ................................................... 22
3.9 EXPLOSIONS ......................................................................................................... 22
3.9.1 Emergency Preparedness for Explosions ......................................................... 22
3.9.2 Emergency Response Plan for Explosions ...................................................... 23
3.10 STRUCTURAL COLLAPSE .................................................................................. 24
3.10.1 Emergency Preparedness for Structural Collapse ............................................ 24
3.10.2 Emergency Response Plan for Structural Collapse ......................................... 24
3.11 CHLORINE LEAKS ............................................................................................... 25
3.11.1 Emergency Preparedness for Chlorine Leaks .................................................. 25
3.11.2 Emergency Response Plan for Chlorine Leaks ................................................ 25
4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................. 27
4.1 EMERGENCY CONDITION EVALUATION REPORT ...................................... 27
4.2 SAFETY EQUIPMENT INSPECTIONS ................................................................ 27
4.3 SAFETY EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS ................................................................... 27
4.4 PERSONNEL TRAINING ...................................................................................... 27
4.5 EMERGENCY CONTACT TELEPHONE NUMBERS ........................................ 27
4.6 EVACUATION PLAN ............................................................................................ 27
4.7 PERSONAL EMERGENCIES ................................................................................ 28
4.8 MANAGED DELIVERIES ..................................................................................... 28
4.9 VERIFICATION OF SUPPLIERS .......................................................................... 28
4.10 SECURE CHEMICAL STORAGE AREA ............................................................. 28
4.11 MONITORING OF SOURCES AND PRODUCT ................................................. 29
4.12 PROTECTION OF VENTS AND OVERFLOWS.................................................. 29
4.13 SYSTEM BY-PASS FACILITIES .......................................................................... 29
Tables
Table 1: WTP Fire Hazards................................................................................................ 14
ii
Figures
Figure 1: Electrical Feeder System One-Line Diagram .................................................. 12
Appendices
Appendix A, Emergency Contact List
Appendix B, Evacuation Routes
Appendix C, Fire Extinguisher Locations
iii
1 INTRODUCTION
One of the great threats to good emergency functioning, at any facility similar to the water
treatment plant (WTP), is the prevalence of the "it can't happen here" syndrome. This real
possibility underscores the need for heightened awareness of possible emergencies, even
those as remote physically as to escape initial appraisal by planners. Either the events
themselves, or their side effects, should be considered for the problems they could cause the
facility.
Note: The job titles used herein reflect job responsibilities, not necessarily the actual titles of the personnel who
carry out the job responsibilities.
1.1 DEFINITIONS
Emergency - An emergency can be defined as any unplanned event that can cause deaths or
significant injuries to employees, customers or the public; or that can shut down the
enterprise, disrupt operations, cause physical or environmental damage, or threaten the
facility's financial standing or public image.
1.2 SCOPE
The Emergency Response Plan (ERP) is intended to provide the means by which WTP
personnel can prepare for emergencies and respond in an effective manner when they occur.
This plan can only succeed if personnel understand the plan, practice emergency response,
and know when to activate the plan. Where appropriate, reference has been made to the
Emergency Preparedness Plan prepared in 2007 for WASA by Africon (Louw and van Zyl,
2007) as it is likely that WASA will operate the WTP.
The ERP covers the most common emergencies that can be expected to occur at the WTP and
provides detailed action plans for such emergencies. The emergencies covered herein,
include:
 Power Outages
 Severe weather (snow, wind, storm events and flooding)
 Fire
 Potable Water Supply Contamination
 Hydraulic Ruptures, and Stoppages
 Hazardous Material Spills
 Civil Unrest
 Earthquake
 Explosions
 Structural Collapse
 Chlorine Leaks
 Transportation Accidents
This ERP is not intended to prevent an emergency from occurring, but to effectively
deal with emergencies when they do occur. Coordination of the requirements
contained herein and the requirements contained in the Environmental Management
Plan (EMP) is critical to successful emergency planning and general facility safety.
1
2 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
Emergency Preparedness is an internal planning process that must not only come from within
the organisation, it also cuts across all divisions and disciplines in the organisation, needs
communication with outside Response Organisations, needs to have agreements in place
before an emergency happens, and very important, needs to establish beforehand who will be
in charge for each situation, make sure that person knows what to do, has the authority to take
decisions, can enforce his/her decisions. Furthermore communications is very important to
the clients and general public before an incident, during an incident and after the incident.
The ERP addresses the most common emergencies that can be expected to occur, and
provides detailed response plans for those emergencies. However, this does not relieve WTP
management personnel of the responsibility to consider other possible emergencies that might
occur and make provisions for dealing with such emergencies, no matter how unlikely they
might seem. Furthermore, existing emergency response plans and emergency preparedness
planning must be continuously evaluated and revised to accommodate changing
circumstances, both within the facility and within the community; and to correct any
deficiencies within existing plans, which are brought to light as a result of emergency
response drills.
2.1 CAUSES OF EMERGENCIES
Emergencies have a variety of causes, all of which must be considered in effective
emergency preparedness planning. Among the most common are natural disasters such as
earthquakes and floods; mass food poisoning; industrial or transport accidents involving
explosion or release of toxic chemicals to the environment; civil disturbances; building fires;
extensive or prolonged utility failure; and collapse of buildings or other occupied structures.
The ultimate disaster, nuclear warfare, must be given consideration in disaster planning.
Conventional bombing in warfare is another possibility that cannot be overlooked. Arson
attempts and bomb threats have been made on public facilities and must therefore be
considered, as must the potential for facility visits by VIPs. While the last does not involve
mass casualties or the potential of mass casualties, the degree of disruption of normal routine
will be sufficient that it may qualify as a disaster-like situation.
2.2 RESPONSIBILITY FOR EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND THE ERP
Ultimately, all personnel at the WTP are responsible for safety, and responsible for carrying
out effective responses to emergency situations. However, specific individuals and groups
must assume overall responsibility for directing emergency operations and preparing WTP
personnel to effectively respond to emergencies.
2.2.1 Responsibilities of the Plant Manager
There must be an individual or group in charge of developing the emergency preparedness
plan. Typically, the Plant Manager is responsible for overall emergency planning within the
facility, for activation of the plan in event of an emergency, and for termination of emergency
procedures under the plan, with return to normal operations. The Plant Manager is also
responsible for decision making during emergency operations. He will often delegate some of
these responsibilities, particularly those involved with emergency planning, which are
normally delegated to the Safety Committee members. The job of emergency planning is
rarely full-time.
2
Since emergencies can occur in the absence of the Plant Manager, he must designate an
authorized alternate to activate, implement, and terminate emergency response plans in his
absence. This alternate should be the senior administrative manager or supervisor on duty at
the time the emergency occurs. Only the Plant Manager, or his designated alternate, should
have the authority to activate or terminate emergency response plans.
2.2.2 Mission Statement
It is important to have the chief executive or plant manager issue a mission statement to
demonstrate the company's commitment to emergency management. The statement should:
 Define the purpose of the plan and indicate that it will involve the entire organization
 Define the authority and structure of the planning group
2.2.3 The Safety Committee/Planning Team
The Safety Committee, chaired by the Plant Manager or his designated alternate, is
responsible for all safety issues at the facility, including emergency preparedness. The Safety
Committee is comprised of the personnel listed in the figure below (Louw and van Zyl,
2007). Other members may be added to the committee, as deemed appropriate by the
committee and the Plant Manager. Typically, the Safety Committee members may include the
following:
 Plant Manager, or his designated alternate
 Maintenance Manager
 Laboratory Manager
 Operations Supervisor
 Safety Supervisor
The Plant Manager, in conjunction with the Safety Committee, must take an active role in
safety and provide the leadership necessary to ensure safe facility operations and the
implementation and maintenance of the ERP. The size of the Safety Committee will depend
on the facility's operations, requirements and resources. Usually involving a group of people
is best because:
 It encourages participation and gets more people invested in the process.

 It increases the amount of time and energy participants are able to give.
 It enhances the visibility and stature of the planning process.
 It provides for a broad perspective on the issues.
Determine who can be an active member and who can serve in an advisory capacity. In most
cases, one or two people will be doing the bulk of the work. At the very least, one should
obtain input from all functional areas.
3
2.2.4 Aspects to consider during development of Emergency Response Plan

2.2.4.1 Schedule and Budget
The team needs to establish a work schedule and planning deadlines. Timelines can be
modified as priorities become more clearly defined. An initial budget is to be developed for
aspects such as research, printing, seminars, consulting services and other expenses that may
be necessary during the development process.
2.2.4.2 Review internal plans and policies
The next step it so review internal plans and policies. Documents to look for include:
 Evacuation plan
 Fire protection plan
 Safety and health program
 Environmental policies
 Security procedures
 Insurance programs
 Finance and purchasing procedures
 Plant closing policy
 Employee manuals
 Hazardous materials plan
 Process safety assessment
 Risk management plan
 Capital improvement program
 Mutual aid agreements
If one or more of these documents do not exist, it must be considered whether the
organisation needs such a document and then it can be compiled.
4
2.2.4.3 Meet with Outside Groups

Plant Manager and/or Safety Committee are to meet with government agencies, community
organisations and utilities. Ask about potential emergencies and about plans and available
resources for responding to them. Sources of information include (Louw and van Zyl, 2007)
and a list of contact details where available is listed in Appendix A:
 Community emergency management office

 Mayor or Community Administrator's office
 Local Emergency Planning Committee (LEPC)
 Fire Department
 Police Department
 Emergency Medical Services organisations
 Red Cross
 National Weather Service
 Public Works Department
 A National Planning Department
 Telephone companies
 Electric utilities (Lesotho Electricity Corporation)
 Neighbouring businesses
2.2.4.4 Identify External Resources
There are many external resources that could be needed in an emergency. In some cases,
formal agreements may be necessary to define the facility's relationship with the following
organisations:
 Local emergency management office

 Fire Department
 Hazardous materials response organization
 Emergency medical services
 Hospitals
 Local police
 Community service organisations
 Utilities
 Contractors
 Suppliers of emergency equipment
 Insurance carriers
2.2.4.5 Insurance Review
The Plant Manager and other appropriate management members are to meet with insurance
companies to review all policies as part of the development of an ERP. Most companies
discover that they are not properly insured only after they have suffered a loss. The following
topics should be discussed with the insurance advisor to determine the facility’s individual
needs:
 How will facility be valued?

 Does the policy cover the cost of required upgrades to code?
 How much insurance is the facility required to carry to avoid becoming a co-
insurer?
5
 What perils or causes of loss does the policy cover?

 What are the deductibles?
 What does the policy require the facility management to do in the event of a loss?
 What types of records and documentation will the insurance company want to
see?
 Are records in a safe place and where they can be obtained after an emergency?
 To what extent are covered for loss due to interruption of power? Is coverage
provided for both on- and off-premises power interruption?
 Is the facility covered for lost income in the event of business interruption because
of a loss?
 Does the facility have enough coverage? For how long is coverage provided? How
long is coverage for lost income if this business is closed by order of a civil
authority?
 To what extent are covered for reduced income due to customers' not all
immediately coming back once the business reopens?
 After a site emergency, assess the impact of the event on business neighbours and
the community and take appropriate action. How one handles this issue will have
long-lasting consequences.
 How will the facility’s emergency management program affect the facility’s rates?
2.2.4.6 Conduct a Vulnerability Analysis
The next step is to assess the vulnerability of the WTP facility and the probability and
potential impact for each identified emergency listed in Section 1.2 (Scope). Typical
emergencies that could occur at this facility include Fire; Chemical Spills; Sewage ponds;
Storage Dam Failure; (Flooding of) Abstraction works; Main pipe bursts; Power outages;
Outbreak of water borne diseases; and Failure of Service Reservoirs.
2.2.5. Evaluation and Revision of the ERP
The Safety Committee has the responsibility to continually evaluate the effectiveness of the
ERP and make revisions to the ERP, as appropriate. If the Safety Committee deems it
necessary to make revisions to the ERP, it will do so. The Plant Manager must approve all
revisions to the ERP. Revisions to the ERP must be reviewed with all personnel and
additional training necessitated by such revisions must be provided, as appropriate.
2.2.6 Training
The safety supervisor is responsible for providing adequate emergency response training and
related safety training. Of significant importance here, is the need for adequate evacuation
procedures training to ensure that each person on site knows what their role and responsibility
is during an evacuation.
The safety supervisor is also responsible for conducting emergency response drills and, in
conjunction with the Safety Committee, responsible for evaluating the results of such drills
and recommending improvements.
2.3 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING

A number of aspects must be considered when developing effective emergency response
plans. The following paragraphs discuss the most important of these aspects.
6
2.3.1 Normal vs. Emergency Operations

A "difference" that is conjured up by inexperienced emergency planners is the false
contrasting of normal versus emergency modes of functioning. On the contrary, proper plans
have ERP using the same skills (and preferably in or near the same places) under all
circumstances.
2.3.2 Flexibility
The key to effective emergency preparedness planning is flexibility, which is attained by
contingency planning (i.e., consideration of all likely possibilities and development of options
for action that are maximally effective under each such possibility). Thus, the first step in
emergency planning is to review the various types of emergencies that can occur,
emphasizing the types of emergencies most likely to affect the WTP. The second step in
emergency planning is the assessment of resources (facilities, material, and personnel),
including resources on hand, resources required to effectively cope with emergency, and
potential remaining resources following degradation due to internal disaster. The final step is
the meshing of emergency type and magnitude (number of casualties and/or extent of
damage) with the potentially available resources in each given case into options for action.
The key element of an effective emergency response plan is that it be functional for any time
of day or night, any day of the year. The plan should not rely on any special individual or
group to be put into effect; rather, the ERP on duty at the time of the emergency should be
capable of implementing it. The overall coordination, which must be developed and rehearsed
regularly, is the critical issue.
2.3.3 Coordination
It is essential that plans be coordinated both internally and externally.
2.3.3.1 Internal Coordination
Internal coordination is necessary to assure that each staff member is aware of his individual
role under the ERP, and to assure that all available resources are most efficiently and
effectively utilized. Each supervisor at each level of organization within the facility must
assure that his or her staff and employees are aware of their individual roles and
responsibilities during an emergency, stressing the flexibility of such roles and
responsibilities.
All roles and responsibilities must be delineated in written form so they can be studied,
incorporated into training programs, and then rehearsed, drilled, and evaluated for
effectiveness.
2.3.3.2 External Coordination
Since the WTP is not completely self-sufficient, external coordination is essential if the
facility is to effectively function under emergency conditions. Such external coordination is
best accomplished through arrangements with community emergency medical services,
representatives of the local fire department, law enforcement agencies, civil defense officials,
military units, local hospitals, and other entities as appropriate.
2.3.4 Communications
The better the internal and external communications systems available to the facility in an
emergency situation, the more effectively it can respond to the emergency. Functional
communication systems, effectively utilized, can provide the facility with advance warning of
7
certain emergencies, thus permitting time to better prepare response; and can be used to
mobilize mutual aid and other emergency assistance.
The simplest communication system is face-to-face verbal communication, using runners;

this system can be used to contact those areas of the facility without other means of
communication. Telephone communications are invaluable in an emergency situation,
providing such systems remain intact. However, it must be emphasized that even with intact
telephone systems, switchboards, in a number of emergency situations, are invariably
swamped with incoming or outgoing calls, thus effectively canceling out the use of routine
telephone systems.
If possible, an FM radio system should be employed, consisting of handheld radios and a

base station. Such a system not only provides essential communications during an
emergency, but also provides communications support for security and
maintenance/operations activities during normal operations. During an emergency, radios
should be distributed as necessary to provide communications to effectively deal with the
emergency. In some emergencies the radios may be needed primarily for security
communications, while other emergencies might necessitate the use of radios by operations
and maintenance personnel dealing with the emergency.
2.3.5 Special Aspects of Civil Disturbance
Large-scale civil disturbances in recent years have shown that public facilities and their
personnel are not immune to the direct effects of human violence in such disturbances.
Facilities must make special provisions in their emergency response plans to assure the
physical safety of their employees. In extreme cases it may be necessary to house employees
within the facility itself during such civil disturbances.
Provisions for securing areas that have windows accessible from the ground, and may
therefore be subject to items thrown from hostile crowds, should be included in civil
disturbance plans. Items such as heavy window screens or guards and/or substantial drapes or
window shades might be considered as reasonable precautions.
2.3.6 Special Aspects of Telephoned Bomb Threats
The emergency potential inherent in the telephoned bomb threat warrants consideration of
this emergency contingency in the emergency response plans. Experience has shown that
facility personnel must accompany police or military bomb demolition personnel in searching
for the suspected bomb, since speed is of the essence and only individuals familiar with a
given area can rapidly spot unfamiliar or suspicious objects in the area. This is particularly
true in laboratory areas in which police are usually totally unfamiliar with the appearance of
standard laboratory apparatus. The facility switchboard operator must be provided with a
checklist to be kept available at all times, in order to obtain as much information as possible
from the caller concerning location of the supposed bomb, time of detonation, and other
essential data, which must be considered in deciding whether or not to evacuate all or part of
the facility.
Note: Police and fire authorities vary considerably from locality to locality with regard to
response to bomb threats. Knowing exactly what assistance local authorities provide will
dictate the level of activity the facility will need to provide for them.
8
2.3.7 Special Aspects of Hazardous Material

The facility may contain within its boundaries varying amounts of hazardous materials,
especially in custodial and maintenance areas. A spill of highly volatile chemical such as
gaseous chlorine can quickly contaminate an entire structure by way of air ducts and/or
normal air movement. Finally, contaminated staff may pose a risk to all staff, through a more
localized contact basis. Usually removal of contaminated clothing will reduce this risk
materially. In any case, staff must be prepared to seek outside advice on unknown hazards.
2.3.8 Evacuation of the Facility
Emergency response plans must consider the possibility of evacuation of the facility. Total or
partial evacuation, as might be required because of an earthquake, fire, arson attempt,
telephoned bomb threat, chlorine leak, etc., must be considered. Historical experience has
shown that planning for an execution of a total evacuation of staff can be both difficult and
complex if loss of life is to be precluded. In order to avoid loss of life in such situations,
careful planning and repeated practice is mandatory.
2.4 ACTIVATION OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANS
The Plant Manager, or his duly authorized alternate, is responsible for activating emergency
response plans. In the event of an emergency, the Plant Manager will immediately activate
the appropriate response plan, recall any off-duty personnel who are an integral part of the
plan, and set up an emergency control center, located in a safe, centralized area, in such a
manner as to provide centralized control over emergency response efforts.
2.5 EMERGENCY RECOVERY
As the stresses of an emergency begin to abate, there is often a tendency for staff to slip back
into a "business as usual" mode. While restoration of pre-emergency effectiveness is always
an objective, the wind-down must be managed as carefully as the buildup. In some cases,
damage to the facility may dictate the sequence of events. In any case, the unusual location
and distribution of equipment, supplies, and staff will require proper guidance in order to
accomplish a smooth transition to a more normal state. Only rarely will an "all-clear" signal
be received from outside authorities; more often, management will note that, for example, all
victims are accounted for, or that the fire is out. It is at this point that restoration and recovery
measures must be thoughtfully initiated.
2.6 DEVELOPMENT OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN

The plan should include the following basic components:
Executive Summary
The executive summary gives management a brief overview of:
 The purpose of the plan
 The facility's emergency management policy
 Authorities and responsibilities of key personnel
 The types of emergencies that could occur
 Where response operations will be managed
Emergency Management Elements

This section of the plan briefly describes the facility's approach to the core elements of
emergency management, which are:
 Direction and control
9
 Communications
 Life safety
 Property protection
 Community outreach
 Recovery and restoration
 Administration and logistics
These elements are the foundation for the emergency procedures that this facility will follow
to protect personnel and equipment and resume operations.
Emergency Response Procedures

The procedures are to spell out how the facility will respond to emergencies. Whenever
possible, they are to be developed as a series of checklists that can be quickly accessed by
senior management, department heads, response personnel and employees.
Support Documents
Documents that could be needed in an emergency include:
 Emergency call lists - lists (wallet size if possible) of all persons on and off site
who would be involved in responding to an emergency, their responsibilities and
their 24-hour telephone numbers.
 Building and site maps that indicate:
o Utility shutoffs
o Water hydrants
o Water main valves
o Water lines
o Gas main valves
o Gas lines
o Electrical cut-offs
o Electrical substations
o Storm drains
o Sewer lines
o Location of each building (include name of building, street name and
number)
o Floor plans
o Alarm and enunciators
o Fire extinguishers
o Fire suppression systems
o Exits
o Stairways
o Designated escape routes
o Restricted areas
o Hazardous materials (including cleaning supplies and chemicals)
o High-value items
 Resource lists - lists of major resources (equipment, supplies, services) that could
be needed in an emergency; mutual aid agreements with other companies and
government department.
Finally, the ERP needs to be approved and then implemented through training.
10
3 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANS

3.1 POWER OUTAGES
Power outages may occur at any time. Since operations personnel are the only staff on duty at
night, other than security personnel, operations personnel are responsible for the execution of
this plan, except where noted below. When a power failure occurs, operations staff on duty
(i.e., the Shift Supervisor and Shift Operators) responds to the outage and carry out the
actions defined in Paragraph 3.1.C.2).
3.1.1 Power Outage Causes

Power outages may be caused by either the incoming feed line failing, or a failure of the
facility internal electrical system. Some possible causes of power outage are:
 Substation failure
 Excavation (cut cable)
 Storms (very strong wind may damage overhead lines)
 Human error
 Faulty equipment
3.1.2 Emergency Preparedness for Power Outages

Unlike other potential emergencies, power outage is a fairly common occurrence. However,
the fact that power outage is relatively common does not alleviate the need to properly
respond to this type of emergency.
It is the Operations Manager's responsibility to insure that all operations personnel follow
emergency response plans during a power outage.
Transportation must be available should a power outage necessitate bringing electrical

maintenance personnel into work on an emergency basis. It will be the decision of the Plant
Manager, or his duly authorized alternate, to bring in maintenance personnel on an
emergency basis.
3.1.3 Emergency Response Plan for Power Outages
Electrical supply and distribution feeders are described below and also shown on the one-line
diagram in Figure 1 (this is a typical example and will need to be updated once the final
designs are available).
11
Figure 1: Electrical Feeder System One-Line Diagram
The electrical system is normally operated with:

 Incoming utility feeder circuit breaker on the 11kV switchgear “CLOSED”.
 Both genset alternator output circuit breakers “CLOSED”.
 Controls set to “AUTO” on both gensets.
 Both gensets not running.
Operation of the electrical system is automatic and does not require operator intervention
unless there is a power outage and auto transfer does not take place.
3.1.3.1 Normal Operation

When failure of utility power occurs, the gensets are automatically started and automatic
transfer to generator power takes place. Upon restoration of utility power, retransfer from
generator power to utility power is automatic. After an engine cool down period, the gensets
automatically shut down.
When power is transferred and retransferred, plant equipment must be checked to ensure
proper operation. Some equipment may require restarting after a power transfer occurs.
3.1.3.2 Manual Operation
If an ATS controller is disconnected or fails, perform the following procedure to transfer
power for either or both 380V feeder systems:
 In the event of a power outage on the incoming utility feeder:
12
o At the 11kV switchgear, “OPEN” the outgoing feeder circuit breaker and
at the associated genset, “OPEN” the alternator output circuit breaker.
o At the 380V switchgear, open the ATS front panel door.
o Using the maintenance handle (Figure 2), manually operate the transfer
switch from the normal (N) position to the emergency (E) position.
o At the genset control panel, switch the engine control switch to the
“RUN” position and manually start the genset, if necessary.
o At the genset, monitor generator voltage and frequency until they
stabilize at 380V and 50Hz, respectively.
o At the genset, “CLOSE” the alternator output circuit breaker.
o The genset is now providing power to the 380V switchgear.
 When power is restored on the incoming utility feeder:
o Shut down any equipment in operation.
o At the genset, “OPEN” the alternator output circuit breaker.
o At the 380V switchgear, open the ATS front panel door.
o Using the maintenance handle (Fig. 2), manually operate the transfer
switch from the emergency (E) position to the normal (N) position.
o At the 11kV switchgear, “CLOSE” the incoming utility feeder circuit
breaker.
o The normal utility feeder is now providing power to the 380V switchgear
via the 11kV switchgear and transformer.
 At the genset control panel, move the engine control switch to the “STOP”
position. The genset shuts down after the preset cool-down period has elapsed.
Figure 2: ATS Manual Handle
3.2 FIRE
Fire is probably the most potentially dangerous emergency faced by the facility. The potential
for loss of life or injury to personnel and the potential for significant damage to facility
equipment and structures are extremely high.
The following fire classifications are applicable to the facility and relate directly to portable
fire extinguisher classifications.
Class A Fires Fires in ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, cloth, paper,
rubber and many plastics.
13
Class B Fires Fires in flammable liquids, oils, greases, tars, oil-based paints,
lacquers, and flammable gases.
Class C Fires Fires that involve energized electrical equipment where the
electrical non-conductivity of the extinguishing media is of
importance.
Note: When electrical equipment is de-energized, fire extinguishers for Class A or B fires may be used safely.
The following hazard ratings are applicable to the facility:
Low Hazard – Locations where the total amount of Class “A” combustible materials,
including furnishings, decorations, and contents is of minor quantity. This includes
rooms occupied as offices, meeting rooms, etc. This hazard classification assumes that
the majority of content items is either noncombustible or are so arranged that fire is
not likely to spread rapidly. Small amounts of Class “B” flammables used for office
equipment, etc., are included provided that they are kept in closed containers and
safely stored.
Moderate Hazard – Locations where the total amount of Class “A” combustibles and
Class “B” flammables present are present in greater amounts than expected in the low
hazard occupancy described above. These types of areas include storage rooms and
the warehouse, assuming that flammable materials and liquids are stored elsewhere
and other combustible materials are stored with suitable air space and segregation.
High Hazard – Locations where the total amount of Class “A” combustibles and
Class “B” flammables present, in storage and/or use is over and above that expected
in the moderate occupancy described above. These areas consist of vehicle and other
equipment repair areas, laboratory areas where flammable gases and/or flammable
liquids and combustible chemicals are in use, storage and usage areas for paints,
solvents, fuel, and other flammable liquids.
Class “C” (energized electrical equipment) fires are not taken into consideration when
making the hazard determinations above, because, electrical fires are normally confined to
the equipment where the fire originated unless substantial amounts of Class “A” combustibles
or Class “B” flammables are present and could be ignited by an electrical fire. In most cases,
electrical equipment which is de-energized is considered to be a Class “A” fire. The facility is
provided with the following type of fire extinguishers:
Multi-purpose Dry Chemical: Rated for Class “A”, “B”, and “C” fires.
The potential fire hazards and levels of risk for the various areas of the facility are shown in
Table 1.
Table 1: WTP Fire Hazards

Hazard Rating and Potential Fire Extinguisher Media
Area
Classifications Requirement
Offices, Corridors, etc. Low Hazard - Class “A” Dry Chemical
Maintenance Areas High Hazard - Class “A” and “B” Dry Chemical
Storage Areas High Hazard - Class “B” Dry Chemical
Electrical Areas Low Hazard - Class “C” Dry Chemical
Control Areas Low Hazard - Class “A” and “C” Dry Chemical
Equipment Rooms Low Hazard - Class “A” and “C” Dry Chemical
Outside Equipment Areas Low Hazard - Class “A” and “C” Dry Chemical
14
3.2.1 Emergency Preparedness for Fire

In preparing for fire emergencies, a number of things must be considered. These
considerations include, but are not limited to, the following requirements:
 Proper training of WTP personnel in the use of fire extinguishers and
evacuation procedures.
 Maintenance of current evacuation maps and plans. Evacuation maps and
plans are the direct responsibility of the safety supervisor. An evacuation map
will need to be finalized once the final designs have been completed and
WTW built.
 Properly maintained escape routes and exits, kept free of obstructions, and
provided with directional signs, in English and Sesotho, posted and easily
visible under conditions of poor visibility.
 Properly maintained fire and smoke alarms, with personnel properly trained in
fire and smoke alarm response and maintenance.
 Fire extinguishers, of proper type and distribution, maintained and inspected
monthly by the safety supervisor, with annual or greater time period
inspections performed by an authorized fire extinguisher company, as
required. Fire extinguisher locations must be clearly marked and kept free of
obstructions. Refer to Appendix C for fire extinguisher locations and other
requirements (will need to be finalized once the final designs have been
completed and WTW built).
 Coordination with the local fire department is essential to effective
preparedness for fire. Local fire officials should be invited to inspect the
facilities and WTP officials should provide the fire officials with a review of
the types of fire hazards expected to be encountered at the various locations
throughout the facility. Based on this review and input from participating fire
officials, a facility plan showing the locations of the various fire hazards
should be developed and kept available for reference by both the local fire
department and the safety supervisor.
3.2.2 Emergency Response Plan for Fire
The Plant Manager, or his duly authorized on-site alternate, must immediately after relocating
to a safe area if necessary, make every effort to determine the extent of the fire and the threat
to human life and property. If an assessment of the emergency reveals a high potential threat,
or if the threat cannot be rapidly determined, proceed to Section 3.2.2.1. If it is rapidly
determined that the immediate threat is low, proceed to Section 3.2.2.2.
Note: Any fire in the generator area, or any flammable liquid fire, must be considered a high threat fire,
regardless of the initial size of the fire.
Upon notification of a fire or receipt of a fire alarm the procedures outlined below must be
carried out.
3.2.2.1 High Threat Fires
High threat fires are defined as; any fire which poses an immediate threat to human life or
property.
15
1. Initiate evacuation procedures for areas threatened by smoke or fire. This action may
be limited to a single structure or area within a structure, or may involve a number of
structures depending upon the size of the fire.
2. Notify the local fire department and other civil authorities, as appropriate.
3. Position a person at the facility entrance, such that they can lead or direct emergency
personnel to the location of the emergency.
4. Immediately upon evacuation, perform a roll call of on-duty personnel in order to
determine if any personnel are missing and possibly trapped.
5. Treat injured personnel with first aid and transport such personnel to the nearest
suitable medical facility, as necessary.
Note: This activity may involve a combination of ambulances and WTP transportation, depending upon the
number of injured ERP and the extent of their injuries. Also, continuation of this activity, for some period of
time, may be necessary if personnel are trapped or missing in the fire.
6. Upon arrival of the fire department, alert fire officials to any potential hazards in the
fire area and, if any personnel are missing, advise fire officials of the missing
personnel and the most probable locations of such personnel.
7. Once the fire has been extinguished and it is safe to return to the facilities or areas
affected, proceed to Section 3.3.3.3 (Recovery).
3.2.2.2 Low Threat Fires
Low threat fires are defined as; localized, isolated fires that do not pose an immediate threat
to human life or property.
1. Dispatch someone from the fire area to notify the senior manager on duty of the fire.
In cases where there is only one person present, call in the alarm and proceed to step
2. Refer to Appendix A for emergency telephone numbers.
2. On-location personnel extinguish the fire using portable fire extinguishers of the
proper type.
WARNING: Should attempts at extinguishing a fire with portable fire extinguishers fail
and/or the fire begins to grow in intensity or spread; vacate the immediate area, call in the
alarm and proceed with the actions defined in Section 3.2.1.
3. Upon extinguishment of the fire, perform any clean-up activities necessary to return
the area to normal.
3.2.3.3 Recovery
These procedures should not be accomplished until such time as the fire has been
extinguished and it has been determined that it is safe to return to the affected areas.
1. Recall off-duty Safety Committee members and other staff, as appropriate, to assist in
damage evaluation and clean up.
2. Safety Committee members or the most senior staff members available perform a visual
inspection of the damage in order to ensure that such damage does not present a further
threat to personnel.
3. Based upon damage evaluations, the Safety Committee and other staff, as appropriate,
develop and implement a recovery plan to quickly and safely return facility operations
to normal.
4. Under the direction of facility managers and supervisors, facility personnel perform
general clean-up operations.
16
3.3 ON-SITE POTABLE WATER CONTAMINATION

Contamination of on-site potable water supplies poses a threat to the health of facility
personnel and, if unchecked, can significantly impact facility operations.
3.3.1 Emergency Preparedness for On-Site Potable Water Contamination
An on-site supply of bottled potable water should be maintained, in sufficient quantity to
provide for potable water needs for a period of not less than two days. Alternatively, a local
source of bottled potable water should be assured. Such a source of supply must be capable of
supplying the facility with potable bottled water, in sufficient quantities, within an hour of
notification.
3.3.2 Emergency Response Plan for On-Site Potable Water Contamination
This procedure only pertains to dealing with contaminated potable water within the facility.
3.3.2.1 Notification Procedures
1. Warn all facility personnel to not drink tap water until further notice.
2. Post the following warning at all potable water outlets.
"WATER IS UNSAFE TO DRINK"
3. Alert local public health authorities to the water contamination problem.
4. Proceed to Section 3.3.2.2 and carry out corrective action procedures.
3.3.2.2 Corrective Action Procedures
1. Locate the source of contamination and correct the problem.
2. Disinfect the potable water system in accordance with the disinfection instructions in
the EMP.
3. Test the water supply, or have the water supply tested, for contamination of the
following:
 Coliforms bacteria
 Other contaminants, as necessary
4. Return the potable water system to normal operation after it has been determined that
the water is safe to drink.
5. Notify personnel that the water is safe to drink and remove all posted warnings.
3.4 PUBLIC POTABLE WATER SUPPLY CONTAMINATION
There is a significant risk of public water supply contamination from within the WTP. Such
contamination could be the result of equipment failures, inadvertent spills of contaminants,
contaminated raw water or an act of terrorism.
3.4.1 Emergency Preparedness for Public Potable Water Supply Contamination
The nature of this type of emergency and its possible impact on public health is such that
containment and resolution of the emergency must involve the outside authorities responsible
for public health and safety. If plant operating parameters are normal, the first hint of a
problem with the water supply may come from public sources, i.e., complaints or people
becoming ill from drinking the water.
17
In addition to the response plan public health and safety authorities, such as the Ministry of
Health and Social Welfare (MOHSW) and local police, must be consulted and a joint
response plan developed that clearly defines the roll of each entity in an emergency of this
type.
3.4.2 Emergency Response Plan for Public Potable Water Supply Contamination
Caution: Plant personnel must take appropriate safety precautions to prevent unprotected
contact with contaminants.
3.4.2.1 Initial Response

1. Regardless of the cause or type of contamination, plant operations must be shut down
immediately.
2. Notify public health and safety authorities, such that they can take immediate steps to
warn and protect the public.
3. If not already known, examine the raw and treated water in the plant to determine the
type and source of contamination.
4. Working with outside authorities, examine the water in the distribution system to
determine the extent of contamination.
3.4.2.2 Biological Contamination

Coordinate and work with public health and safety authorities as necessary to accomplish the
following procedure.
1. Clean up or stop the source or cause of contamination.
2. Disinfect contaminated components of the plant or distribution system.
 If the contamination involves a process unit in the plant, isolate the unit and treat
the contamination with a dose of 10-20 mg/ℓ of chlorine for 24 hours or until
testing verifies complete disinfection.
 Short sections of pipeline may be flushed and disinfected with a 50 mg/ℓ dose of
chlorine in order to return the line to service as soon as possible. For longer
sections of pipeline, a 50 mg/ℓ dose would be prohibitive and a lower dose of
chlorine may be used, with a longer retention time. In any case testing is
necessary to verify complete disinfection.
Caution: Water containing high concentrations of chlorine must be drained to waste. Do not
allow such water to flow normally through the distribution system.
3. Obtain the consent of public health and safety authorities prior to returning the plant
to normal operations.
3.4.2.3 Chemical Contamination
Coordinate and work with public health and safety authorities as necessary to accomplish the
following procedure.
1. Clean up or stop the source or cause of contamination. Refer to Section 3.6 for
procedures on hazardous material emergencies.
18
2. Flush contaminated components of the plant and distribution system with good treated
water as necessary to remove all traces of contamination.
Caution: Water containing high concentrations of contaminants must be drained to waste.
Do not allow such water to flow normally through the distribution system.
3. Obtain the consent of public health and safety authorities prior to returning the plant
to normal operations.
3.4.2.4 Contamination from External Sources
If the source of contamination is outside of the facility, work with public health and safety
authorities to facilitate clean up of the source and decontamination of the system. Return to
normal operations only with the consent of the public health and safety authorities.
3.5 HYDRAULIC RUPTURES AND STOPPAGES
These types of emergencies do not normally threaten human life or property, unless
unchecked. These operational emergencies are dealt with by operations personnel and, when
necessary, maintenance personnel.
3.5.1 Pipe Failure and Ruptures
1. By closing appropriate valves, isolate the area or system that has experienced a pipe
failure or rupture. If isolation is not practical, then shut down the system or close off
flow at the source.
2. Notify the maintenance supervisor and have maintenance personnel make repairs
and/or replacements, as necessary.
3. After repairs have been satisfactorily completed, restore the affected system to normal
operations.
3.5.2 Stoppages
1. Locate and isolate the stoppage. If isolation is not practical, then shut down the
system or close off flow at the source. Set up a bypass flow line, if necessary. If the
stoppage is causing low flow in the line, proceed with step 2. If the stoppage has
closed of the flow completely, proceed to step 3.
2. Stoppage that causes low flow in the line may be flushed with water, thus clearing the
stoppage. If this action fails to clear the stoppage, proceed with step 3. If this action
successfully clears the stoppage, proceed to step 4.
3. Stoppage that closes off flow completely should be cleared by pumping out the line
and clearing the stoppage manually.
4. After clearing the stoppage, restore the affected system to normal operation.
3.6 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
The potential for hazardous materials contamination at the WTP is high. Such hazardous
gases include chlorine, and other gases that are incidental to industrial spills or accidents. In
addition to hazardous gases, the WTP employs a number of hazardous substances during
normal operation of the facility. Such substances are normally found when performing
custodial and maintenance activities.
19
3.6.1 Emergency Preparedness for Hazardous Materials

The safety supervisor is responsible for maintaining data on all hazardous materials in use at
the facility and any hazardous materials from outside sources, which may affect the facility.
Hazardous material data must include quantities, locations, types of hazard, and information
on procedures for neutralizing spills and decontamination. Furthermore, the safety supervisor
must maintain procedures for providing first aid to personnel affected by hazardous materials
and procedures for decontaminating such personnel.
The equipment necessary for detecting hazardous gas concentrations must be provided and
maintained. Other safety equipment must be provided and maintained, as appropriate.
Whether hazardous material contamination is caused by sources internal to the WTP or from
sources outside the facility, the emergency response to such contamination is the same.
Hazardous material contamination may affect a particular area or part of the facility, or it may
affect the entire facility depending upon the type and extent of the contamination.
Spills or contamination involving flammable/explosive liquids or gases, present the potential

hazard of fire. For spills or contamination involving such materials, evacuation of personnel
must be given primary consideration.
3.6.2 Emergency Response Plan for Hazardous Materials
to a safe area if necessary, make every effort to determine the extent of the contamination and
the threat to personnel.
1. Identify the area of contamination, and the potential extent of contamination.
Evacuate the immediate area. If the contamination is airborne, evacuate any areas
downwind of the contamination. In such cases, ensure that personnel are evacuated
upwind of the contamination.
2. If contamination involves materials that are explosive or flammable in nature, notify
the local fire department.
4. Take any measures necessary to decontaminate affected personnel. Provide first aid as
necessary, and transport injured personnel by ambulance to the closest suitable
medical facilities, as necessary. Refer to Appendix A for emergency telephone
numbers.
5. If hazardous gas is causing contamination, use the proper metering device (gas meter
or detector) and appropriate safety precautions. Test the air for hazardous gases in and
around affected areas.
6. Taking appropriate safety precautions remove or clean up the contamination. Such
actions may involve actions as simple as ventilating affected areas, or as complicated
as removing contaminated soil and other materials to a safe disposal area.
7. Ensure that personnel do not return to evacuated areas until such time as there is no
potential hazard from contamination. Where contamination is from an outside source,
determine the source and ensure that there is no immediate danger of recontamination
from such a source, prior to allowing personnel to return to affected areas.
20
3.7 CIVIL UNREST

Whether the facility is directly involved or not, civil unrest has the potential to severely
impact the facility’s ability to function normally. Even if civil unrest occurs a distance from
the facility itself, the ability of personnel to travel to and from the facility may be severely
impacted.
3.7.1 Emergency Preparedness for Civil Unrest

A primary consideration in preparing for the potential of civil unrest is the safety of facility
personnel. A secondary consideration is the potential of damage to WTP property. If civil
unrest impacts the safety of personnel and their ability to travel to and from work,
consideration must be given to housing personnel on-site for the duration of period of unrest.
3.7.2 Emergency Response Plan for Civil Unrest

Section 3.7.2.1 outlines procedures to follow for civil unrest that has the potential of directly
affecting the facility. Section 3.7.2.2 outlines procedures to follow if civil unrest occurs in the
local area, but some distance from the facility, and could affect personnel as they travel to
and from work.
3.7.2.1 Civil Unrest in the Immediate Area

1. Keep personnel at their workstations, unless they are directly threatened.
2. Notify local police and military authorities and request help, as appropriate.
3. Security guards will secure the facility perimeter. If necessary, additional staff may be
used to monitor the perimeter.
4. Alert all facility personnel. Personnel should be prepared to report any problems.
5. If the perimeter security of the facility is breached, evacuate all personnel to a secure
indoor area.
6. After the period of unrest has past, restore the facility to normal operation. If security
of the facility was breached, a thorough inspection of the facility and equipment must
be accomplished prior to restoring normal operation.
3.7.2.2 Civil Unrest in the Local Area
1. Increase perimeter security of the facility, as appropriate.
2. Ensure that the ability of personnel to travel to and from work is not impacted. If
necessary, house the personnel needed to maintain facility operation on-site.
3. After the period of unrest has past, restore normal operations.
3.8 EARTHQUAKES
In addition to the hazards normally associated with earthquakes, particularly structural
damage to buildings and the potential of injuries associated with such damage, consideration
must be given to the potential for the loss of electrical power, cut off or contaminated water
supplies, and disrupted means of communication and transportation, which may last for an
extended period of time.
3.8.1 Emergency Preparedness for Earthquakes

Depending upon the severity of an earthquake, structural damage to the facilities, disruption
of electrical service, and other factors make shutdown of the WTP for an extended period of
time a distinct possibility. Furthermore, disruption in communications and transportation may
severely impact the ability of the WTP to maintain normal operations after an earthquake of
even moderate proportions.
21
3.8.2 Emergency Response Plan for Earthquakes

1. Stay calm; seek refuge under desks, doorways, main structural beams, etc. DO NOT
enter stairways during an earthquake. Remember, most earthquakes last less than a
minute, there is no time to evacuate, seek refuge in the immediate area, away from
potential falling objects.
2. After the earthquake stops, proceed to the nearest exit and evacuate the buildings and
other structures in an orderly fashion. Evacuation should follow the routes defined in
Appendix B.
4. Treat injured personnel with first aid and transport such personnel by ambulance to
the nearest suitable medical facility, as necessary.
Note: This activity may involve a combination of ambulances and WTP transportation,
depending upon the number of injured people and the extent of their injuries. Also,
continuation of this activity, for some period of time, may be necessary if personnel are
trapped or missing.
5. Initiate other emergency procedures, such as fire procedures, power outage
procedures, etc., as appropriate. If the WTP has incurred significant damage, it may
be necessary to shut down the facility.
6. Notify off-site personnel on the emergency notification list, as appropriate.
7. The Safety Committee should proceed to evaluate all buildings and structures for
damage and potential hazards prior to entering areas to look for victims. Where
damage has occurred to structures, it may be necessary to have a qualified structural
engineer evaluate the integrity of damaged structures before allowing any personnel
to enter the area.
8. Only allow personnel to return to work after it has been determined that no hazards
exist. Remember, it is not unusual for strong after shocks to occur following a major
earthquake.
3.9 EXPLOSIONS
Explosions can be a catastrophic emergency, not only because of the potential for extreme
damage from the initial blast, but because explosions generally ignite fires. Therefore, WTP
personnel are not only faced with the potential for structural damage and injury caused by the
explosion, but must also contend with fire in the aftermath of an explosion. The potential for
loss of life or injury to personnel and for significant damage to facility equipment and
structures is extremely high.
3.9.1 Emergency Preparedness for Explosions
In preparing for explosion emergencies, a number of things must be considered. These
considerations include, but are not limited to, the following requirements:
 Proper training of WTP personnel in the use of fire extinguishers and
evacuation procedures.
 Maintenance of current evacuation maps and plans for the facility.
Evacuation maps and plans are the direct responsibility of the safety
supervisor. Refer to Appendix B for the facility evacuation map.
22
 Properly maintained escape routes and exits, kept free of obstructions, and
provided with directional signs, in English and Sesotho, posted and easily
visible under conditions of poor visibility.
 Fire extinguishers, of proper type and distribution, maintained and inspected
monthly by the safety supervisor, with annual or greater time period
inspections performed by an authorized fire extinguisher company, as
required. Fire extinguisher locations must be clearly marked and kept free of
obstructions. Refer to Appendix C for fire extinguisher locations and other
requirements.
3.9.2 Emergency Response Plan for Explosions
to a safe area if necessary, make every effort to determine the extent of the explosion and the
threat to human life and property. Any fires resulting from an explosion necessitate activation
of the emergency response plan for fire, in accordance with Section 3.3.2. Any structural
collapse resulting from an explosion necessitates activation of the emergency response plan
for structural collapse, in accordance with Section 3.11.
3.9.2.1 Initial Response
1. Initiate evacuation procedures for the immediate area where an explosion has
occurred. This action may be limited to a single structure or an area within a structure
depending upon the size of the explosion, the extent of damage, the potential for
further structural collapse, and the possibility of spreading fire resulting from the
explosion. Evacuation of the WTP should follow the routes defined in Appendix B.
2. Notify the local fire department and other civil authorities, as appropriate.
procedures, etc., as appropriate. If the facility has incurred significant damage, it may
trapped or missing in the fire.
7. Upon arrival of the fire department, alert fire officials to any potential hazards in the
area of the explosion and, if any personnel are missing, advise fire officials of the
missing personnel and the most probable locations of such personnel.
8. Once the area of the explosion has been inspected and any resultant fires have been
extinguished and it is safe to return to the facilities or areas affected, proceed to
Section 3.9.2.2.
3.9.2.2 Recovery
23
These procedures should not be accomplished until such time as the structure in the area of
the explosion has been inspected by qualified personnel and any resultant fires have been
extinguished and it has been determined that it is safe to return to the affected area.
1. Recall off-duty Safety Committee members and other staff, as appropriate, to assist in
damage evaluation and clean-up.
2. Safety Committee members or the most senior staff members available perform a
visual inspection of the damage in order to ensure that such damage does not present a
further threat to personnel. Where damage has occurred to structures, it may be
necessary to have a qualified structural engineer evaluate the integrity of d aged
structures before allowing any personnel to enter the area.
to normal.
4. Under the direction am of section managers and supervisors, facility personnel
perform general clean-up operations.
3.10 STRUCTURAL COLLAPSE
In addition to the hazards normally associated with structural collapse, particularly the
potential of injuries associated with such damage, consideration must be given to the
potential for loss of electrical power, cut off or contaminated water supplies, and disrupted
means of communication and transportation, which may last for an extended period of time.
3.10.1 Emergency Preparedness for Structural Collapse
Depending upon the severity of a collapse (i.e., the structural damage to the facility),
disruption of electrical service, and other factors make shutdown of the WTP, for an extended
period of time, a distinct possibility. Furthermore, disruption in communications and
transportation may severely impact the ability of the WTP to maintain normal operations
after a structural collapse of even moderate proportions. Structural collapse may occur with
some warning (i.e., a roof or wall beginning to crack or sag) or may occur with little or no
warning.
3.10.2 Emergency Response Plan for Structural Collapse
1. If a collapse occurs with no warning, Stay calm; seek refuge under desks, doorways,
main structural beams, etc. DO NOT enter stairways. After the collapse stops, proceed
to the nearest exit and evacuate the building and other structures in an orderly fashion.
Evacuation should follow the routes defined in Appendix B.
2. If some warning of imminent collapse is evident, alert the senior WTP official on-site,
proceed to the nearest exit, and evacuate the building and other structures in an
orderly fashion. Evacuation should follow the routes defined in Appendix B.
trapped or missing.
24

procedures, etc., as appropriate. If the WTP has incurred significant damage, it may
6. Notify off-site personnel on the emergency contact list (Appendix A), as appropriate.
7. The Safety Committee should proceed to evaluate all buildings and structures for
damage and potential hazards prior to entering areas to look for victims. Where
damage has occurred to structures, it may be necessary to have a qualified structural
engineer evaluate the integrity of damaged structures before allowing any personnel
to enter the area.
to normal.
9. Under the direction of section managers and supervisors, facility personnel perform
general clean-up operations.
3.11 CHLORINE LEAKS

The potential for chlorine leaks represents a significant hazard at the WTP.
3.11.1 Emergency Preparedness for Chlorine Leaks

Emergency preparedness for chlorine leaks includes the requirements contained in Section
3.6, Hazardous Materials, above. In addition, self-contained breathing apparatus and 1-ton
container emergency repair kits must be provided and maintained on-site.
A chlorine leak may affect a particular area or part of the WTP, or it may affect the entire
facility and the surrounding area, depending upon the type and extent of the leak. Evacuation
of personnel within the facility and ERP working and/or residing in the surrounding area
must be given primary consideration.
Detailed procedures for use of emergency equipment and performing chlorine leak repairs are
addressed in the EMP.
3.11.2 Emergency Response Plan for Chlorine Leaks
The Plant Manager or his duly authorized on-site alternate must, immediately after relocating
to a safe area if necessary, make every effort to determine the extent of the leak and the threat
to personnel and other ERP in the area.
1. Evacuate the facility immediately. Ensure that personnel are evacuated upwind of the
leak and a safe distance away. It is recommended that all ERP in the surrounding area
be evacuated, upwind and downwind of the leak, since wind direction can change
suddenly. Particular attention must be paid to evacuating nearby schools, if schools
are in session.
2. Notify the local fire department and police department immediately. Their help in
evacuating residences, businesses, etc., and controlling traffic in the area of the
facility will be needed.
3. If the leak is extensive, it may be necessary to stop traffic on the road next to the
facility and on other roads behind the facility. Stop traffic in both directions, at least ½
kilometer away from the facility.
4. Identify the area where the leak is, and the potential extent of the leak.
25
5. Take any measures necessary to decontaminate affected personnel. Provide first aid,
as necessary, and transport injured personnel to the closest suitable medical facilities,
as necessary.
6. Repair the leak while taking appropriate safety precautions. Ventilate affected areas,
as necessary. In most cases, the leak will occur where the chlorine scrubber system
will effect decontamination of the air in the affected areas.
7. Ensure that evacuated people do not return to the area until such time as there is no
potential hazard from the leak or residual chlorine gas.
The following typical measures are to be applied in terms of the instructions on the MSDS of
chlorine gas:
FIRST AID MEASURES
INHALATION: If adverse effects occur, remove to uncontaminated area. Give artificial
respiration if not breathing. If breathing is difficult, oxygen should be administered by
qualified personnel. Get immediate medical attention.
SKIN CONTACT: Wash skin with soap and water for at least 15 minutes while removing
contaminated clothing and shoes. Get immediate medical attention. Thoroughly clean and dry
contaminated clothing and shoes before reuse. Destroy contaminated shoes.
EYE CONTACT: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Then
get immediate medical attention.
INGESTION: Contact local poison control center or physician immediately. Never make an
unconscious person vomit or drink fluids. Give large amounts of water or milk. Allow
vomiting to occur. When vomiting occurs, keep head lower than hips to help prevent
aspiration. If person is unconscious, turn head to side. Get medical attention immediately.
NOTE TO PHYSICIAN: For inhalation, consider oxygen. Avoid gastric lavage or emesis.
HANDLING AND STORAGE

STORAGE: Store and handle in accordance with all current regulations and standards.
Protect from physical damage. Keep separated from incompatible substances. Store outside
or in a detached building.
Notify State Emergency Response Commission for storage or use at amounts greater than or
equal to the TPQ (U.S. EPA SARA Section 302). SARA Section 303 requires facilities
storing a material with a TPQ to participate in local emergency response planning (U.S. EPA
40 CFR 355.30).
ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

AIR RELEASE:
Reduce vapors with water spray. Collect runoff for disposal as potential hazardous waste.
SOIL RELEASE:
Dig holding area such as lagoon, pond or pit for containment. Dike for later disposal. Trap
spilled material at bottom in deep water pockets, excavated holding areas or within sand bag
barriers. Absorb with sand or other non-combustible material. Add an alkaline material (lime,
crushed limestone, sodium bicarbonate, or soda ash).
WATER RELEASE:
Add an alkaline material (lime, crushed limestone, sodium bicarbonate, or soda ash). Absorb
with activated carbon. Collect spilled material using mechanical equipment.
OCCUPATIONAL RELEASE:
26
Stop leak if possible without personal risk. Avoid contact with combustible materials. Keep
unnecessary people away, isolate hazard area and deny entry. Ventilate closed spaces before
entering. Notify Local Emergency Planning Committee and State Emergency Response
Commission for release greater than or equal to RQ (U.S. SARA Section 304).
4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
4.1 EMERGENCY CONDITION EVALUATION REPORT
After an emergency has occurred and operation of the facility has returned to normal
condition, the Safety Committee prepares an emergency condition evaluation report and
submits it to the Plant Manager. The Emergency Condition Evaluation Report includes the
following information:
 Cause(s) of the emergency
 Effect of the emergency on plant operation
 Type and extent of damage to plant equipment/facilities
 Estimated cost of necessary repairs and/or recovery
 Estimated time out-of-service for damaged equipment
 Completed accident reports in case of personal injury
4.2 SAFETY EQUIPMENT INSPECTIONS
Safety equipment must be maintained in working order. Such equipment must be inspected at
least every thirty (30) days, and tested as appropriate. Such equipment must be maintained
and tested as part of the on-going preventive maintenance program.
4.3 SAFETY EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS
Floor plans showing safety equipment locations must be prepared and maintained. Such floor
plans must be posted at every entrance/exit, at every corridor intersection, and every stairway
entrance. Normal and emergency exits must also be shown on such floor plans.
4.4 PERSONNEL TRAINING
Personnel must be trained on emergency response procedures. The frequency of repetitive
training must be such that personnel are proficient, well versed and well practiced in
responding to various emergencies. Such training must be a part of the on-going training
program.
4.5 EMERGENCY CONTACT TELEPHONE NUMBERS
A list of emergency contact telephone numbers must be maintained and kept current.
Appendix A contains an initial list of names and telephone numbers. It is the responsibility of
the safety supervisor to maintain this list and keep it updated.
4.6 EVACUATION PLAN
Evacuation maps for the facility are yet to be developed but typically would be contained in
Appendix B. It is the responsibility of the safety supervisor to maintain this information and
keep it updated. The safety supervisor is to designate primary and secondary evacuation
routes and exits. These routes are to be clearly marked and well lit. Signs are to be posted.
Emergency lighting is to be installed in case a power outage occurs during an evacuation.
27
The safety supervisor is to ensure that evacuation routes and emergency exits are wide
enough to accommodate the number of evacuating personnel and that they are:
 Clear and unobstructed at all times
 Unlikely to expose evacuating personnel to additional hazards
Ideally, evacuation routes are to be evaluated by someone not in the WTP organization.
4.7 PERSONAL EMERGENCIES
In some cases emergencies affect individuals or small groups of individuals, but do not affect
the facility as a whole. Such emergencies would include personal injury, confined space
rescue and other similar occurrences. The following reference materials should be housed in
the WTW offices library to provide information and procedures for:
 First aid
 CPR
 Confined space retrieval
 Personal injuries
 Heat stroke
 Dehydration
 Electrocution and shock
 Drowning
 Dismemberment
 Asphyxiation
 Drowning
 Poisoning
 Poisonous bites (snakes, spiders, scorpions and other insects)
4.8 MANAGED DELIVERIES
Establish a policy that an authorized person, designated by the water system, must
accompany all deliveries. Verify the credentials of all drivers. This prevents unauthorized
personnel from having access to the water and wastewater works.
4.9 VERIFICATION OF SUPPLIERS
Verify that facility suppliers take precautions to ensure that their products are not
contaminated. Chain of custody procedures for delivery of chemicals should be reviewed.
Facility Stores Manager is to inspect chemicals and other supplies at the time of delivery to
verify they are sealed and in unopened containers. Match all delivered goods with purchase
orders to ensure that they were, in fact, ordered by your water system. Stores manager is to
keep a log or journal of deliveries. It should include the driver’s name (taken from the
driver’s photo I.D.), date, time, material delivered, and the supplier’s name
4.10 SECURE CHEMICAL STORAGE AREA
All chemicals should be stored in an area designated for their storage only, and the area
should be secure and access to the area restricted. Access to chemical storage should only be
available to authorized employees.
28
4.11 MONITORING OF SOURCES AND PRODUCT

Monitoring of raw and treated wastewater can establish a baseline that may allow you to
know if there has been a contamination incident. Some parameters for raw wastewater
include:
pH, suspended solids, total and faecal coliform count, electrical conductivity.
Ammonia, nitrate/nitrite, kjeldal nitrogen, phosphate, BOD and COD.
To assess whether a plant is working efficiently analyses would be taken of the final effluent
and be analysed for the following parameters:
pH, Conductivity, Suspended Solids, OA, COD, BOD, Ammonia, Nitrates,
Phosphates.
4.12 PROTECTION OF VENTS AND OVERFLOWS
Air vents and overflow pipes are direct conduits to the finished water in storage facilities.
Secure all vents and overflow pipes with heavy-duty screens and/or grates. The use of
tamper-proof padlocks at entry points (hatches, vents, and ladder enclosures) will reduce the
potential for unauthorized entry to reservoirs and distribution tanks. If facility has towers,
consider putting physical barriers on the legs to prevent unauthorized climbing.
4.13 SYSTEM BY-PASS FACILITIES
Install shut-off or bypass valves to allow you to isolate the storage tank in the case of a
contamination problem or structural damage. Consider installing a sampling tap on the
storage tank outlet to test water in the tank for possible contamination.
29
Appendix A
Emergency Contact List
(to be further developed and expanded on once plant is operational
and agreements with external parties are in place)
Organisation Contact Number

1 Appointed and elected emergency response plan (to be appointed once plant is
leaders operational)
2 Fire
3 Police 00266-22317262
4 Emergency medical services personnel
5 Local Emergency Planning Committee (LEPC)
members
6 Emergency management director To be appointed
7 Department of Public Works & Transport
8 American Red Cross
9 QE II Hospital (will change to new Referral Hospital) 00266-22312501
10 Tele-Com Lesotho 00266-22211000
11 Lesotho Electricity Corporation (LEC) – 24 Hours 00266-22312236
Service
12 Neighbourhood groups (e.g. Dam Committee)
13 Neighbourhood groups (e.g. Dam Committee)
14 Andrew’s Fire and Alarms (Fire extinguisher +27834399014
company)
15 The National Environment Secretaria 00266-22311767
Appendix B
Emergency Evacuation Routes

(to be prepared once layout is finalised by Design Engineers)
Appendix C
Fire Extinguisher Locations
(to be prepared once layout is finalised by Design Engineers)

APPENDIX D
Impact assessment methodology
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 140
IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY

The potential impacts identified during the ESIA (separate document) and summarised in Table 4.1 in
Chapter 4, were assessed in accordance with a structured methodology that combines the classical impact
assessment methodology with a risk assessment approach through using the extent, intensity and duration
ratings to define a score of “consequence” of the impact, which is then used to define impact significance.
Significance ratings are defined to assist decision-makers determine the extent to which an impact should
influence decision-making.
The approach is based on an explicit and transparent scoring system to avoid subjective and haphazard
assignments of significance ratings. The approach has been used elsewhere in other environmental
assessments with different categorisation of extent and duration depending on the nature of the project. For
example, in an offshore environment, deep sea oil drilling is associated with impacts of very different extent
and duration than the WTW, which is more localised.
The ESIA and EMP have used a different scoring system with former using six levels and the EMP using
three levels of significant rating. The six levels of significance ratings in the ESIA where combined into three
after recommendations from NES and these three levels used in this EMP. The six levels used in the ESIA
were combined as follows:
 insignificant, very low and low are represented as Low in EMP;
 Medium will still be medium in both documents;
 High and very high could be represented by High in EMP
Significance ratings as used in the EMP are defined as follows:
 Low: the potential impact may not have any meaningful influence on the decision regarding the
proposed activity;
 Medium: the potential impact should influence the decision regarding the proposed activity;
 High: the potential impact will affect a decision regarding the proposed activity, and
Criteria used to determine the Consequence of the Impact.

Rating Definition of Rating Score
A. Extent– the area in which the impact will be experienced
Local Confined to within a 2km radius around the WTW 1
Regional Confined to within a 30km radius around the WTW 2
(Inter) >30km radius - effects extend at National (Lesotho) level and possibly 3
National International (RSA) level
B. Intensity– the magnitude or size of the impact
Low Natural and/or social functions and processes are negligibly altered 1
Medium Natural and/or social functions and processes continue albeit in a 2
modified way
High Natural and/or social functions or processes are severely altered 3
C. Duration– the time frame for which the impact will be experienced
Short-term A few months or periodically during construction 1
Medium-term Whole of construction 2-3 years 2
Long-term More than 5 years 3
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 141
The combined score of these three criteria corresponds to a consequence rating, as set out in the table
below.
Method used to determine the consequence score

Combined Score 0–2 3–4 5 6 7 8–9
(A+B+C)
Consequence Rating Not Very low Low Medium High Very
significant high
Once the consequence is derived, the probability of the impact occurring is considered, using the probability
classifications presented in the table below.
Probability classification
Probability of impact – the likelihood of the impact occurring
Improbable < 40% chance of occurring
Possible 40% - 70% chance of occurring
Probable > 70% - 90% chance of occurring
Definite > 90% chance of occurring
The overall significance of impacts is determined by considering consequence and probability using the
rating system prescribed in the table below.
Impact significance ratings

Significance Rating Consequence Probability
Very Low & Improbable
Very Low & Possible
Very Low & Probable
Very Low & Definite
Low
Low & Improbable
Low & Possible
Low & Probable
Low & Definite
Medium & Improbable
Medium & Possible
Medium Medium & Probable
Medium & Definite
High & Improbable
High & Possible
High & Probable
High & Definite
High Very High & Improbable

Very High & Possible
Very High & Probable
Very High & Definite
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 142
Finally the impacts are considered in terms of their status (positive or negative) and the confidence in the
ascribed impact significance rating is noted. The classification for considering the status of impacts and the
confidence in assessment is laid out in the table below.
Impact status and confidence in classification

Status of impact
Indication whether the impact is adverse + ve (positive – a ‘benefit’)
(negative) or beneficial (positive).
– ve (negative – a ‘cost’)
Neutral
Confidence of assessment
The degree of confidence in predictions based Low
on available information, the Consultant’s
judgment and/or specialist knowledge. Medium
High
Impacts were evaluated with and without the implementation of mitigation or optimisation which gives an
indication of the effectiveness of mitigation or optimisation in managing or enhancing the consequences of
the impact.
Key impacts and their significance ratings and summary mitigation requirements are contained in Table 4.1
in Chapter 4.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 143
APPENDIX E
Sludge management options specialist report (Golder 2009)
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 144
June 2009
APPENDIX E: SPECIALIST STUDY -

SLUDGE HANDLING FROM METOLONG
WATER TREATMENT WORKS
Metolong Wastewater Works

EIA
Submitted to:
REPORT
Report Number: 12280

SPECIALIST STUDY - SLUDGE HANDLING
Executive Summary
The Lesotho Lowlands feasibility project identified a need for additional potable water for the rapidly growing
city of Maseru. The Metolong Dam and Water Treatment Works have been proposed to address this issue.
The proposed Water Treatment Works would consist of pre-chlorination, coagulation, sedimentation,
dissolved air floatation, filtration (rapid sand filtration), stabilisation, disinfection and distribution. There may
also be the need for UV processes and Powdered Activated Carbon (PAC).
Waste streams from the process include a sludge stream and filter backwash water. It has been proposed
that the filter backwash water will be recycled in the process or if it meets discharge effluent standards that is
returned to the Phuthiatsana River. It is recommended that the water is settled prior to recycle and the solids
disposed of with the sludge stream. The sludge produced at the works would need to be managed in an
environmentally acceptable manner.
The volume of sludge produced is estimated to be 14.5 tons/day. This value is based on average suspended
solids water quality readings from samples taken on the Phuthiatsana River which is possibly a conservative
approach as the suspended solids levels in the dam are typically lower than that in a river feeding a dam.
The sludge will consist primarily of clay material, with approximately 5.6 % Lime, 0.25 % Iron, 0.01 %
Manganese and 0.22 % Aluminium. Trace amounts of Cadmium, Copper, Calcium, Magnesium, Potassium,
Sodium and Sulphate will also be present.
Several reuse options are being considered for the sludge that will be produced in the process including the
following:
 Land application – blending with soils – Preferred option
 Daily cover to landfill site – reduce the need for soil cover at the land fill site
 Brick making additive – The clay rich sludge can be blended with clays used to produce bricks
 Additive in the manufacture of cement – option is still being investigated and further testing will be
required.
 Blending with sewage waste – Acts as a conditioner and can assist with settling
 Discharge to river – Not recommended due to environmental impacts associated.

Estimates sludge volumes reported in this report are based on limited data available on samples taken from
the Phuthiatsana River, at the future site of the Metolong Dam. It is recommended that bench scale testing
and waste characterisation studies are undertaken by the Contractor prior to the detailed design phase of the
project.
June 2009
Report No. 12280
Table of Contents
1.0 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 1
2.0 PROCESS .................................................................................................................................................................. 1
2.1 Description .................................................................................................................................................... 1
2.2 Chemicals used .......................................................................................................................................... 10
2.2.1 Lime....................................................................................................................................................... 10
2.2.2 Coagulants ............................................................................................................................................ 10
2.2.3 Powdered Activated Carbon .................................................................................................................. 10
2.3 Waste streams ............................................................................................................................................ 10
2.3.1 Sludge ................................................................................................................................................... 10
2.3.1.1 Volume ............................................................................................................................................... 10
2.3.1.2 Quality ................................................................................................................................................ 11
2.3.2 Supernatant & Filter backwash.............................................................................................................. 12
3.0 POSSIBLE MANAGEMENT MEASURES FOR SLUDGE ....................................................................................... 12
3.1 Land application .......................................................................................................................................... 13
3.2 Daily cover on landfill sites .......................................................................................................................... 14
3.3 Erosion control ............................................................................................................................................ 14
3.4 Brick making additive .................................................................................................................................. 14
3.5 Additive in the manufacture of cement ........................................................................................................ 15
3.6 Blending with sewage sludge ...................................................................................................................... 15
3.7 Discharge to river ........................................................................................................................................ 15
4.0 EVALUATION OF OPTIONS CONSIDERED .......................................................................................................... 15
5.0 CONCLUSIONS ....................................................................................................................................................... 16
6.0 WORKS CITED ........................................................................................................................................................ 16
TABLES
Table 1: Water quality at Phuthiatsana River and treated water quality requirements from the Metolong WTW (as
supplied by the LWJV). Highlighted values indicate exceedance of the SANS 241 standards for
drinking water ..................................................................................................................................................... 3
Table 2: Estimated volume of sludge................................................................................................................................. 11
Table 3: Estimate of metal and lime content in WTW sludge ............................................................................................ 11
June 2009
Report No. 12280 i
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The Lowlands Water Feasibility Study identified a need for an additional water source to Maseru. The
purpose of the Metolong Dam, together with the Metolong Water Treatment Works (WTW), is to supplement
Maseru’s current potable water supply.
The WTW will produce waste in the form of sludge. The sludge will be settled, resulting in the liquid
supernatant and residual solids. The waste produced will need to be managed in an environmentally sound
manner. Increased costs associated with waste handling and land availability results in a need for further
investigations into the characteristics of the waste produced and management options available.
The majority of residuals from typical WTW fall into one of four categories (Golder 2009):
 Naturally occurring, colloidal / particulate matter, e.g. clay, silt algae, removed from raw water by
sedimentation, filtration, membrane or other processes and inert material in treatment chemicals,
e.g. grit in lime.
 Naturally occurring, soluble substances, e.g. iron, manganese, calcium and magnesium converted to
their insoluble precipitate forms by oxidation or pH adjustments.
 Precipitates formed, e.g. Al(OH)3, Fe(OH)3 when chemicals are added to water.
 Spent materials, e.g. powdered activated carbon, filter media (sand, anthracite coal) that must
periodically be removed from unit treatment processes after exceeding their useful lives.
Various management options that are typically used to dispose of residuals including the following:
 on-site and off-site disposal;

 direct discharge to source stream; and
 sludge reuse.
Discharge of residuals to the source stream is not permitted on this project. Supernatant can be discharged
to the source stream if Lesotho discharge effluent limits are met, or recycled to the headworks of the WTW.
The various potential management options and the potential impacts associated with each option are
described below.
The purpose of this report is to quantify the sludge produced and to investigate methods of disposal or reuse
of the residuals.
2.0 PROCESS
The water treatment process will consist of pre-chlorination, coagulation, dissolved air floatation,
sedimentation, filtration, stabilisation and disinfection. Two systems are currently being proposed due to the
uncertainty of whether there will be an algal problem or not. Refer to Appendix 1 for the WTW process flow
diagrams of the proposed conventional process and a proposed slow sand filtration process (as supplied by
SSI on 1 July 2009).
2.1 Description
The proposed WTW will be designed to treat an average of raw water flow rate of 75 Mℓ/day, and peak flow
rate of 93.4 Mℓ/day. Two potential processes are being considered, these being the conventional and slow
sand filtration process with lime and coagulant dosing at the inlet works (Appendix 1),
 Flocculation or Aeration cascade area to ensure oxidation of iron and stripping of volatiles present,
 Sedimentation,
 Powder activated carbon (PAC) dosing if algae becomes problematic
June 2009
Report No. 12280 1
 Filtration (either rapid media or slow filtration),
 pH correction, stabilisation and disinfection,
 Clean water storage tanks (command reservoir or distribution system),
 Sludge balancing tanks,
 Sludge thickeners,
 Sludge drying beds,
 Wash recovery for filter backwash and overflow from sludge thickener.
The conventional process will require a dissolved air floatation unit to float the solids and algae to the surface
for removal. At the time of this report, the need to treat for algae has not been established. If such treatment
is needed, the probable means will be Dissolved Air Flotation or the use of Powdered Activated Carbon
(PAC). Similarly, a decision on recycling supernatant from the sludge ponds to the headworks or upstream
side of the filters is still under consideration. If recycling is used, then a UV system may be required to
inactivate Giardia and Cryptosporidium that is presumed to exist in the watershed.
The WTW will be designed to manage at least 75 % of the full load during period where maintenance is
required.
The works will be designed to meet the Class 1 Treated Water Standards, as defined in the South African
National Standard for Drinking Water SANS 241:2006 Edition 6.1. While the actual inlet water quality
reporting to the Metolong WTW is not available at present, as the result of the dam not being constructed as
yet, samples taken by the LWJV from the Phuthiatsana River at the Metolong Dam site indicate that iron,
colour, turbidity and aluminium concentrations in the raw water exceed the SANS 241 standards. (Refer to
Table 1) Treatment should therefore target these constituents. Samples taken by the DWAF, SMEC and
Mott MacDonald (April 2003 – April 2006) during previous studies indicate high levels of Manganese.
Additional sampling will be taken by the LWJV (October 2008 to February 2009) and a decision made
whether treatment for manganese should be included.
June 2009
Report No. 12280 2
Table 1: Water quality data available for the Phuthiatsana River and treated water quality requirements from the Metolong WTW:
A: as supplied by the LWJV). Highlighted values indicate exceedance of the SANS 241 standards for drinking water
Sample ID 1 2 3 4 5 6 Av Max SANS 241 standards
Sample date 29/10/2008 05/12/2008 19/01/2009 30/01/2009 13/02/2009 23/02/2009
Location Phuthiatsana Phuthiatsana Phuthiatsana Phuthiatsana Phuthiatsana Phuthiatsana Phuthiatsana Phuthiatsana Class I
River at River at River at River at River at River at River at River at
Metolong Metolong Metolong Metolong Metolong Metolong Metolong Metolong (recommended
Dam site Dam site Dam site Dam site Dam site Dam site Dam site Dam site operational limit)
Determinant Unit
Colour (aesthetic) mg/ℓ Pt 288 28 44 233 130 70 132 288 < 20
Colour (apparent) PtCo < 550 62 183 < 550 123 183
Conductivity at 25 ºC (aesthetic) mS/m 17.66 14.9 13.5 10.5 11.5 15.5 14 18 < 150
Total Dissolved Solids (aesthetic) mg/ℓ 136 119 100 91 98 126 112 136 < 1 000
Total Dissolved Solids (calculated) mg/ℓ 114.8 96.8 87.7 68.3 74.7 100.7 91.0 115.0 < 1 000
Odour (aesthetic) TON 4 2.5 3.3 4.0 <5
pH value at 25 ºC (aesthetic operational) pH units 7.25 8.31 7.7 7.3 7.51 7.7 7.6 8.3 5,0 - 9,5
Taste (aesthetic) FTN <5
Turbidity (aesthetic/operational/indirect health) NTU 137 15.5 23.1 414 311 285 198 414 <1
Temperature °C 20 24 25 24 25 24 24 25
Suspended solids mg/ℓ 105 20.5 42.9 499 723 1065 409 1065
Ammonia as N (operational) mg/ℓ 0.219 0.17 0.127 0.097 0.044 0.213 0.145 0.219 < 1.0
Calcium as Ca (aesthetic/operational) mg/ℓ 18.7 17.3 13.3 10 13.7 16.5 14.9 18.7 < 150
Chloride as CI (aesthetic) mg/ℓ 6.57 3.3 2.26 3.92 3.87 3.64 3.93 6.57 < 200
Fluoride as F (health) mg/ℓ 0.06 0.05 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.15 0.05 0.15 < 1.0
Magnesium as Mg (aesthetic/health) mg/ℓ 7.6 6.2 5.3 4.8 4.8 7.3 5.99 7.60 < 70
(Nitrate and nitrite) as N (health) mg/ℓ 0.68 0.15 0.32 1.06 1.06 1.09 0.73 1.09 < 10
Potassium as K (operational/health) mg/ℓ 1.7 1.39 0.96 0.91 0.96 0.92 1.14 1.70 < 50
Sodium as Na (aesthetic/health) mg/ℓ 9.3 6.74 6.1 10.3 6.3 9.59 8.06 10.3 < 200
June 2009
Report No. 12280 3
Sample ID 1 2 3 4 5 6 Av Max SANS 241 standards

Sample date 29/10/2008 05/12/2008 19/01/2009 30/01/2009 13/02/2009 23/02/2009
Metolong Dam Metolong Dam Metolong Dam Metolong Dam Metolong Dam Metolong Dam Metolong Dam Metolong Dam (recommended
site site site site site site site site operational limit)
Determinant Unit
Sulphate as SO4 (health) mg/ℓ 15.3 10.4 8.7 12.26 11.39 12.29 11.72 15.30 < 400
Zinc as ZN (aesthetic/health) mg/ℓ 0.006 0.005 0.007 0.006 0.009 0.01 0.007 0.01 < 5.0
Total Hardness mg CaCOз/ℓ 78 69 55 45 54 71 61.93 77.99
Moderately Moderately Moderately Soft Moderately Moderately Moderately Moderately
soft soft soft soft soft soft soft
Alkalinity mg CaCOз/ℓ 74 72.50 61.80 44.10 50.00 70.90 62.22 74.00

pH Saturation 8.24 8.22 8.36 8.61 8.45 8.21 8.35 8.61
Langelier Saturation Index -0.99 0.09 -0.66 -1.31 -0.94 -0.51 -0.72 -0.30 <-0,5 aggressive tendencies
>+0,5 scale forming
tendencies
Comments on LSI value Aggressive Balanced Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Balanced
tendencies tendencies tendencies tendencies tendencies tendencies
Aluminum as Al (health) μg/ℓ 42 394 89 579 611 998 452 998 < 300
Antimony as Sb (health) μg/ℓ <6 <6 <6 <6 <6 <6 <6 <6 < 10
Arsenic as As (health) μg/ℓ <6 <6 <6 <6 <6 <6 <6 <6 < 10
Cadmium as Cd (health) μg/ℓ 1 1 1 <1 <1 1 1 1 <5
Total Chromium as Cr (health) μg/ℓ 7 <6 <6 <6 <6 <6 7 7 < 100
Cobalt as Co (health) μg/ℓ <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 < 500
Copper as Cu (health) μg/ℓ 16 15 6 7 10 8 10 16 < 1 000
Cyanide (recoverable) as CN (health) μg/ℓ 2 <2 <2 <2 2 <2 2 2 < 50
June 2009
Report No. 12280 4
Sample date 29/10/2008 05/12/2008 19/01/2009 30/01/2009 13/02/2009 23/02/2009 SANS 241 standards
Metolong Dam Metolong Dam Metolong Dam Metolong Dam Metolong Dam Metolong Dam Metolong Dam Metolong Dam (recommended
site site site site site site site site operational limit)
Determinant Unit
Iron as Fe (aesthetic/operational) μg/ℓ 401 261 143 889 471 873 506 889 < 200
Lead as Pb (health) μg/ℓ 10 < 10 < 10 < 10 <6 9 9.5 10 < 20
Manganese as Mn (aesthetic) μg/ℓ 27 8 4 25 17 17 16 27 < 100
Mercury as Hg (health) μg/ℓ 0.1 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 0.1 0.1 <1
Nickel as Ni (health) μg/ℓ 10 < 10 < 10 < 10 10 < 10 10 10 < 150
Selenium as Se (health) μg/ℓ 6 <6 <6 <6 <6 <6 6 6. < 20
Vanadium as V (health) μg/ℓ 5 <5 <5 6 <6 8 6 8 < 200
Dissolved organic carbon as C (aesthetic/health) mg/ℓ 4.34 1.84 1.63 3.26 3.26 4.4 3.13 4.4 < 10
Total organic carbon (TOC) mg/ℓ 2.91 3.35 3.35 5.04 3.66 5.04
Total trihalomethanes (health) μg/ℓ < 200
Phenols (aesthetic/health) μg/ℓ 3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 3 3 < 10
Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/ℓ O2 39 < 10
June 2009
Report No. 12280 5
B:Water quality statistics from SMEC (2008) report
SAMPLE NAME SANS 241

Sample ID 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 QUALITY RANGE
Sample date 2001/08/06 2001/11/06 2001/08/06 2001/11/06 2001/08/06 2001/11/06 2001/08/06 2001/11/06 2001/08/06 2001/11/06 2001/11/06
Location MET 1 MET 2 MET 3 MET 4 MET 5A MET 6 Class I Class II Class II
S29 19 19,0 E27 49 18,2 S29 18 21,7 E27 50 21,5 S29 19 03,6 E27 48 58,0 S29 20 10,5 E27 47 16,4 MET 5B S29 22 18,8 (recommend (max. water
MET 5 E27 48 58,6 ed allowable for consumptio
S29 20 18,2 E27 41 43,9 operationla limited n period,
limit) duration) max. a
Determinand Unit
Physical and organoleptic requirements
Conductivity at 25 ºC (aesthetic) mS/m 22.2 23.8 14.7 13 23.9 22.4 15.2 13.2 17.6 15.9 14.6 20.2 < 150 150 - 370 7 years
Total Dissolved Solids (calculated) mg/ℓ 144.3 154.7 95.55 84.5 155.35 145.6 98.8 85.8 114.4 103.35 94.9 131.3 < 1 000 1 000 - 2 400 7 years
pH value at 25 ºC (aesthetic operational) pH units 8.53 8.14 8.15 7.96 8.28 7.95 8.07 8.02 8.1 7.99 7.85 7.87 5,0 - 9,5 4,0 - 10,0 No limit c
Turbidity (aesthetic/operational/indirect health) NTU 6.6 4.04 24.1 686 7.49 7.58 14.7 477 16.6 134 569 4.7 <1 1. - 5. No limit d
Suspended solids mg/ℓ 8.13 14.3 32.5 633 13.7 10.7 18.5 479 26.1 172 682 15.9
Chemical requirements - Macro-determinand
Ammonia as N (operational) mg N/ℓ 0.04 0.04 0.01 0.06 0.02 0.04 0.03 0.08 <0.01 0.02 0.2 0.06 < 1.0 1.0 - 2.0 No limit d
Calcium as Ca (aesthetic/operational) mg Ca/ℓ 27.2 28.1 18.2 19.8 28.9 26.7 19.2 19.1 21.7 20.4 21.1 24.9 < 150 150 - 300 7 years
Magnesium as Mg (aesthetic/health) mg Mg/ℓ 12.8 13.5 6.81 11.6 13 12.2 7.54 9.27 8.68 8.11 10.2 9.91 < 70 70 - 100 7 years
(Nitrate and nitrite) as N (health) mg N/ℓ 1.19 0.73 0.95 0.96 1.79 1.06 0.91 1.02 1.24 1.02 0.95 1.37 < 10 10 - 20. 7 years
Potassium as K (operational/health) mg K/ℓ <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1.2 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 1.02 <1.0 <1.0 1.23 <1.0 < 50 50 -100 7 years
Total Hardness mg CaCOз/ℓ 121 126 74 97 126 117 79 86 90 84 95 103 see Kunin
Slightly hard Slightly hard Moderately Moderately Slightly hard Slightly hard Moderately Moderately Moderately Moderately Moderately Slightly hard
soft soft soft soft soft soft soft
Alkalinity mg CaCOз/ℓ 97.90 115.00 60.90 55.30 96.90 97.70 63.60 59.30 78.30 64.40 66.80 91.80
Chemical requirements - Micro-determinand
Iron as Fe (aesthetic/operational) µg Fe/ℓ 120 430 520 14900 150 460 200 8150 290 1610 10300 510 < 200 200 - 2 000 7 years b
Manganese as Mn (aesthetic) µg Mn/ℓ 10 140 10 670 10 20 10 380 10 10 370 30 < 100 100 - 1 000 7 years
Chemical Oxygen Demand mg /ℓ O2 <20.0 <20.0 <20.0 73.6 <20.0 20.5 <20.0 50.5 <20.0 <20.0 51 <20.0 < 10 10 - 70. No limit b
outside Class I limits

outside Class II limits
June 2009
Report No. 12280 6
C: Water quality statistical analysis from Mott MacDonald (2003 – 2006)

SAMPLE NAME SANS 241
Sample ID 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 QUALITY RANGE
Sample 04/04/200 2003/04/0 16/05/200 16/05/200 2006/02/0 2006/07/0 2006/04/0

date 3 4 3 3 8 8 8
Location Raw water Raw water Raw water Raw water Raw water Raw water Raw water Class I Class II Class II
Phuthiuatsana Phuthiuatsana Phuthiuatsana Phuthiuatsana Phuthiuatsana Phuthiuatsana Phuthiuatsana (recommende (max. water
River at River at River at River at River at River at River near d operationla allowabl consumptio
Metolong Metolong Dam Metolong Metolong Metolong Metolong airport limit) e for n period,
Dam site site Dam site Dam site Dam site Dam site limited max. a
duration)
Determinant Unit
Physical and organoleptic requirements
Colour (aesthetic) mg/ℓ Pt-Co 4 3 4 4 181 7 189 < 20 20 - 50 No limit b
Colour (apparent) mg/ℓ Pt- >550 70 >550

Co
Conductivity at 25 ºC (aesthetic) mS/m 19.4 20 20.3 22.4 18.7 21.9 16.7 < 150 150 - 370 7 years
Total Dissolved Solids (aesthetic) mg/ℓ 112 154 150 136 < 1 000 1 000 - 2 7 years
400
Total Dissolved Solids (calculated) mg/ℓ 126.1 130 131.95 145.6 < 1 000 1 000 - 2 7 years
400
Odour (aesthetic) TON None None none none <5 5. - 10 No limit b
pH value at 25 ºC (aesthetic operational) pH units 8.3 8.2 8.2 8.4 7.82 8.09 7.84 5,0 - 9,5 4,0 - 10,0 No limit c
Turbidity (aesthetic/operational/indirect NTU 1 0.2 0.3 0.9 164 13.6 259 <1 1. - 5. No limit d
June 2009
Report No. 12280 7
health)
Chemical requirements - Macro-determinant
Ammonia as N (operational) mg/ℓ < 1.0 1.0 - 2.0 No limit d
Calcium as Ca (aesthetic/operational) mg/ℓ 24 22 22 25 < 150 150 - 300 7 years
Chloride as CI (aesthetic) mg/ℓ 6 <5 <5 <5 < 200 200 - 600 7 years
Fluoride as F (health) mg/ℓ <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 < 1.0 1.0 - 1.5 1 year
Magnesium as Mg (aesthetic/health) mg/ℓ 11 10 11 10 < 70 70 - 100 7 years
(Nitrate and nitrite) as N (health) mg/ℓ 0.8 1 0.8 0.5 < 10 10 - 20. 7 years
Potassium as K (operational/health) mg/ℓ <1 0.7 0.8 1.1 < 50 50 -100 7 years
Sodium as Na (aesthetic/health) mg/ℓ 5 4 5 6 < 200 200 - 400 7 years
Sulphate as SO4 (health) mg/ℓ 10 11 10 11 < 400 400 - 600 7 years
Zinc as ZN (aesthetic/health) mg/ℓ < 5.0 5.0 - 10 1 year
Total Hardness mg 105 96 100 104 115 99 101

CaCOз/ℓ
Slightly Moderatel Slightly Slightly Slightly Moderatel Slightly

hard y soft hard hard hard y soft hard
Alkalinity mg 88 88.00 92.00 104.00 62.00 82.00 74.00

CaCOз/ℓ
Chemical requirements - Micro-determinant
Iron as Fe (aesthetic/operational) μg/ℓ < 25 60 88 123 860 120 1560 < 200 200 - 2 7 years b
000
Manganese as Mn (aesthetic) μg/ℓ < 25 < 25 < 25 < 25 < 100 100 - 1 7 years
June 2009
Report No. 12280 8
000
Chemical requirements - Organic determinant
Dissolved organic carbon as C mg/ℓ 1.2 2.4 2.1 2.5 < 10 10 - 20. 3 months e
(aesthetic/health)
Total Coliform Bacteria TCC/100m 40 50 150

l
Faecal Coliform Bacteria FCC/100m 10 10 10

l
Heterotrophic Plate Count count/ml 840 170 150 400
outside Class I limits
outside Class II limits
June 2009
Report No. 12280 9
2.2 Chemicals used

Lime dosing and coagulant for the flocculation will be used. PAC is one option being considered for
management of algae if required. Write out before abbreviating Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for the
reagents can be found in EMP document.
2.2.1 Lime
Lime addition increases OH- ion concentration in the water. The OH- reacts with the metals in the water
which will precipitate out. The calcium will react with the natural alkalinity of the water and precipitate out as
calcium carbonate. The main purpose of adding lime is it aids in the floc formation, thus reducing the turbidity
of the water. A pH correction step will be added at the end of the process.
2.2.2 Coagulants
Two coagulants are currently being considered to act as coagulants (WASA personal communication).
These include:
 Sudfloc 3456
 Sudfloc 3TL
The polyelectroytes will act as flocculation aids to facilitate floc formation, coagulation and settling.
WASA has indicated that alum is not the preferred coagulant due to operational and performance issues.
Jar tests have been completed and the results are still pending.
2.2.3 Powdered Activated Carbon

PAC will be added if and when needed to absorb odour and taste causing particles from the water. These
particles arise as the result of algae in the water. It has not been established as yet on whether algae will be
present. The PAC will be removed from the process with the sludge. This would add to the sludge volume
produced. PAC will only be used seasonally.
2.3 Waste streams

Two waste streams will be produced. The solid waste in the form of sludge from the sedimentation basins
and DAF units and backwash from the filters.
2.3.1 Sludge
Sludge will be removed by mechanical means from the sludge drying beds
2.3.1.1 Volume
The volume of waste produced depends on the type of coagulant and the raw water quality.
(Total suspended solids in sludge) = (Total suspended solids due to natural turbidity of water) + (“Additional”
suspended solids from the addition of coagulant or flocculants) + (oxidised metals) … (1)
Factors have been determined for “Additional” suspended solids from the flocculants. For polyelectrolyte
flocculants, which are being considered for the Metolong WTW, the factor is 1; (i.e. for every 1 g of polymer
added, 1 g of sludge will be added as additional solids). For lime a factor of 1.873 is used. (Water Research
Commission, 2006)
June 2009
Report No. 12280 10
The average suspended solids value obtained from the analyses carried out on the samples taken from the
Phuthiatsana River is 143 mg/ℓ, (143 kg/Mℓ). Suspended solids in the dam may be considerably less as
solids will settle in the reservoir. It is anticipated that the water abstracted from the reservoir would have a
suspended solids concentration of 40mg/ℓ. The highest suspended solids concentration made available from
a limited data set supplied by the LWJV is 1065 mg/ℓ (Table 1). While this was during the dry season and is
highly unlikely from the reservoir, it was used to estimate the maximum possible sludge volume.
The dose rate of polymer used to assist with coagulation has been assumed as 40 mg/ℓ, (40 kg/Mℓ). Lime
was assumed dosed at a rate of 10 mg/ℓ. Sludge from potable water treatment plants generally has a very
high moisture content and an SG of about 1.03.
Table 2: Estimated volume of sludge
Low Average High
Suspended solids (mg/ℓ) 40 143 1065
Sludge resulting from SS (tons/day) 3 11 80
Sludge resulting from Polymer 3 3 3
(tons/day)
Sludge resulting from Lime as CaO 0.8 0.77 0.77
(tons/day)
Total dry mass (tons) 6.8 14.5 83.65
Volume sludge (m3/day) 6.6 14.08 81.21
2.3.1.2 Quality
It is recommended that bench scale jar testing is carried out on the water and leachate tests carried out on
the resulting sludge by WASA who will be operating the water treatment works. The waste will need to be
characterised before the final disposal option or re-use option can be implemented. For the purpose of this
report, it was assumed that a 95 % removal efficiency, would be achieved for the metals in the raw water.
This is typically the removal efficiency of metals in this type of water.
The metals of concern in the samples analysed were aluminium, iron and manganese. The metal content
based on preliminary investigations is presented in Table 3. It was further assumed that 10 mg/ℓ of hydrated
lime would be used. The lime content of the sludge would be 5.6 %. Trace amounts of cadmium, copper,
Calcium, Magnesium, Potassium, Sodium and sulphate will also be present. The polymers being considered
have a low hazard rating.
The sludge volume based on average suspended solids concentrations was used.
Table 3: Estimate of metal and lime content in WTW sludge
Average
concentrations Volume in sludge Percentage of
Metals (mg/l) 95 % removal (T/day) total sludge (%)
Iron as Fe 0.506 0.481 0.036 0.25
Manganese as Mn 0.016 0.0152 0.0011 0.01
Aluminium as Al 0.452 0.429 0.032 0.22
Lime 0.77 5.6
June 2009
Report No. 12280 11
2.3.2 Supernatant & Filter backwash

There are three ways to deal with the supernantant from the sedimentation beds – waste to the source
stream after ensuring effluent discharge regulations are met, or recycling to the head of the works:
 Recycle back to the head of the work and put back through the sand filters.
 Evaporate off the water. This requires evaporation pans (lagoons) and extra space and would also
leave some residue (sludge that would need to be disposed of) and is not a good option.
 Dispose of supernatant back into the river.
Pending further analysis, it is proposed that the supernatant from the sedimentation beds and the filter
backwash water is recycled to the head of the works. This practice reduces water losses from the system
and recycles some residuals to aid in flocculation and reduce the volume of coagulants required. Recycling
can however upset the process and result in a negative impact on the finish water quality.
Risks associated with the recycle streams include:
 Potential for higher levels of Manganese and Iron recycled from the supernatant should carryover
occur,
 Potential for Giardia and Cryptosporidium cysts and oocysts from the spent filter backwash,
 Increased levels of total trihalomethane formation potential (TTHMFP) and Total organic carbon may be
high in the waste streams.
 High solids concentration returned to the process

These risks may be easily reduced by treating the waste stream. In most cases, flocculation or thickening is
sufficient. A polymer or coagulant may be required to increase the removal efficiency of the solids. In some
cases, disinfection of the recycle stream by means of UV, ozone, chlorine dioxide, potassium permanganate
or chlorine may be required. (American Water Works Association, 1999) It is recommended that the
backwash stream is thickened and the supernatant recycled.
If the supernatant is to be discharged back to the river the polymers degrade quickly but the water quality
should be tested and determined if this option is possible. Further jar tests will need to be undertaken during
the summer months and this information will be made available to the Contractor before the final design and
construction takes place. The disposal of supernatant back to a river or dam is common practice in many
waste water treatment works and some of the bigger ones have an on line monitor/sensor that triggers if the
water quality exceeds a limit. This water is then collected/stored in a holding dam until the quality has been
suitably diluted so as to meet the local discharge standards.
Once the process in operational and the impacts of recycling on the finish water quality can be determined a
decision will be made on whether to discharge the supernatant and filter backwash to the receiving water or
recycle the stream in the process. The recycle option can lead to an added cost of treatment and pumping
and possibly with high-tech equipment that exceeds operational capability of presumed operator. These
issues will need to be taken into consideration.
3.0 POSSIBLE MANAGEMENT MEASURES FOR SLUDGE

Large volumes of sludge (14.5 T/day on average) will be produced as a result of the water treatment
process. Disposal to a sludge disposal facility would require substantially sized ponds. Alternative uses for
the sludge therefore need to be investigated by the operator of the WASA Alternative sludge reuse/disposal
options are summarised in this section.
June 2009
Report No. 12280 12
Note that the sludge will need to be dried by means of a mechanical filtration process (Gravity belt thickener
or filter press) for most of these disposal options.
3.1 Land application

Typically, residues from WTW are sent to landfill for disposal but an option that is gaining acceptance
internationally is land application where residuals are applied directly onto land (Golder 2009). This approach
has been used by WASA for the Maseru Water Treatment works where the sludge is collected by farmers for
land application (Palesa Monongoaha, personal communication 2008).
Common land application techniques include:
 Land application on residential land,
 Land application on forest land,
 Land reclamation.
Aspects that must be considered when looking at land application include:
 pH and chemical content of sludge,
 leaching characteristics of sludge,
 Rate and frequency of application,
 The soil type,
 The cation exchange capacity of the soil,
 Rainfall and irrigation rates,
 The intended use of the land,
 The nutrient requirements of the plants. (Golder 2009)

Research has shown that physical, chemical and biological properties of soil can improve with sludge
application without inducing negative effects on soil quality, groundwater or plant growth.
As shown above, the residuals from the Metolong WTW will have small amounts of metals and trace
elements, These elements may be present in different fractions including total, plant available and leachable
(mobile) fractions. Only the plant available and mobile fractions have an influence on land application and
disposal of sludge.
If the chemicals proposed for use in the Metolong WTW and retained in the sludge that is sent to nearby
drying beds and then collected by farmers. According to the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS, See EMP),
these chemicals are not known to cause any adverse human health effects and pose a minimal hazard to the
environment and humans. The compounds are stable and hazardous polymerisation does not occur.
The agronomic application of sludge to land presents an attractive and potentially sustainable management
option for the Metolong WTW. Successful implementation of this management option requires an
understanding of the effects of sludge residuals on soil fertility and physical properties. The physical
characteristics of soil that determine whether it can support vegetative growth include cohesion, aggregation,
strength and texture. These parameters directly affect the hydraulic properties of a soil, such as moisture-
holding capacity, infiltration, permeability, and drainage. Any adverse impact on these hydraulic soil
characteristics from land-applied sludge residuals can effect crop growth and ultimately degrade
groundwater quality.
June 2009
Report No. 12280 13
Land disposal of sludge residuals, has been described by Overcash and Pal (1979) (cited -(LW Titshall,
2005)) as the intimate mixing or dispersion of sludge residuals into the upper zone of soil-plant system, with
the objective of micro-stabilisation, adsorption, immobilisation, selective dispersion or crop recovery.
The lime-rich sludge residuals can act as an enriched topsoil additive for farming in the area. Care must be
taken by WASA to identify any constituents that can negatively impact vegetation. The initial estimate of
metals of concern in the sludge residuals indicates that this would not be a problem.
Certain crops are more tolerant than others to various constituents found in sludge. Sludge characterisation
studies and pilot studies are recommended in order to ascertain the feasibility of agricultural use of the
sludge. The application rate can also be determined in these studies. Such studies are to be carried out by
WASA the proposed operator of the Metolong treatment works once the plant has produced suitable
quantities of residuals.
Appendix 2 indicates some suggested soil and analytical tests that should be undertaken to determine the
practical application of sludge on lands.
3.2 Daily cover on landfill sites

Domestic landfill sites utilise large volumes of soil material for daily cover on deposited waste. This soil
material is expensive and scarce. The sludge produced at the WTW can be used for the daily cover on
landfills. General landfill sites will not accept sludge with a liquid or viscous consistency. (Golder 2009). The
sludge will need to be dried to and transported for this application by a subcontractor. The viability of this
option depends on the locality of the land fill sites in the area. Currently, there are no operational landfill sites
in close proximity to the proposed project.
The suggested ratio of sludge to waste is 1:10. Depending on the leaching properties of the sludge, this may
require a lower ratio. (Golder 2009).
As there is currently no operational landfill site in close proximity to the Metolong WTW, a landfill site would
need to be established. The new proposed landfill site for Maseru is too far from the Metolong WTW to be a
viable alternative. If a local site was to be established this method of sludge disposal would be a viable
option. A sedimentation characterization will be required by WASA (or the operator of the WTW) before a
final decision is made on this option,
The potential negative effects resulting from land application and disposal can be managed by specifying
management requirements as described above. This option may be a more beneficial option compared to
disposal by landfill in that the local communities would benefit from the sludge application. It would however
require a detailed initial investigation of the land to be used and ongoing monitoring is required. Disposal to
landfill would be more costly and would not benefit the local community. Land application is thus a more
environmentally and economically sound management option when compared to disposal on landfill.
3.3 Erosion control

The highly dispersive soils in the locality of the Metolong WTW has lead to severe erosion. The sludge, if
characterised as inert, can be used in conjunction with gabions to backfill areas where erosion has taken
place. The sludge can then be seeded appropriate vegetation so as to reduce further erosion. This option will
need to be approved by the appropriate government departments that are responsible for agriculture,
forestry and environment.
3.4 Brick making additive

The high clay content in the sludge can make it a useful additive in the brick making industry. The sludge
produced will need to be characterised to determine the components such as organic and water content as
this will affect the process. Trials are required to determine the optimal percentage incorporation. A study
indicated that waterworks sludge, especially ferric sludge, provided energy saving in the brick making
process by acting as a fluxing agent (Babatunde & Zhao, 2007). WASA (or the operator of the WTW) will
June 2009
Report No. 12280 14
need to arrange for conducting such tests. An example of such an initiative can be found at the eMalahleni
Water Treatment Works in South Africa.
Properties in terms of shrinkage and compressive strength will differ with sludge produced at different
operations and this needs to be investigated.
3.5 Additive in the manufacture of cement

Studies on incorporating waterworks sludge in the cement making process have proved successful. It was
reported that adding the sludge in the cement clinker increased the compressive strength of the concrete
and benefited the clinker burn ability without any detrimental effects of the long term strength
property.(Babatunde & Zhao, 2007). It was further noted that chlorine levels in the sludge must be kept to a
minimum as this can lead to corrosion of the cement kiln. It was recommended that more research is carried
out on the various components of waterworks sludge on the compressive strength of the sludge cement.
This process is currently being trialled by PPC in South Africa.
3.6 Blending with sewage sludge

Sludge produced in water treatment works are often blended with sludge produced at sewage treatment
plants. Blending can enhance the composting properties of the sewage sludge. The compost can be sold to
farmers in the area to recover costs of transportation, storage and handling. The Maseru WWTP is 35 kms
from the WTW site, so this option is not considered cost effective.
3.7 Discharge to river

NES have indicated that due to the changed environmental flows in the Phuthiatsana River that this option
would not be acceptable. The supernatant, however, could be discharged if it meets the effluent
requirements.
4.0 EVALUATION OF OPTIONS CONSIDERED
In general WTW may have negative environment impacts unless well designed and managed. The table
below describes the potential options considered and comments on their overall applicability.
Option Comment
Land application Potential impacts to human health resulting from contaminants been absorbed
into crops will need to be carefully evaluated. Low risk based on current
chemical analyses. Preferred option.
Daily cover on landfill Negotiations required with managers of landfill site to ensure that the disposal
costs will be reduced or negated, as cost for disposal to landfill can be high.
Using sludge reduces the need for soil cover.
Brick making additive Pilot testing will be required to evaluate optimal blends
Additive in the Pilot testing required to determine optimal blend, feasibility Transport costs need
manufacture of cement to be determined and proximity of nearest cement plant
Blending with sewage Sewage treatment not available in the area and the costs of transporting of the
sludge waste will need to be evaluated
Discharge to the river Not permitted by NES
June 2009
Report No. 12280 15
Option Comment
Erosion Control Will need to be approved by relevant government organisations. Low risk
basked on current chemical analyses.
5.0 CONCLUSIONS
The water treatment works would produce approximately 14.5 tons/day on average of sludge. Initial
estimates indicate that the metal content in the sludge will be low and would not represent a hazard. Several
options for reuse exist and should be considered within a 2 to 3 year timeframe. Reuse options would require
a dry sludge and it is recommended that mechanical filtration options such as filter presses or gravity belt
thickeners are considered as part of the plant design.
Land application as a form of disposal is the suggested option for this WTW’s sludge.
It is strongly recommended that bench-scale testing is carried out on the sludge characterised in order to
assess the various reuse options and to optimise the usage potential of the sludge.
6.0 WORKS CITED

American Water Works Association. (1999). Water Quality and Treatment - A handbook of community water
suplies (5th Edition ed.). (R. D. Letterman, Ed.) McGraw-Hill Handbooks.
Babatunde, A. O., & Zhao, Y. Q. (2007). Constructive approaches toward water treatment works sludge
management: An international review of beneficial reuses. Critical reviews in Environmentla Science and
Technology , 129 - 164.
Golder. (2009). Guidelines for the utilisation and disposal of water treatment residues. Pretoria: The Water
Research Commission.
LW Titshall, J. H. (2005). Characterisation of some South African water treatment residues and implications
for land disposal. Water SA , 31 (3), 299 - 307.
Water Research Commission. (2006). Handbook for the operation of Water Treatment Works. (F. Schutte,
Ed.) Pretoria: Water Institute of South Africa.
June 2009
Report No. 12280 16
Report Signature Page
GOLDER ASSOCIATES AFRICA (PTY) LTD
P Dama-Fakir A Toerien
Environmental Engineer Senior Process Engineer
PDF/AT/RH/pdf
Reg. No. 2002/007104/07
Directors: FR Sutherland, AM van Niekerk, SAP Brown, L Greyling, SM Manyaka
c:\documents and settings\jnaude\local settings\temporary internet files\content.outlook\npem9ml8\met emp app e sludge report (3).docx
June 2009
Report No. 12280
APPENDIX 1
Process flow diagram
June 2009
Report No. 12280
June 2009
Report No. 12280
APPENDIX 2
Extracts from Golder Associates Africa 2009 on Sludge
Management
June 2009
Report No. 12280
The agronomic application of sludge to land presents an attractive and potentially sustainable management
option for a Water Treatment Works. Successful implementation of this management option requires an
understanding of the effects of sludge residuals on soil fertility and physical properties. The physical
characteristics of soil that determine whether it can support vegetative growth include cohesion, aggregation,
strength and texture. These parameters directly affect the hydraulic properties of a soil, such as moisture-
holding capacity, infiltration, permeability, and drainage. Any adverse impact on these hydraulic soil
characteristics from land-applied sludge residuals can effect crop growth and ultimately degrade
groundwater quality.
Management strategies need to be implemented and parameters such as pH control, crop selection and
availability, application rates, and fertilizer requirements must be included in the management planning.
If land application is selected as the preferred disposal option, the next step is to evaluate the land
application site, the costs associated with that site and the potential social and environmental impacts on the
site. An initial site investigation will enable the producer to collect baseline data which could help to assess
the impact of land application over time.
Quality of Sludge – the following constituents and properties of sludge need to be determined due to their
potential negative effects:
 Nutrients – the nutrient content will determine whether sludge could be used as a fertilizer while
high concentrations of certain nutrients could pose a negative environmental impact due to soil,
surface and groundwater contamination.
 Trace elements and metals – when present in high concentrations the metal content of sludge
may have negative impacts on several receptors, and
 Physical characteristics – the physical properties of sludge may impact on the soil properties, air
quality and surface water.
The residuals could contain relatively high metal concentrations, depending on the form of coagulant used
during the rainy season due to the dosing of metal coagulants and the residuals may not be suitable for land
disposal at these times. In general, sludge application rates are determined using agricultural methods, as
with fertilizer. In the case of sludge, this fertilizer recommendation is at least two fold; the nutrient
requirements for the crop are based on the expected yield and the available nutrients in the soil.
The first nutrient to consider is nitrogen. Sludge tends to be very low in this nutrient. Basing the application
rate on nitrogen alone, however, may cause problems with the crop yield because aluminum and/or iron
hydroxide solids present in sludge are strong adsorbents of inorganic phosphorus. The low concentrations of
phosphorus in sludge may further diminish total phosphorus in soils, restricting plant growth. It is therefore
recommended that both the N and P concentrations be considered when the application rate is calculated.
Additional P fertilizer might be necessary.
It is recommended that the NH4NO3 extractable trace element and metal concentration be determined
before sludge application. If the available metal concentrations exceed the maximum available threshold
(MAT) (Table C1), land application of sludge is not permissible. The concentration of aluminium (Al), Iron
(Fe) and manganese (Mn) should also be considered because the concentrations of these elements in the
sludge might be elevated and additional application might induce toxicity symptoms in crops.
June 2009
Report No. 12280
Table C1: Maximum available threshold limits for sludge-amended soils
Maximum Available Maximum Available

Element Element
Threshold (MAT) Threshold (MAT)
As 0.014 Pb 3.5
Cd 0.1 Hg 0.007
Cr 0.1 Ni 1.2
Cu 1.2 Zn 5.0
At least 3 composite samples of sludge must be collected and the following analyses are recommended:
 NH4NO3 extractable trace element and metal concentration;

 Kjeldal digestion to determine N; and
 Bray 1 extraction to determine available.
Quality of Soil - Soil quality is to be determined during the investigation. The concentration of nutrients,
trace elements and metals will give baseline concentrations to determine incremental effects of land
application on the soil. The soil pH will indicate whether acidic conditions could cause metals to be available
for plant uptake or leach through the soil profile and whether lime softening residues can be used to alleviate
acidity.
A soil monitoring programme is recommended to determine nutrient requirements before application, as well
as the plant available trace element and metal concentrations in the soils. The following programme is
proposed:
 Collect soil samples from all areas where sludge application is considered
 Determine the nutrient requirement for the particular crop to be cultivated using the following
methods:
- Kjeldal digestion to determine N
- Bray 1 extraction to determine available P
 Determine the NH4NO3 extractable concentration of trace elements and metals to establish
whether the soil can continue to receive sludge
Impact
The impact of sludge disposal to either agricultural land or to landfill is a localised, definite, medium intensity
impact of low significance is appropriately managed. If not managed and monitored, it is an impact of
medium significance.
Mitigation
The required management measures include an initial site investigation of the lands where sludge is to be
applied and sludge analysis.
June 2009
Report No. 12280
Golder Associates Africa (Pty) Ltd
Thandanani Park
Matuka Close
Midrand
South Africa
T: [+27] (11) 254 4800
APPENDIX F
Standards applicable for Lesotho Effluent discharges to a
natural water course (Otieno1997) and South African General
Standards
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 145
Constituent (Otieno Unit Value Comment

1997)
Colour mg/l Pt-Co nil Waste water shall not contain any substance in
concentrations capable of producing colour
Electrical Conductivity mS/m <75 + intake

pH 5.5 - 9.5
Total suspended solids mg/l TSS 25
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen mg/l N NS
Ammonia mg/l N <10
Nitrates * mg/l N NS
Chloride mg/l Cl NS
Sulphate * mg/l SO4 NS
Calcium mg/l Ca NS
Magnesium mg/l Mg NS
Potassium mg/l K NS
Sodium mg/l Na <90
Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l COD <75
(unfiltered)
Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l COD NS
(filtered)
Oxygen absorbed mg/l O2 <10
Total phosphate * mg/l P NS
Total alkalinity mg/l CaCO3 NS
Fluoride mg/l F <1.0
Boron Mg <1.0
Cadmium mg/l Cd <0.05
Total chromium mg/l Cr <0.5
Hexavalent chromium mg/l Cr 0.05
Copper mg/l Cu <1.0
Lead mg/l Pb <0.1
Manganese mg/l Mn <0.4
Zinc mg/l Zn <5.0
Mercury mg/l Hg <0.02
Residual chlorine mg/l CP 0.1
Free and saline ammonia mg/l N 10,0
Arsenic mg/l As 0.5
Phenolic compounds mg/l phenol 0.1
Cyanides mg/l Cn 0.5
Sulphides mg/l S 1,0
Selenium mg/l Se 0.05
Soap, oil and grease mg/l <2.5
Dissolved solids *
* The values for each of these should be determined in specific circumstances and dealt with as such
Other constituents
Dissolved oxygen Shall be less than 75 % saturation
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 146
Constituent (Otieno Unit Value Comment

1997)
Typical (faecal) Coli Effluent shall not contain any typical coli per 100 millilitres
Oxygen absorbed 10 mg/l (while performed at 27 °C using acceptable

methods)
Suspended solids mg/l <25
Waste water generated from operations must comply with the general limit of the South African Effluent
Discharge Standards
SUBSTANCE/PARAMETER GENERAL LIMIT

Faecal Coliforms (per 100 mℓ) 1 000
Chemical Oxygen Demand (mg/ℓ) 75 (i)
pH 5,5-9,5
Nitrate/Nitrite as Nitrogen (mg/ℓ) 15
Chlorine as Free Chlorine (mg/ℓ 0,25
Suspended Solids (mg/ℓl) 25
Electrical Conductivity (mS/m) 70 mS/m above intake to a
maximum of
150 mS/m
Ortho-Phosphate as phosphorous (mg/ℓ) 10
Fluoride (mg/ℓ) 1
Soap, oil or grease (mg/ℓ) 2,5
Dissolved Arsenic (mg/ℓ) 0,02
Dissolved Cadmium (mg/ℓ) 0,005
Dissolved Chromium (VI) (mg/ℓ) 0,05
Dissolved Copper (mg/ℓ) 0,01
Dissolved Cyanide (mg/ℓ) 0,02
Dissolved Iron (mg/ℓ) 0,3
Dissolved Lead (mg/l) 0,01
Dissolved Manganese (mg/ℓ) 0,1
Mercury and its compounds (mg/ℓ) 0,005
Dissolved Selenium (mg/ℓ) 0,02

Dissolved Zinc (mg/ℓ) 0,1
Boron (mg/ℓ) 1
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 147
APPENDIX G
MSDS for Chemicals to be used at the WTW
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 148
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
d.
Reg. No. 67/02258/06
HYDROCHLORIC ACID PAGE 1 OF 12
MURIATIC ACID MSDS 010/R2
Reg. No. 2001/01917/0709 HCl 2003-07-04
NCP CHLORCHEM (Pty) Ltd EMERGENCY TELEPHONE No.: +27 11 976 2115
Cnr Allandale Road & Chloor Road, Chloorkop TELEPHONE No.: +27 11 921 3111
KEMPTON PARK FAX No: +27 11 976 3305
P O Box 150, KEMPTON PARK 1620
SOUTH AFRICA
1. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
TRADE NAME Hydrochloric acid

CHEMICAL FAMILY Inorganic Acid
CHEMICAL NAME Hydrochloric Acid
SYNONYMS Aqueous hydrogen chloride
Hydrogen chloride
Muriatic acid
Spirits of salt
CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS No. 7647-01-0
NIOSH No. MW 4025000
HAZCHEM CODE 2R
UN No. 1789
2. COMPOSITION
HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS Hydrochloric acid (HCl) is commercially available as a solution of up

to 38% hydrogen chloride (m/m) dissolved in water.
EEC CLASSIFICATION [C;Xi] Corrosive; Irritant.
RISK PHRASES R34: Causes burns.

R36/37/38: Irritating to eyes and respiratory system and skin.
SAFETY PHRASES S1/2: Keep locked up and out of reach of children.

S26: In case of contact with eyes, rinse with plenty of water, seek
medical advice.
S28: After contact with skin, wash immediately with plenty of water.
S45: In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice
immediately, show label where possible.
EU COMMENTS :
Concentration greater than or equal to 25%: Corrosive. Causes burns. Irritating to the respiratory system.
[C;R34-37].
Concentration less than 25% and greater than or equal to 10%: Irritant. Irritating to eyes, and respiratory
system and skin. [Xi, R36/37/38].
The product label must indicate the percentage concentration of the solution.
HCl 2003-07-04
3. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
MAIN HAZARDS
Threshold limit values (TLVs) / American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) / 2002*
3
Ceiling Exposure Limit (TLV-C) : 5 ppm (7.5 mg/m )
3
(*Notice of intended change: The reduction of the TLV-C to 2 ppm , 3mg/m )
CHEMICAL HAZARDS
Hydrochloric acid may react explosively with potassium permanganate (1*,2*) or sodium, and contact of fuming
hydrochloric acid with tetraselenium tetranitride is also explosive. Passing hydrogen chloride into alcoholic
hydrogen cyanide in preparation of alkyliminoformate chlorides proceeds explosively (3*), and other hazard-free
methods are available (4*). An extremely exothermic decomposition reaction may occur with 1,1-difluoroethylene
particularly at high vessel loadings (5*).
Rubidium acetylide ignites in contact with hydrochloric acid, and caesium acetylide ignites in contact with gaseous
hydrogen chloride or concentrated hydrochloric acid. Hydrogen chloride also ignites in contact with fluorine, and
concentrated aqueous solutions produce flame. Aluminium-titanium alloys ignite or incandesce on heating in
hydrogen chloride. Hexalithium disilicide incandesces in concentrated hydrochloric acid, and silanes (which
ignite) are evolved with the dilute acid.
Filling a glass drying tap on a hydrochloric acid storage tank with silica gel instead of calcium sulphate resulted in
fracturing of the tap (6*), and the accidental addition of concentrated hydrochloric acid to a tank of sulphuric acid
caused the tank to burst violently (7*). The safe dehydration of hydrochloric acid which releases a lot of gas (8*)
avoids the possibility of layer formation in an unstirred flask (9*).
BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS
Hydrochloric acid and high concentrations of the gas are highly corrosive to the skin and mucous membranes.
Considerable variation in species sensitivity to hydrochloric acid exists (11*). The health effects of occupational
exposure have reviewed (10-12*).
HEALTH EFFECTS - EYES
Low concentrations of vapour or mist (10-35 ppm) can be immediately

irritating, causing redness.(2) Concentrated vapour, mist or splashed liquid can cause severe irritation, burns and
permanent blindness.(4)
HEALTH EFFECTS - SKIN
Hydrochloric acid liquid can cause skin burns, and may produce keloid and retractile scarring (29*). Facial burns
may result in serious and disfiguring scars. Frequent contact with the dilute acid may cause dermatitis (14*). and
photosensitisation may result from industrial contact.
HEALTH EFFECTS - INGESTION

HCl 2003-07-04
Hydrochloric acid solutions can cause corrosive burns to mouth, throat, oesophagus and stomach. Symptoms
may include difficulty in swallowing, intense thirst, nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea and in severe cases, collapse and
death. Small amounts of acid which enter the lungs during ingestion or vomiting (aspiration) can cause serious
lung injury and death.
HEALTH EFFECTS - INHALATION
The major effects of acute exposure to hydrogen chloride are usually limited to the upper respiratory tract and are
severe enough to lead to prompt withdrawal (13*). Exposure to the gas causes cough, burning of the throat and
choking feeling, inflammation and ulceration of the nose, throat and larynx (14*). Exposure to higher
concentrations, as may occur if a worker is prevented from escaping, may cause laryngeal spasm, and oedema
of the lungs and vocal cords (15*).
Prolonged or repeated exposure may cause dental discolouration and erosion (15* - 17*). Pulmonary function
changes in naive but not chronically exposed workers suggests acclimatisation occurs (18*). Gastritis and
chronic bronchitis have also been reported in exposed workers (19*).
In humans, exposure to 50 - 100 ppm for 1 hour is barely tolerable, 35 ppm for a short while causes throat
irritation, and 10 ppm was tolerable (20*), although immediate irritation has been reported at concentrations over
5 ppm (21*). Bleeding nose and gums, ulceration of nasal and oral mucosa, and painful shaving due to tender
facial skin was reported in workers exposed to mists from heated metal pickling solutions (22*).
In animal studies reported effects of exposure to high concentration of hydrogen chloride include damage to the
lungs and blood vessels, lung collapse, and lesions of the liver and other organs(23*), coughing, wheezing,
frothing, slowing of movement, increased respiratory rate, and death due to respiratory tract effects (24*).
Repeated exposure to low concentrations of the gas (34 ppm) had no immediate toxic effects and produced no
morphological changes (23*). Exposure to 100 ppm, 6 hours/day for 50 days caused slight unrest and irritation of
the nose and eyes in several species (25*), while repeated exposure at higher concentrations caused weight loss
(23*). Lesions in the nasal cavity of mice has also been reported (26*).
Inhalation of weak hydrochloric acid into the bronchi of rabbits caused inflammatory processes like those
occurring in "flu or due to chemical weapons (27*). Differing responses to irritant gases such as hydrogen
chloride between rodents and nonhuman primates suggest that the former may be an inadequate model for
evaluating the toxicity of irritant gases to humans (28*).
ADDITIONAL MEDICAL INFORMATION
CARCINOGENICITY
No carcinogenic response was noted in inhalation experiments with rats (31*). Mortality rate from lung cancer was
found to be significantly alleviated in workers exposed to sulphuric and hydrochloric acid mists during steel-
pickling operations (32*).
MUTAGENICITY
No information is available concerning the mutagenicity of hydrochloric acid.
TERATOGENICITY AND EMBRYOTOXICITY
No human information is available. Insufficient information is available to evaluate an animal report.
REPRODUCTIVE HAZARDS
No information is available concerning the reproductive hazards of hydrochloric acid

HCl 2003-07-04
4. FIRST AID MEASURES
PRODUCT IN EYE
Immediately flush the contaminated eye(s) with gently flowing water for at least 30 minutes, holding the eyelid(s)
open. Neutral saline solution may be used as soon as it is available. DO NOT INTERRUPT FLUSHING. If
necessary, keep emergency vehicle waiting. Take care not to rinse contaminated water into the non-affected eye.
If irritation persists, repeat flushing. Transport victim to hospital as soon as possible.
PRODUCT ON SKIN
Remove contaminated clothing immediately, drench the contaminated area with running water for at least 30
minutes. Do not interrupt flushing. If necessary, keep emergency vehicle waiting. Transport victim to hospital as
soon as possible. Completely decontaminate clothing, shoes and leather goods before re-use or discard.
PRODUCT INGESTED
Never give anything by mouth if victim is rapidly losing consciousness, or is unconscious or convulsing. Have
victim rinse mouth thoroughly with water. DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. Have victim drink 240 to 300 ml of water.
If milk is available, it may be administered AFTER the water has been given. If vomiting occurs naturally, have
victim lean forward to reduce risk of aspiration. Repeat administration of water. Transport victim to hospital as
soon as possible.
PRODUCT INHALED
Take proper precautions to ensure your own safety before attempting rescue; e.g., wear appropriate protective
equipment, use the "buddy" system. Remove source of contamination or move victim to fresh air. If unconscious,
do not give anything to drink, give artificial ventilation and chest compression or place in the recovery position as
necessary. If conscious make the casualty lie or sit down quietly, give medical oxygen if available. Lung
congestion may occur - a conscious casualty with breathing difficulties should be placed in a sitting position.
Immediately transport victim to an emergency medical facility. Symptoms may be delayed up to 48 hours after
exposure.
FIRST AID COMMENTS
Consult a physician and/or the nearest Poison Control Centre for all exposures except minor instances of
inhalation or skin contact. All first aid procedures should be periodically reviewed by a physician familiar with the
material and its conditions of use in the workplace.
5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES
EXTINGUISHING MEDIA
Hydrochloric acid is not combustible. Use extinguishing agents compatible with acid and appropriate for the
burning material. Use water spray to cool containers involved in a fire to prevent rupture.(14) Use water spray or
fog to reduce or direct vapours. Do not direct water spray at source of leak.(14)
SPECIAL HAZARDS
Contact with common metals produces hydrogen gas which may form explosive mixtures in air.(14)
HCl 2003-07-04
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
Gas-tight chemical safety goggles or face shield. Impervious gloves, coveralls, boots, and/or other resistant
protective clothing to prevent all possible skin contact. Neoprene, Viton and butyl rubber are suitable materials for
protective clothing. An impervious acid-resistant full-body encapsulating suit and respiratory protection may be
required. See section 8.
6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
PERSONAL PRECAUTIONS
Restrict access to area until completion of clean-up. Ensure clean-up is conducted by fully-trained personnel only.
Wear adequate personal protective equipment:-
Gas-tight chemical safety goggles or face shield. Impervious gloves, coveralls, boots, and/or other resistant
protective clothing to prevent all possible skin contact. Neoprene, Viton and butyl rubber are suitable materials for
protective clothing. An impervious acid-resistant full-body encapsulating suit and respiratory protection may be
required. See section 8.
Ventilate area.
ENVIRONMENTAL PRECAUTIONS
Keep now neutralised material out of sewers, storm drains, surface waters and soil. Notify government
occupational health and safety and environmental authorities.
CLEAN-UP METHODS
Small spills
Contain and soak up spill with absorbent material which does not react with spilled chemical. Put material in
suitable, covered, labelled containers. Neutralise spill area with lime or soda ash and flush area with water. Do not
get water inside containers. Contaminated absorbent material may pose the same hazards as the spilled product.
Large spills
Avoid contact with spilled material. Keep upwind and out of low areas. Avoid inhaling vapour. Prevent material
from entering sewers, waterways or confined spaces. Stop or reduce leak if it can be done without risk. Recover
spilled HCl if feasible. Contain spill with earth, sand, or absorbent material which does not react with spilled
material. Collect material in suitable, covered, labelled containers. Dispose of contaminated product and materials
used in cleaning in a manner approved for this chemical. After removal, neutralise spill area with lime or soda ash
and flush spill area with water to an approved sewer.
Water fog or spray may be necessary to knock down vapours.
Contact fire and emergency services and supplier for additional advice.
7. HANDLING AND STORAGE
SUITABLE MATERIALS
HCl 2003-07-04
Rubber-lined steel, Haveg, Hastelby and tantalum, are the most commonly used corrosion-resistant materials of
construction. Rubber, glass, plastic and ceramic ware are also resistant to corrosion.
UNSUITABLE MATERIALS
Very corrosive to metals.
HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
Prevent release of vapour or mist into the workplace air. Always ensure adequate ventilation in handling areas.
When diluting or preparing solutions, slowly add acid to water to avoid boiling or splattering. Use the smallest
possible amounts in designated areas with adequate ventilation, Have emergency equipment (for fires, spills,
leaks, etc.) readily available. Label containers. keep containers closed when not in use. Empty containers may
contain residues which are hazardous. For detailed handling for tank cars and trucks see reference 16.
STORAGE PRECAUTIONS
Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area, out of direct sunlight and away from heat sources. Drums should be
vented when received and then at least weekly to relieve internal pressure (14). Store away from incompatible
materials such as oxidising materials, reducing materials, strong bases. Use corrosion -resistant structural
materials and lighting and ventilation systems in the storage area. Floors should not allow liquids to penetrate.
Wood and other organic/combustible materials should not be used on floors, structural materials and ventilation
systems in the storage area. Use containers which are securely labelled and protected from damage. Use the
type of container recommended by the chemical manufacturer or supplier. Storage tanks should be above ground
and surrounded with dikes capable of holding the entire contents. Limit the quantity of material in storage. Restrict
access to the storage area. Post warning signs where appropriate. Keep storage area separate from populated
work areas. Inspect periodically for deficiencies such as damage or leaks.
8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION
OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE STANDARDS
HSE No data available

MAK 7 mg/m3
3 3
ACGIH 7.5 mg/m (2002 Notice of intended change: The reduction of the TLV-C to 2 ppm , 3mg/m )
UK EXPOSURE LIMITS
3
Long -term (8 hr. TWA value) 7 mg/m
3
Short-term (10 min TWA value) 7 mg/m
ENGINEERING CONTROL MEASURES
Engineering methods to control hazardous conditions are preferred. Methods include mechanical ventilation
(dilution and local exhaust), process or personnel enclosure, control of process conditions, and process
modification (e.g. substitution of less hazardous material). Administrative controls and personal protective
equipment may also be required.
Because of the high potential hazard associated with this substance. stringent control measures such as
enclosure or isolation are recommended when dealing with large quantities. Use corrosion-resistant ventilation
systems separate from other exhaust ventilation systems. Exhaust directly to the outside. Local exhaust
ventilation is usually required. Consider down-draft general exhaust ventilation in potential high concentration
areas such as unloading stations, cylinder, drum or carboy filling stations, treatment vats, and waste disposal
HCl 2003-07-04
areas (16). Cleaning of contaminated exhaust air before release to the outdoors is usually necessary. Supply
sufficient replacement air to make up for air removed by exhaust systems. Engineering designs are reviewed in
reference 16.
PERSONAL PROTECTION - RESPIRATORY
NIOSH RECOMMENDATIONS FOR HYDROGEN CHLORIDE (GAS) CONCENTRATIONS IN AIR (11):
UP TO 50 PPM: SAR; or SCBA; or chemical cartridge respirator with

cartridge(s) to protect against hydrogen chloride.
UP TO 100 PPM: SAR operated in a continuous flow mode; or full-face piece SCBA; or full-face piece SAR; or
gas mask with canister to protect against hydrogen chloride; or full-face piece chemical cartridge respirator with
cartridge(s) to protect against hydrogen chloride; or powered air-purifying respirator with cartridge(s) to protect
against hydrogen chloride.
ABBREVIATIONS:
SAR = supplied-air respirator;

SCBA = self-contained breathing apparatus.
PERSONAL PROTECTION - HAND
Neoprene, Viton or butyl rubber gloves.
PERSONAL PROTECTION - EYE
Gas-tight chemical safety goggles. A face shield may also be necessary.
PERSONAL PROTECTION - SKIN
Impervious gloves, coveralls, boots, and/or other resistant protective

clothing to prevent all possible skin contact. Neoprene, Viton and butyl rubber are suitable materials for protective
clothing. An impervious acid-resistant full-body encapsulating suit and respiratory protection may be required in
some operations. Have a safety shower/eye-wash fountain readily available in the immediate work area.
RESISTANCE OF MATERIALS FOR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
Guidelines for hydrochloric acid (12) :-
VERY GOOD: Neoprene, nitrile blended polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
GOOD: Chlorinated polyethylene, Viton coated neoprene, natural rubber, nitrile, Viton, Saranex, butyl coated
neoprene, chlorobutyl, polycarbonate, neoprene blended PVC, styrene-butadiene rubber (SBR)
FAIR/POOR: PVC, polyurethane, neoprene blended SBR, SBR coated

neoprene.
9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
APPEARANCE Concentrated hydrochloric acid is a colourless or

slightly yellow, fuming liquid.
ODOUR A pungent, choking odour.
pH 1.1 (0.1 N solution); strongly acidic (10)
HCl 2003-07-04
BOILING POINT/RANGE 108.6°C; forms constant boiling mixture at 20% HCl (10)
MELTING POINT/RANGE -35°C (35% HCl) (10)
FLASH POINT Not applicable
FLAMMABILITY Not applicable
AUTOFLAMMABILITY Not applicable
EXPLOSIVE PROPERTIES None
OXIDISING PROPERTIES None
VAPOUR PRESSURE 100 mm Hg (13.3 kPa) at 20°C (35% HCl) (10)
SPECIFIC GRAVITY 1.18 (35% HCl)
SOLUBILITY - WATER Soluble in all proportions.(10)
SOLUBILITY - SOLVENT Very soluble in alcohols; soluble in ether and benzene; insoluble in
hydrocarbons (6)
VISCOSITY 2 centipoise (2 mPa.s) at 25°C
VAPOUR DENSITY 1.268 (air = 1) (8)
10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
STABILITY Stable.
HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION
HCl itself does not polymerize. Reaction of HCl with some incompatible materials can cause polymerization.
STABILITY AND REACTIVITY COMMENTS
Large amounts of heat can be released when concentrated HCl is mixed with water or with organic solvents
CONDITIONS TO AVOID
CORROSIVITY TO METALS
Very corrosive to most metals.
INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS
MATERIALS TO AVOID:
METALS - can react generating flammable hydrogen gas.
BASES (e.g. sodium hydroxide, amines) - react violently generating heat and pressure.
ALDEHYDES, EPOXIDES - HCl may cause violent polymerization, generating heat and pressure.
REDUCING AGENTS - reaction may produce heat, fire and flammable hydrogen gas.
OXIDIZING AGENTS - may react generating heat and toxic or corrosive chloride gases.
EXPLOSIVES - contact may generate heat which could cause detonation.
ACETYLIDES, BORIDES, CARBIDES, SILICIDES - may react producing flammable gas (e.g., acetylene).
CYANIDES, SULFIDES - may react to release toxic gas (HCN or H2S).

HCl 2003-07-04
PHOSPHIDE - may react to release toxic, flammable phosphine gas. See reference 10 for further information.
HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS
HCl is thermally stable up to temperatures of about 1500°C (2730°F).(15) At higher temperatures it breaks down
to form hydrogen and chlorine.(6)
11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
No human information is available. Insufficient information is available to evaluate an animal report.
ACUTE TOXICITY
Hydrochloric acid and high concentrations of the gas are highly corrosive to the skin and mucous membranes
SKIN AND EYE CONTACT
Low concentrations of vapour or mist (10-35 ppm) can be immediately irritating, causing redness.(2)
Concentrated vapour, mist or splashed liquid can cause severe irritation, burns and permanent blindness.(4)
Hydrochloric acid liquid can cause skin burns, and may produce keloid and retractile scarring (29*). Facial burns
may result in serious and disfiguring scars
SUB-CHRONIC TOXICITY
Frequent contact with the dilute acid may cause dermatitis (14*). and photosensitisation may result from industrial
contact.
CARCINOGENICITY
No carcinogenic response was noted in inhalation experiments with rats (31*). Mortality rate from lung cancer was
found to be significantly alleviated in workers exposed to sulphuric and hydrochloric acid mists during steel-
pickling operations (32*).
MUTAGENICITY
No information is available concerning the mutagenicity of hydrochloric acid.
REPRODUCTIVE TOXICITY
No information is available concerning the reproductive hazards of hydrochloric acid.
12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
AQUATIC TOXICITY - FISH Dangerous to aquatic life in high concentrations.

Notify local Health and Pollution Control authorities
AQUATIC TOXICITY - DAPHNIA No data available.
AQUATIC TOXICITY - ALGAE No data available.
BIODEGRADABILITY Not relevant.
BIO-ACCUMULATION None.
HCl 2003-07-04
MOBILITY No data available

GERMAN WGK No data available
13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
DISPOSAL METHODS
This material is highly corrosive. Comply with State and Local regulations on disposal. Store material for disposal
as indicated in Storage Conditions. Waste treatment procedures must only be performed by trained, experienced
personnel using appropriate protective equipment in approved treatment facilities. Disposal of neutralized waste
by secure landfill may be acceptable. Small quantities: Contaminated materials may be cautiously added to water
and slowly neutralized with sodium or calcium carbonate. Caution: Neutralizing an acid spill will produce heat of
reaction and vapours. The resulting neutralized solids may be treated as normal waste.(13)
DISPOSAL OF PACKAGING
Empty containers may contain dangerous residues and are subject to proper waste disposal.
Always obey hazard warnings.
14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION
UN No. 1789
SUBSTANCE IDENTITY No.
ADR/RID CLASS 8
ADR/RID ITEM No. Not available
ADR/RID HAZARD IDENTITY No. 80
IMDG - SHIPPING NAME Hydrochloric acid.
IMDG - CLASS 8
IMDG - PACKAGING GROUP II
IMDG - MARINE POLLUTANT 9.2 Substance hazardous to the environment.
IMDG - EMS No.
IMDG - MFAG TABLE No. 8183
IATA - SHIPPING NAME Hydrochloric acid
IATA - CLASS 8
IATA - SUBSIDIARY RISK(S) Corrosive
ADNR - CLASS Not available
UK - DESCRIPTION Not available
UK - EMERGENCY ACTION CODE Not available
UK - CLASSIFICATION Not available
TREMCARD No.
15. REGULATORY INFORMATION
EEC CLASSIFICATION [C;Xi] Corrosive; Irritant.
RISK PHRASES R34: Causes burns.

R36/37/38: Irritating to eyes and respiratory system and skin.
SAFETY PHRASES S1/2: Keep locked up and out of reach of children.

HCl 2003-07-04
S26: In case of contact with eyes, rinse with plenty of water, seek medical
advice.
S28: After contact with skin, wash immediately with plenty of water.
S45: In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice
immediately, show label where possible.
EU COMMENTS :
Concentration greater than or equal to 25%: Corrosive. Causes burns. Irritating to the respiratory system.
[C;R34-37].
Concentration less than 25% and greater than or equal to 10%: Irritant. Irritating to eyes, and respiratory
system and skin. [Xi, R36/37/38].
The product label must indicate the percentage concentration of the solution.
NATIONAL LEGISLATION Hazardous Substances Act 15 of 1973 and Regulations,

Occupational Health and Safety Act 85 of 1993 and Regulations.
16. OTHER INFORMATION
CAS No. 7647-01-0

EINECS No. 231-595-7
EEC ANNEX 1 No. Not available
MITI No. Not available
FDA LIST No. Not available
LISTING - TOSCA Not available
LISTING - ACOIN Not available
APPENDIX
MSDS PREPARATION DATE 1993-01-29

MSDS SERIAL No. H002.MS1
COMPILED BY D D LIEBENBERG
MSDS REVISION DATE 2003-07-04

REVISED BY D D LIEBENBERG
MSDS SERIAL No. MSDS 010/R2
APPROVED BY VIC VAN ZYL – MANUFACTURING DIRECTOR

DATE OF APPROVAL 2004-02-16
SOURCES OF INFORMATION
HCl 2003-07-04
1. Cheminfo Record Number: 13. and references contained therein. Numbers in parenthesis ( ) refer to this
article.
2. Chemical Safety Data Sheets, Volume 3, Corrosives and Irritants. Published by the Royal Society of
Chemistry, Information Services. Numbers in parenthesis ( *) refer to this article.
EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY
“All information and instructions provided in this Material Safety Data Sheet (“MSDS”) in respect of the
substance is given solely in terms of the provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Act No 85 of 1993
and Regulations (“the Act”), is based on scientific and technical knowledge as at the date indicated on this
MSDS, and is presented in good faith to be correct.
The information and instructions provided in this MSDS apply only to the substance in its present form and not
to any formulation or mix, in which event it is the sole responsibility of the user of the substance as formulated
and/or mixed to investigate and establish any danger which may arise out of its use, wherever such user may
be situated.
It is the sole responsibility of the person in receipt of this MSDS, wherever such recipient may be situated, to
ensure that the information provided is communicated to and understood by any person who may come in
contact with the substance in any place and in any manner whatsoever. If such recipient produces
formulations or mixes using the substance, then it is such recipient’s sole responsibility to comply with the
provisions of the Act in respect of the provision of the necessary MSDS, or to comply with any other applicable
legislation.”
Material Safety Data Sheet
Shell Automotive Gasoil (South Africa)

Infosafe ACK64 Version 1.1 DRAFT 2005/11/01 Status DRAFT
No. ZA/eng/C No. Date
1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE
SUBSTANCE/PREPARATION AND
COMPANY/UNDERTAKING
Product Name
V – Power Diesel, Diesel Extra, Diesel
Product Type/Use
Automotive gas oil. Fuel for on-road diesel-powered engines.
Company Name
Shell SA Marketing (Pty) Ltd
Address
Twickenham, The Campus
57 Sloane Street
Epson Downs
Bryanston
2021
REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
Emergency Tel.
011 608 3300
Netcare Poison Centre 0800 333 444
Telephone/Fax Number
Tel: +27 11 996 7000 Fax: +27 11 996 7777
Other Names
Not Available
2. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
Preparation Description
Complex mixture of hydrocarbons consisting of paraffins, cycloparaffins, aromatic and olefinic
hydrocarbons with carbon numbers predominantly in the C9 to C25 range. May contain
catalytically cracked oils in which polycyclic aromatic compounds, mainly 3-ring but some 4- to
6-ring species, are present. May also contain several additives at <0.1% v/v each. Dyes and
markers can be used to indicate tax status and prevent fraud. May contain cetane improver
(Ethyl Hexyl Nitrate) at <0.2% v/v.
Dangerous
R
Components / Name CAS EINECS Proportion Hazard
Phrase
Constituents
Fuels, diesel 68334- 269- 0-100 % Xn, N R65,

30-5 822-7 R40,
R66,
R51/53
Fuels, diesel, no.2 68476- 270- 0-100 % Xn, N R65,
34-6 676-1 R40,
R66,
R51/53
Other Information
See Section 16 'Other Information' for full text of each relevant Risk Phrase.
3. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
Human Health Hazards

Harmful, may cause lung damage if swallowed. Limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect.
Aspiration into the lungs may cause chemical pneumonitis which can be fatal. Prolonged or
repeated exposure to skin may give rise to dermatitis. Under conditions of poor personal
hygiene, excessive exposure may lead to irritation, oil acne and folliculitis and development of
warty growths which may subsequently become malignant.
Safety Hazards
Not classified as flammable, but will burn. May ignite on surfaces at temperatures above auto-
ignition temperature. Vapour in the headspace of tanks and containers may ignite and explode
at temperatures exceeding auto-ignition temperature, where vapour concentrations are within
the flammability range.
Environmental Hazards
Toxic to aquatic organisms. May cause long term adverse effects in the aquatic environment.
Other Information
This product is intended for use as a fuel in a closed system. If used for any other purpose, in
open systems or as a spray, ignition and exposure risks will increase and a careful risk
assessment should be carried out.
4. FIRST AID MEASURES
Symptoms and Effects

Not expected to give rise to an acute hazard under normal conditions of use. Aspiration into
the lungs may occur directly or following ingestion. This may cause chemical pneumonitis
which may be fatal. If ingested may lead to irritation of the mouth, irritation of the throat,
irritation of the digestive tract, and vomiting. Splashes into the eye may cause irritation.
Inhalation
Remove to fresh air. If breathing but unconscious, place in the recovery position. If breathing
has stopped, apply artificial respiration. If heartbeat absent, give external cardiac
compression. Monitor breathing and pulse. Seek urgent medical advice.
Skin
Wash skin with water using soap if available. Contaminated clothing must be removed as soon
as possible. It must be laundered before reuse. When using high pressure equipment,
injection of product under the skin can occur. If high pressure injuries occur, the casualty
should be sent immediately to a hospital. Do not wait for symptoms to develop.
Eye
Flush eye with copious quantities of water. If persistent irritation occurs, obtain medical
attention.
Ingestion
DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. Protect airway if vomiting begins. Give nothing by mouth. If
breathing but unconscious, place in recovery position. If breathing has stopped, apply artificial
respiration. OBTAIN MEDICAL ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY.
Advice to Doctor
Treat symptomatically. In cases of ingestion, consider gastric lavage. Gastric lavage must only
be undertaken after cuffed endotracheal intubation in view of the risk of aspiration.
Administration of carbon for medicinal use (carbo medicinalis) may reduce absorption from the
digestive tract. In cases of chemical pneumonitis, antibiotic and corticosteroid therapy should
be considered, but only under expert guidance and with special care facilities. High pressure
injection injuries require prompt surgical intervention and possibly steroid therapy, to
minimise tissue damage and loss of function.
5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES
Specific Hazards
Combustion is likely to give rise to a complex mixture of airborne solid and liquid particulates
(smoke), and gases, including carbon monoxide, oxides of sulphur, and unidentified organic
and inorganic compounds. Flammable vapours may be present even at temperatures below
the flash point.
Extinguishing Media
Foam, fine water spray and dry chemical powder. Carbon dioxide, Clean Agents (e.g. Inergen,
Argonite etc.), sand or earth may be used for small fires only.
Unsuitable Extinguishing Media

Do not use water in a jet.
Protective Equipment
Proper protective equipment must be worn, this should include breathing apparatus when
approaching a fire in a confined space.
Other Information
Keep adjacent drums and tanks cool by spraying with water from a safe location. If possible
remove them from the danger zone. If adequate cooling cannot be achieved, the area needs
to be evacuated, and further fire fighting and cooling attempts should be carried out from safe
location.
6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Personal Precautions
Remove all possible sources of ignition in the surrounding area. Evacuate all personnel. Do not
breathe fumes, vapour. Do not operate electrical equipment. Avoid contact with skin, eyes,
clothing. Ventilate contaminated area thoroughly. Wear chemical resistant knee length safety
boots and PVC jacket and trousers. Wear safety glasses or full face shield if splashes are likely
to occur.
Environmental Precautions
Prevent from spreading or entering into drains and surface waters (e.g. lakes, ponds, ditches,
rivers and streams) by using sand, earth, or other appropriate non-combustible barriers.
Inform local authorities if impacts cannot be prevented.
Clean-up Methods - Small Spillages

To minimize soil and groundwater contamination, absorb liquid with sand earth or other
recommended sorbant material, as soon as possible. Sweep up and remove to a suitable,
clearly marked container for disposal in accordance with local regulations. Do not disperse
using water.
Clean-up Methods - Large Spillages

Prevent from spreading by making a barrier with sand, earth or other containment material.
Reclaim liquid directly or in an absorbent. Dispose of as for small spills.
Maritime Spillages
Maritime spillages should be dealt with using a Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan
(SOPEP), as required by MARPOL Annex 1 Regulation 26.
Other Information
Local authorities should be advised if significant spillages cannot be contained. Observe all
relevant local regulations.
7. HANDLING AND STORAGE

Exposures in Normal Use
Maintenance and fuelling activities - Avoid inhalation of vapours and contact with skin when
emptying containers.
Handling
Avoid naked flames. The vapour is heavier than air, spreads along the ground and distant
ignition is possible. When using do not eat, drink or smoke. Never siphon by mouth. Only use
in well-ventilated areas. Take precautionary measures against static discharges. Ensure all
equipment is properly earthed. If using pressurised equipment, take extra care to avoid
injection under the skin. Use local exhaust ventilation if there is risk of inhalation of vapours,
mists or aerosols. Avoid prolonged or repeated contact with skin. When handling product in
drums, safety footwear should be worn and proper handling equipment should be used.
Prevent spillages. Cloth, paper and other materials that are used to absorb spills present a fire
hazard. Avoid their accumulation by disposing of them safely and immediately. In addition to
any specific recommendations given for controls of risks to health, safety and the
environment, an assessment of risks must be made to help determine controls appropriate to
local circumstances.
Storage
This product must never be stored in buildings occupied by people. Drums and small
containers should be stored in well-ventilated areas, flameproof cabinets or stores. Keep
container tightly closed in a dry, well-ventilated place away from direct sunlight and other
sources of heat or ignition. Keep in a bunded area with a sealed (low permeability) floor, to
provide containment against spillage. Stack drums to a height not exceeding 3 metres without
the use of racking. Locate tanks away from heat and other sources of ignition. Seek specialist
advice for the design, construction and operation of bulk storage facilities.
Storage Temperatures
Ambient.
Product Transfer
Electrostatic charges may be generated during pumping. Ensure electrical continuity by
bonding all equipment. Avoid splash filling. Wait 2 minutes after tank filling (for tanks such as
those on road tanker vehicles) before opening hatches or manholes. Wait 30 minutes after
tank filling (for large storage tanks) before opening hatches or manholes. Contamination
resulting from product transfer may give rise to light hydrocarbon vapour in the headspace of
tanks that have previously contained gasoline. This vapour may explode if there is a source of
ignition. Partly filled containers present a greater hazard than those that are full, therefore
handling, transfer and sampling activities need special care.
Tank Cleaning
Cleaning, inspection and maintenance of storage tanks is a specialist operation that requires
the implementation of strict procedures and precautions. These include issuing of work
permits, gas-freeing of tanks, using a manned harness, lifelines, and wearing air-supplied
breathing apparatus. Prior to entry and whilst cleaning is underway, the atmosphere within the
tank must be monitored using an oxygen meter and explosimeter. Additional precautions are
required where the tank may previously have contained leaded gasoline.
Recommended Materials
For containers or container linings, use mild steel or stainless steel. Aluminium may also be
used for applications where it does not present an unnecessary fire hazard. Examples of
suitable materials are: high density polyethylene (HDPE), polypropylene (PP), and Viton
(FKM), which have been specifically tested for compatibility with this product. For container
linings, use amine-adduct cured epoxy paint. For seals and gaskets use: graphite, PTFE, Viton
A, Viton B.
Unsuitable Materials
Synthetic materials such as plastics and fibreglass may be unsuitable for containers or
container linings depending on the material specification and intended use. Examples of
materials to avoid are: natural rubber (NR), nitrile rubber (NBR), ethylene propylene rubber
(EPDM), polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride (PVC),
polyisobutylene. However, some may be suitable for glove materials.
Other Information
Ensure that all local and international regulations regarding handling and storage facilities are
followed.
8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS, PERSONAL PROTECTION
Exposure
Limits
Exposure Exposure
Substance Regulations Units Notes
Duration Limit
Fuels, diesel ACGIH TWA 100 mg/m3
Fuels, diesel, no.2 ACGIH TWA 100 mg/m3
ACGIH ACGIH Threshold Limit Values.
Exposure Controls
The level of personal protection and the types of controls necessary will vary depending on
exposure conditions. Select controls based on a risk assessment of local circumstances. Use
sealed systems as far as possible. Use local, intrinsically safe, exhaust ventilation if there is a
risk of inhalation of vapours, mists, or aerosols. Provide eye washes and showers for
emergency use.
Respiratory Protection
Care should be taken to keep exposures below applicable occupational exposure limits. If this
cannot be achieved, use of a respirator fitted with an organic vapour cartridge combined with
a particulate pre-filter should be considered. Where air-filtering respirators are unsuitable (e.g.
where airborne concentrations are high, there is a confined space or a risk of oxygen
deficiency) use appropriate positive pressure breathing apparatus.
Hand Protection
Select gloves tested to a relevant standard (e.g. Europe EN374, US F739). When prolonged or
frequent repeated contact occurs, Nitrile, Neoprene or PVC gloves may be suitable.
(Breakthrough time of > 240 minutes). Breakthrough times for gloves vary depending on, e.g.
chemical resistance, material thickness, frequency and duration of contact. Selection should
also take into account other usage requirements, e.g. dexterity, heat resistance, other
chemical substances handled. Always seek advice from glove suppliers. Contaminated gloves
should be replaced. Personal hygiene is a key element of effective hand care. Gloves must
only be worn on clean hands. After using gloves, hands should be washed and dried
thoroughly. Application of a non-perfumed moisturizer is recommended.
Eye Protection
Wear safety glasses or full face shield if splashes are likely to occur.
Body Protection
Minimise all forms of skin contact. In the event of risk from splashing wear e.g. Nitrile, PVC, or
neoprene rubber apron. Wear safety shoes or boots which are chemical and petroleum
distillate resistant.
Environmental Exposure Controls

Minimise release to the environment. An environmental assessment must be made to ensure
compliance with local environmental legislation.
Exposure Measurement Methods

Monitoring of the concentration of substances in the breathing zone of workers or in the
general workplace may be required to confirm compliance with an Occupational Exposure Limit
and adequacy of exposure controls. For some substances biological monitoring may also be
appropriate. Information on suitable methods is available on request.
9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Colour
pale straw/yellow.
Physical State
Liquid.
Odour
Characteristic of normal diesel.
pH Value
Data not available.
Vapour Pressure
<0.1 kPa at 20ºC.
Initial Boiling Point

circa 170ºC.
Final Boiling Point

circa 390ºC.
Sulphur Levels
Less than 50 ppm
Solubility in Water
Negligible.
Density
820 to 845 kg/m3 at 15°C.
Flash Point
>55ºC (Method: PMCC).
Flammable Limits - Upper

6%(V/V) maximum.
Flammable Limits - Lower

1%(V/V) minimum.
Auto-Ignition Temperature
>220ºC.
Kinematic Viscosity
2 to 5 mm2/s at 40°C.
Vapour Density (Air=1)

Greater than 5.
Partition co-efficient, n-octanol/water

log Pow 3 to 6.
Other Information
Sulphur contents:
V- Power Diesel: <0.005% wt
Diesel Extra, Diesel: <0.05%wt
10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Stability
Stable under normal use conditions.
Conditions to Avoid
Heat, flames and sparks.
Materials to Avoid
Strong oxidizing agents e.g. chlorates and ammonium nitrate.
Hazardous Decomposition Products

Hazardous decomposition products are not expected to form during normal storage.
11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Basis for Assessment

Fuels are typically made from blending several refinery streams. Toxicological studies have
been carried out on a variety of hydrocarbon blends and streams but not those containing
additives. Information given is based on a knowledge of the components and the toxicology of
similar products.
Acute Toxicity - Oral

LD50 > 5000 mg/kg. Ingestion may lead to vomiting and aspiration into the lungs, this may
result in chemical pneumonitis, which may be fatal.
Acute Toxicity - Dermal

LD50 > 2000 mg/kg.
Acute Toxicity - Inhalation

LC50 expected to be >5mg/l.
Eye Irritation
Slightly irritating.
Skin Irritation
Slightly irritating.
Respiratory Irritation
Expected to be slightly irritating.
Skin Sensitisation
Not a skin sensitizer.
Carcinogenicity
Dermal application to mice causes skin tumours.
Mutagenicity
In-vitro mutagenicity studies show that mutagenic activity is related to 4-6 ring polycyclic
aromatic content.
Reproductive Toxicity
Not a developmental toxicant.
Human Effects
Prolonged/repeated contact may cause defatting of the skin which can lead to dermatitis and
may make the skin more susceptible to irritation and penetration by other materials. Under
conditions of poor personal hygiene, excessive exposure may lead to irritation, oil acne and
foliculitis and development of warty growths which may subsequently become malignant.
Other Information
High pressure injection of product into the skin may lead to local necrosis if the product is not
surgically removed.
12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Basis for Assessment

Fuels are typically made from blending several refinery streams. Ecotoxicological studies have
been carried out on a variety of hydrocarbon blends and streams but not those containing
additives. Information given is based on a knowledge of the components and the
ecotoxicology of similar products.
Mobility
Floats on water. Contains volatile components. Partly evaporates from water or soil surfaces,
but a significant proportion will remain after one day. If it enters soil, it will adsorb to soil
particles and will not be mobile. Large volumes may penetrate soil and could contaminate
groundwater.
Persistence / Degradability
Hovedbestanddelene er naturlig bionedbrytbare over tid (inherently biodegradable). Persists
under anaerobic conditions. The volatile components oxidise rapidly by photochemical
reactions in air.
Bioaccumulation
Contains components which may have the potential to bioaccumulate. May cause tainting of
fish and shellfish.
Ecotoxicity
Poorly soluble mixture. Product is classified as toxic to aquatic organisms, LL/EL50 1 -10 mg/l.
(LL/EL50 expressed as the nominal amount of product required to prepare aqueous test
extract). Films formed on water may affect oxygen transfer and damage organisms.
13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
Waste Disposal
Waste arising from a spillage or tank cleaning should be disposed of in accordance with
prevailing regulations, preferably to a recognised collector or contractor. The competence of
the collector or contractor to deal satisfactorily with this type of product should be established
beforehand. Do not dispose into the environment, in drains or in water courses. Do not
dispose of tank water bottoms by allowing them to drain into the ground. This will result in soil
and groundwater contamination.
Product Disposal
As for waste disposal.
Container Disposal
Recycle or dispose of in accordance with the legislation in force with a recognised collector or
contractor. Do not pollute the soil, water or environment with the waste product.
14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION
ADR/RID UN Number
1202
ADR/RID Class
3
ADR/RID Packing Group

III
ADR/RID Proper Shipping Name

GAS OIL
IMDG UN No
1202
IMDG Hazard Class

3
IMDG Packing Group

III
IMDG Proper Shipping Name

GAS OIL
UN Number (Air Transport, IATA)

1202
IATA Hazard Class

3
IATA Packing Group

III
IATA Proper Shipping Name

GAS OIL
Other Information
Not a Marine Pollutant under IMDG. MARPOL rules apply for bulk shipments by sea.
15. REGULATORY INFORMATION
EC Symbols
Xn N
Indication of danger
Harmful. Dangerous for the Environment.
EC Risk Phrase
R40 Limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect.
R65 Harmful: may cause lung damage if swallowed.
R66 Repeated exposure may cause skin dryness and cracking.
R51/53 Toxic to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic
environment.
EC Safety Phrase
S2 Keep out of reach of children.
S29 Do not empty into drains.
S61 Avoid release to the environment. Refer to special instructions/safety data sheet.
S62 If swallowed, do not induce vomiting; seek medical advice immediately and show this
container or label.
S36/37 Wear suitable protective clothing and gloves.
Packaging & Labelling

Contains fuels, diesel.
16. OTHER INFORMATION
SDS Distribution
This document contains important information to ensure the safe storage, handling and use of
this product. The information in this document should be brought to the attention of the
person in your organisation responsible for advising on safety matters.
References
67/548/EEC - Dangerous Substances Directive, subsequent amendments and adaptations.
1999/45/EC - Dangerous Preparations Directive, subsequent amendments and adaptations.
91/155/EEC - Safety Data Sheet Directive and 2nd amendment 2001/58/EC.
Concawe Report 01/53 - Classification and Labelling of Petroleum Substances according to the
EU Dangerous Substances Directive.
Concawe Report 01/54 - Environmental Classification of Petroleum Substances - Summary
Data and Rationale.
Concawe Report 01/97 - Petroleum Products - First Aid Emergency and Medical Advice.
Concawe Report 00/56 - Revised Preparations - Summary Data and Rationale.
CENELEC CLC/TR 50404 Electrostatics - Code of Practise for the Avoidance of Hazards Due to
Static Electricity.
United Nations - Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Model Regulations.
Vol 1 & 2 .
International Air Transport Association - Dangerous Goods Regulations.
International Maritime Organisation - International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code. Vol 1 &
2.
European Model Code of Safe Practice in the Storage and Handling of Petroleum Products.
Associated Octel Company UK - Leaded Gasoline Tank Cleaning and Disposal of Sludge
(Booklet OIP/5 (5/99)).
Concawe Product Dossier 95/107 - Gas Oils.
Restrictions
This product must not be used in applications other than those recommended without first
seeking the advice of the supplier.
This product is not to be used as a solvent or cleaning agent, for lighting or brightening fires,
or as a skin cleanser.
List of R Phrases in Section 2

R40 Limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect.
R65 Harmful: may cause lung damage if swallowed.
R66 Repeated exposure may cause skin dryness and cracking.
R51/53 Toxic to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic
environment.
Further Information
This information is based on our current knowledge and is intended to describe the product for
the purposes of health, safety and environmental requirements only. It does not constitute a
guarantee for any specific property of the product.
End of SDS
Sudfloc
kl 3456
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET FOR

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS WHICH CONFORMS TO ISO 11014-1 1994
SECTION 1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE/PREPARATION
Name : Sudfloc 3456 Code : MSDS ref. : 641 B /005

In emergency contact: Süd-Chemie Water & Process Technologies at (27) 11 929-5800/929-5940
Head Office: No.1 Horn Street, Chloorkop Ext. 1 Gauteng Province, RSA Tremcard : ►
SECTION 2. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
Substance/Preparation: Preparation Common Name: Nil

Synonyms: Nil
HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS
CAS. No. COMPONENT RANGE % CONTENT
------ No hazardous components
SECTION 3. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
Listing as per SABS 0265: 1999 KEY
Inhalation : 0 – Normal material GHS: No listing 4 : Very toxic.

Skin : 0 – Normal material GHS: No listing 3 : Toxic.
2 : Harmful.
Ingestion : 0 – Normal material GHS: No listing 1 : Slight risk.
Environmental : 0 – Normal material GHS: No listing 0 : Normal material.
SECTION 4. FIRST AID MEASURES
Inhalation : Move patient to fresh air. Administer oxygen if necessary. Obtain medical attention without delay.
Skin : Immediately wash affected area. If necessary obtain medical attention.
Eyes : Immediately flush with water. Seek medical attention.
Ingestion : Obtain medical attention if necessary.
-
SECTION 5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES
This product is neither flammable nor explosive.

Where drums of this product are involved in a fire, regular foam, water or carbon dioxide/dry chemical may be used to cool them
off until the fire is extinguished.
As with any fire involving chemicals a self-contained breathing apparatus and full face-shield, operated under positive pressure,
should be used.
Contain and collect water. Do not discharge to drains or sewers.
File name: SUDFLOC 3456 Issue number: 005 Revision date and by whom: MARCH 2008 – G.MAHLARE Page1 of 3
SECTION 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Personal : Persons not wearing protective equipment should be excluded from the area.
Environmental : Prevent run-off to sewers, streams or other bodies of water.
SECTION 7. HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handling : Follow all relevant precautions.

Ventilation : General room ventilation is expected to be satisfactory.
Storage : Store separately from any reactive substances.
SECTION 8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL

Inhalation : In case of insufficient ventilation, use suitable respiratory protection.
Skin : Use barrier cream and impervious gloves. Wear suitable overall.
Eyes : Use face shield or goggles. Avoid direct contact.
Ingestion : Observe the rules of hygiene. Wash before eating or drinking.
Appropriate hand protection and protective clothing must always be used.
FLAMMABILITY
NFPA LISTINGS
HEALTH HAZARD 0
0 0 Most Hazardous: Nil
REACTIVITY
SPECIFIC HAZARD
SECTION 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Chemical Class : Liquid Description : Preparation. Boil. Pt : 75-100ºC Flash pt.: N/A
Auto Ignition Temp : N/A Explosive Prop. : N/A Sol. in water: Complete pH : 4.0-4.40 pH Units
Decomposition Temp : N/A
SECTION 10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Stable under normal conditions : Yes Will react with oxidizers : No

Reaction with water : Soluble Decomposition Products : None
Conditions to avoid : None
SECTION 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION. MAJOR TOXICOLOGICAL COMPONENT
Acute Toxicity (Formulation) LD 50 : 10266 + mg/kg.

Sensitisation : Yes Inhalation – Ceiling – TWA : 5.2 mg/m3
Skin : Rabbit : LC 50 Ingestion (Formulation MTC) : 10266 + mg/kg.
SECTION 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION. MAJOR TOXICOLOGICAL COMPONENT

Mobility : Bio-Accumlation :
Degradability :
Ecotoxicity Limited information.
LC 50 : 3.9mg/l Daphnia magna (48hr) LC 50 : 133 mg/l Mosquito fish (96hr)

LC 50 : 0.075 mg/l Trout (96 hr) LC 50 : 3.6 mg/l Fundus Heteroc litus (96 hr)
SECTION 13. DISPOSAL INFORMATION
Use reputable waste disposal contractors. Exercise caution in disposal of used containers.
SECTION 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION
NOT REGULATED -- Non Hazardous.
Cas No. : UN No. : Class : Sub Risk :

EMS No. : IMDG Code : MFAG Table : Pack Group :
Marine Pollutant : Label : Flash Point : N/A
Not Regulated by D.O.T.
SECTION 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION
R: 38 : Irritating to skin. S: 24 : Avoid contact with skin

R: 36 : Irritating to eyes. S: 25 : Avoid Contact with eyes
S: 39 : Wear eye/face protection
SECTION 16. OTHER INFORMATION
Any discomfort experienced, seek medical advice. All chemical products may be hazardous, therefore wear
protective equipment and do not reuse container for any purpose whatsoever.
Refer Emergency Response Handbook – Nil.
The information, provided in this Safety Data Sheet, is to the best of our knowledge, correct as of the date of
publication. The information is designed only as a guide for safe handling, use, storage, transportation, disposal
and release.
If serious risk is incurred please contact : Poisons Emergency Control Phone: RSA 082911.
Sudfloc
kl 3TL
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET FOR

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS WHICH CONFORMS TO ISO 11014-1 1994
SECTION 1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE/PREPARATION
Name : Sudfloc TL Code : 0265 / GHS MSDS ref. : 678 A/006

In emergency contact: Süd-Chemie Water & Process Technologies at (27) 11 929-5800/929-5940
Head Office: No.1 Horn Street, Chloorkop Ext. 1 Gauteng Province, RSA Tremcard : ►
SECTION 2. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
Substance/Preparation: Preparation Common Name: Nil

Synonyms: Nil
HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS
CAS. No. COMPONENT RANGE % CONTENT
26062793 Poly(diallyldimethylammonium chloride) 24%
SECTION 3. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
Listing as per SABS 0265: 1999 KEY
Inhalation : 0 – Normal material GHS: No listing 4 : Very toxic.

Skin : 0 – Normal material GHS: No listing 3 : Toxic.
2 : Harmful.
Ingestion : 0 – Normal material GHS: No listing 1 : Slight risk.
Environmental : 0 – Normal material GHS: No listing 0 : Normal material.
SECTION 4. FIRST AID MEASURES
Inhalation : Move patient to fresh air. Administer oxygen if necessary. Obtain medical attention without delay.
Skin : Immediately wash affected area. If necessary obtain medical attention.
Eyes : Immediately flush with water. Seek medical attention.
Ingestion : Non hazardous, if necessary obtain medical attention.
SECTION 5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES
This product is neither flammable nor explosive.

Where drums of this product are involved in a fire, regular foam, water or carbon dioxide/dry chemical may be used to cool them
off until the fire is extinguished.
Contain and collect water. Do not discharge to drains or sewers.
File name: Sudfloc TL Issue number: 001 Revision date and by whom: MARCH 2008 – G.MAHLARE Page1 of 3
SECTION 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Personal : Persons not wearing protective equipment should be excluded from the area.
Environmental : Prevent run-off to sewers, streams or other bodies of water.
SECTION 7. HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handling : Follow all relevant precautions.

Ventilation : General room ventilation is expected to be satisfactory.
Storage : Store separately from any reactive substances.
SECTION 8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL
Inhalation : In case of insufficient ventilation, use suitable respiratory protection.

Skin : Use barrier cream and impervious gloves. Wear suitable overall.
Eyes : Use face shield or goggles. Avoid direct contact.
Ingestion : Observe the rules of hygiene. Wash before eating or drinking.
Appropriate hand protection and protective clothing must always be used.
FLAMMABILITY
HEALTH HAZARD 0 NFPA LISTINGS
0 0
REACTIVITY Most Hazardous: Nil
SPECIFIC HAZARD
SECTION 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Chemical Class : Liquid Description : Preparation. Boil. Pt : 96 C Flash pt.: N/A
Auto ignition Temp : N/A Explosive Prop. : N/A Sol. in water : Complete
pH : 2.0 – 4.0 pH units. Decomposition Temp: 100+ C
SECTION 10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

Stable under normal conditions : Yes Will react with oxidizers : Yes
Reaction with water : Soluble Decomposition Products : Noxious fumes.
Conditions to avoid : Strong oxidants.
SECTION 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION. MAJOR TOXICOLOGICAL COMPONENT
Acute Toxicity (Formulation) LD 50 : Greater than 20000 mg/kg GHS: No listing.
Sensitisation : Yes Inhalation – Ceiling – TWA : No data ppm GHS: No listing.
Skin : Rabbit : LC 50 : Irritant Ingestion (Formulation MTC) : Greater than 20000 mg/kg
GHS: No listing.
SECTION 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION. MAJOR TOXICOLOGICAL COMPONENT

Relatively non toxic
Mobility : Bio-Accumulation:
Ecotoxicity GHS: No listing.
LC 50 : mg/l (50 hrs.) Daphnia Magna
LC 50 : mg/l (96 hrs.) Mosquito fish LC 50 : mg/l (96 hrs.) Salmo Gairdneri
SECTION 13. DISPOSAL INFORMATION

Use reputable waste disposal contractors. Exercise caution in disposal of used containers.
SECTION 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION
Not Classified as Hazardous for Transport
Cas No. : 26062793 UN No. : Class : Sub Risk :
EMS No. : IMDG Code : MFAG Table : Pack Group :
Marine Pollutant : Label : Flash Point :
SECTION 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION
Non Hazardous
SECTION 16. OTHER INFORMATION
Any discomfort, always seek medical advice. All chemical products may be hazardous, therefore wear protective
equipment and do not reuse container for any purpose whatsoever.
Refer Emergency Response Handbook – Nil
The information, provided in this Safety Data Sheet, is to the best of our knowledge, correct as of the date of
publication. The information is designed only as a guide for safe handling, use, storage, transportation, disposal
and release.
If serious risk is incurred please contact : Poisons Emergency Control Phone: RSA 082911.
APPENDIX H
Drinking Water Standards: SANS 241 (2006) Edition 6.1 and
WHO 2006
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 149
Potable water quality guidelines are being developed for Lesotho. These guidelines are likely to be similar to
those developed for South Africa. The treated water produced by the Works shall comply with a Class I
water as defined in the South African National Standard for Drinking Water SANS 241:2006 Edition 6.1 or
the World Health Organisation (WHO) Guidelines whichever is the most stringent. Determinants and their
limit values are shown in the Table below.
Determinant Unit SANS 241: 2006 WHO
Class I Class II Class II Guidelines
(Recommended (Maximum Maximum 2006

allowed for consumption
operational limit) limited period) period
Colour (aesthetic) mg/ℓ Pt <20 20 – 50 No limit
Conductivity at 25°C (aesthetic) mS/m <150 150 – 370 7 years
Dissolved solids (aesthetic) mg/ℓ <1 000 1 000 – 2 400 7 years
Odour (aesthetic) TON <5 5 – 10 No limit
pH value @ 25ºC Units 5.0 – 9.5 4.0 – 10.0 No limit

(aesthetic/operational)
Taste (aesthetic) FTN <5 5 – 10 No limit
Turbidity (aesthetic/operational/ NTU <1 1–5 No limit

indirect health)
Ammonia (operational) mgN/ℓ <1 1.0 – 2.0 No limit
Calcium (aesthetic/operational) mgCa/ℓ <150 150 – 300 7 years
Chloride (aesthetic) mgCl/ℓ <200 200 – 600 7 years <250
Fluoride (health) mgF/ℓ <1 1.0 – 1.5 1 year <1.5
Magnesium (aesthetic/health) mgMg/ℓ <70 70 – 100 7 years
Nitrate + nitrite (health) mgN/ℓ <10 10 – 20 7 years <50
Potassium (operational/health) mgK/ℓ <50 50 – 100 7 years
Sodium (aesthetic/health) mgNa/ℓ <200 200 – 400 7 years
Sulphate (health) mgSO4/ℓ <400 400 – 600 7 years
Zinc (aesthetic/health) mgZn/ℓ <5 5.0 – 10 1 year <3
Aluminium (health) μgAl/ℓ <300 300 – 500 1 year
Antimony (health) μgSb/ℓ <10 10 – 50 1 year
Arsenic (health) μgAs/ℓ <10 10 – 50 1 year <10
Cadmium (health) μgCd/ℓ <5 5 – 10 6 months <3
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 150
Determinant Unit SANS 241: 2006 WHO
Class I Class II Class II Guidelines
(Recommended (Maximum Maximum 2006

allowed for consumption
operational limit) limited period) period
Total Chromium (health) μgCr/ℓ <100 100 – 500 3 months
Cobalt (health) μgCo/ℓ <500 500 – 1 000 1 year <50
Copper (health) μgCu/ℓ <1 000 1 000 – 2 000 1 year <2000
Cyanide (health) μgCN/ℓ <50 50 – 70 1 week
Iron (aesthetic/operational) μgFe/ℓ <200 200 – 2 000 7 years <300
Lead (health) μgPb/ℓ <20 20 – 50 3 months <10
Manganese (aesthetic) μgMn/ℓ <100 100 – 1 000 7 years
Mercury (health) μgHg/ℓ <1 1–5 3 months
Nickel (health) μgNi/ℓ <150 150 – 350 1 year <290
Selenium (health) μgSe/ℓ <20 20 – 50 1 year
Vanadium (health) μgV/ℓ <200 200 – 500 1 year
Dissolved organic carbon (health) mgC/ℓ <10 10 – 20 3 months
Total trihalomethanes (health) μg/ℓ <200 200 – 300 10 years
Phenols (aesthetic/health) μg/ℓ <10 10 – 70 No limit
Microbiological safety requirements are given in Table below. Where a microbiological test result exceeds
the value given for 1% of samples, an unacceptable risk to health is implied.
1 2 3 4 5
Determinant Unit Allowable compliance contribution
95% of samples, 4% of samples, 1% of samples,
min. max. max.
Upper Limits
E.colib or Count/100 mℓ Not detected Not detected 1
Thermo tolerant (faecal) Count/100 mℓ Not detected 1 10
coliform bacteriac
a
The allowable compliance contribution shall be at least 95% to the limits indicated in column 3, with a
maximum of 4% and 1%, respectively, to the limits indicated in column 4 and column 5. The objective
of disinfection should, nevertheless, be to attain 100% compliance to the limits indicated in column 3.
b
Definitive, preferred indicator of faecal pollution.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 151
1 2 3 4 5
Determinant Unit Allowable compliance contribution
95% of samples, 4% of samples, 1% of samples,
min. max. max.
Upper Limits
c
Indicator of unacceptable microbial water quality could be tested instead of E. coli but is not the
preferred indicator of faecal pollution. Also provides information on treatment efficiency and after
growth in distribution networks.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2 152
APPENDIX I
Species List of Plants in the WTW (Summer 2009)
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
153
Scientific Name Common Name Sotho Name Uses

Ajuga ophrydis Bugle plant senyarela Medicinal
Albuca setosa Ornamental, medicinal
Aloe striatula mohalakane, seholobe Hedge
Anacampseros Haaskos
filamentosa
Andropogon eucomis Grazing
Aptosimum
procumbens
Arctotis arctotoides putsoa-pululu Medicinal
*Argemone ochroleuca Mexican poppy Weed
Argyrolobium cf.
velutinum
Aristida adscenscionis Annual bristle grass Lefielo, mohlolohadi Grazing
Aristida diffusa Iron grass Bohlanya ba dipere, grazing, brooms
lefielo
Aristida junciformis Ngongoni bristlegrass phuthadikgoba, lefielo grazing, brooms
Artemisia afra Wormwood lengana Medicinal
Athrixia angustissima phefshoane-e-nyenyane tea, medicinal
Asclepias multicaulis Doily cartwheel lekhoaphela Food
Asparagus khopa, sesilatsane Medicinal, ornamental
ramosissimus
Aster bakerianus phoa Medicinal, ornamental
Berkheya cirsiifolia mohata-o-mosoeu
* Bidens pilosa Blackjack Ornamental
Brachiaria serrata Signal grass Lefokodi Medicinal, grazing
Cheilanthes Four-pinnate lip fern lehorometso, lepata-
quadripinnata maoa
* Cirsium vulgare Scottish thistle
Commelina africana Yellow Commelina khopo, khotsoana Medicinal
Convolvulus sagittatus
Crabbea acaulis Pig's Ears serelile Medicinal, ornamental
Cymbopogon Turpentine grass moshanyana-oa- Grazing
marginatus marallaneng
Cymbopogon plurinodis Turpentine grass moshanyana-oa- Medicinal, grazing
marallaneng
Cynodon dactylon Couch grass, kweek Mohlwa Medicinal, erosion control, grazing
Cynoglossum hispidum Hound's tongue bohomenyana Medicinal
Cyperus rupestris Russet rock sedge taoane, taoanenyana Medicinal
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
154

*Datura stramonium Thorn apple Medicinal
Delosperma sp.
Digitaria ternata Blackseed finger moeane, moqopshwe Grazing
grass
Diospyros austro- Firesticks piperekisi-tsa-makhoaba Medicinal, grazing
africana
Ehrharta erecta
Eleusine corocana Goose grass diangwetsi, modia Medicinal, food
ngwetsi
Elionurus muticus Silky grass Hloko, hlooko Medicinal, grazing
Enneapogon scoparius
Eragrostis capensis Heartseed love grass Barwa, barwana grazing
Eragrostis curvula Weeping love grass Moseeka, moseka Grazing
Eragrostis chloromelas Curly leaf Moseeka, moseka Grazing
Eragrostis racemosa Narrow heart love Barwa, barwana Grazing & soil stabilisation
grass
Euphorbia striata Milkweed mohlatsisa
Felicia filifolia Fine-leaved Felicia leholo, sehalahala firewood
Felicia muricata Bloublommetjie koelehane, mokhoto Medicinal
Gazania krebsiana Common Gazania shoeshoe, tsikitlane Medicinal, ornamental
Gerbera ambigua Botterblom moarubetso, tsebe-ea- Medicinal, ornamental
pela
Gerbera piloselloides Swartteebossie moarubetso, tsebe-ea- Medicinal, ornamental
pela
Haplocarpha scaposa Tonteldoosbossie khutsana, lengoaka Medicinal, ornamental
Harpochloa falx Caterpillar grass bohole, lefokolodi, grazing
lekhasi
Helichrysum Hottentot's tea mohlomela-tsie, Medicinal, food
odoratissimum
Helichrysum pilosellum phefo-ea-setlolo, tooane Medicinal
Helichrysum rugulosum boleba, boleba-ba-liliba, Medicinal
leboko
Helictotrichon Small oats grass litsi-ba-palumo, Grazing
turgidulum seboeane
Hermannia depressa Rooi-opslag Seletjane Medicinal (sore eyes)
Hermannia coccocarpa moederkappie Seletjane Medicinal
Hermannia geniculata
Homeria pallida Tulp Teele
Hyparrhenia hirta Common thatch grass Leqokwana Construction & grazing
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
155

Hyparrhenia tamba Blue thatch grass Construction & grazing
*Hypochaeris radiata Hairy wild lettuce
Imperata cylindrica Cottonwool grass Mohlabalerumo, tlhorumo Medicinal, erosion control
Jamesbrittenia Cape saffron phiri-ea-hlaha-e-
aurantiaca nyenyane
Kalanchoe thyrsiflora White Lady serelile Medicinal and ornamental
Leucosidea sericea Ouhout cheche Construction, firewood
Linum thunbergii Wild flax bohlokoana Medicinal
Lobelia sp.
Lotononis laxa musa-pelo--oa-matlapa-
o-monyenyane
Lotononis listii
Maytenus acuminata Silky bark tšikane Medicinal, construction
*Meliolotus indica
Melolobium obcordatum Lethokho, seakha Medicinal
Microchloa caffra Pincushion grass Jwang ba matlapa Grazing
Mohria vestita (=Mohria Scented fern lehorometso, Medicinal, ornamental
caffrorum var. vestita) mahorometso
Nemesia caerulea Nemesia
Nidorella undulata mokotelo-o-moholo
*Oenothera indecora Small evening
primrose
Oenothera stricta
*Oenothera rosea Rose evening moopeli-o-mofubelu Weed
primrose
*Oxalis corniculata Creeping sorrel Food
*Papaver acueleatum Poppy sehlohlo Weed in lands
Paspalum dilatatum Common paspalum bohlwa Grazing
Pellaea calomelanos Blue rock fern lehorometso, lepata- Medicinal, protective charm
maoa
*Pennisetum Kikuyu kikoejoe Grazing
clandestinum
*Physalis viscosa Sticky gooseberry
Pinus sp. Pine tree Construction, firewood
Pollichia campestris Waxberrry
*Populus canescens Poplar popoliri Firewood, construciton
Psammotropha bohomana, senama Medicinal
mucronata
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
156

Raphionacme hirsuta Medicinal
Rhamnus prinoides Glossy leaf Mofifi medicinal, firewood
Rhynchosia adenoids Medicinal
Rhynchosia totta Yellow carpet bean sebalibetloa Medicinal, food
Roripa nudiuscula papasane Food
Rubus rigidus White bramble monokotsoai-oa-bana food
Salvia runcinata wildesalie Mosisili Medicinal
Scabiosa columbaria Wild Scabious Selomi Medicinal, ornamental
Searsia dentata (=Rhus Nana-berry kolitšana Food, ornamental
dentata)
Searsia divaricata Rusty-leaved currant kolitšana food, firewood
(=Rhus divaricata)
Searsia pyroides Common wild currant kolitšana, leroana Medicinal
(=Rhus pyroides)
Sebaea sedoides Sebaea Medicinal
Sebaea natalensis Medicinal
Selago densiflora Ornamental
Selago galpinii Selago tšitoanenyana, Ornamental
tšitoanyane
Senecio asperulus Senecio moferefe, makhona- Medicinal
tsohle
Senecio coronatus Woolly grassland lehlomane Food, medicinal
Senecio
Setaria sphacelata Golden timothy grass Grazing
Silene undulata Gunpowder plant lithotoana, molokoloko Medicinal
*Solanum nigrum
Sonchus sp.
Stachys aethiopica African Stachys bokhatha, bolao-ba- Medicinal and ornamental
litaola
Stoebe vulgaris Zigzag Bush Sehalahala
Sutera floribunda Kerriebos boluma Ornamental
Tagetes minuta Khaki weed Medicinal
Tephrosia sp. (? Medicinal
marginella)
Themeda triandra Red grass Seboku, setjhaba Fodder
Thesium costatum bohoho Medicinal
Trichoneura Tumble grass joang-ba-tsela grazing (young)
grandiglumis
Tristachya leucothrix Hairy trident grass letswalle, motswalle Climax grass, grazing
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
157

Verbena bonariensis Verbena
Vernonia hirsuta Quilted-leaved hlele-hlele, sechee Medicinal, ornamental
Vernonia
Vernonia natalensis Silver Vernonia ileleva Medicinal, ornamental
Veronica anagallis- Food
aquatica
Wahlenbergia krebsii Fairy Bell-flower moopetsane, tenane Pot herb
Walafrida densiflora
*Xanthium strumarium shoba Medicinal
Xysmalobium Milkwort leshokoa, poho-tšehla Medicinal
undulatum
Bold = protected
species
* = Alien/weedy
species
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
158
APPENDIX J
Extracts from ‘FIDIC policy on HIV-AIDS in the construction
sector’
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
159
AIDS in the Construction Sector
In the Introduction to the Draft Specification for HIV-AIDS Awareness, the Construction Industry
Development Board of South Africa (Reference 2), says:
“Research indicates that the South African construction industry has the third highest incidence of HIV/Aids
in South Africa. The construction sector has a predominantly migratory labour force, making it a prime
contributor to the spread of HIV/Aids. Labour camps are a breading ground for the spread of HIV/Aids and
Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STDs), this being compounded by the situation where migrant workers on
contract generally avoid or are ignorant of the consequences of casual sexual relationships.
The prevalence of subcontracting, the emergence of many small contractors and the tendency toward
labour-only subcontracting increased the complexity of developing an effective HIV/Aids strategy that targets
the full spectrum of those employed in construction. This level of complexity places a special responsibility
on clients, the professions and industry leaders.
The construction sector has the potential to play an important role in the country’s inter-sectoral approach to
coping with the epidemic. The sector also provides entry-level local jobs, which may be crucial to the
survival of youth-headed households and extended families in areas hard hit by the epidemic. Construction
sites can accordingly provide a convenient location for HIV/Aids programmes to both construction workers
and rural communities.”
FIDIC and FIDIC Members have a corporate social responsibility, and FIDIC recognises that Member Firms
can make a significant difference, because they have already done so in a number of countries. For these
reasons, FIDIC has developed this Policy on HIV-AIDS in the Construction Sector.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
160
1 FIDIC POLICY ON HIV-AIDS IN THE CONSTRUCTION SECTOR
FIDIC recommends that FIDIC Member Firms should at all times use their influence, position and strengths
to reduce the impact of HIV-AIDS on their own employees and those of Contractors, and their families, and
for the wider community particularly at or related to construction sites on which the Member Firm is engaged.
The responses of FIDIC Firms in showing Leadership and Advocacy will normally comprise the following five
strategies recommended for implementation in engineering and construction works contracts (Ref 3):
Five strategies to be implemented in engineering and construction works contracts:
1. Raising awareness about HIV/AIDS - Facilitate increased understanding about the disease, through
dissemination of information and by generating discussion.
2. Ensuring that construction workers have access to condoms.
3. HIV counselling, testing and referral services.
4. Sexually Transmitted Infection (STI) diagnosis and treatment.
5. Monitoring of outcomes.
These strategies are designed to build an HIV resilient workforce as well as communities associated with the
workforce, i.e., communities that are able to draw on its own capacity to prevent further transmission of HIV,
minimise the impact of the HIV/AIDS epidemic, and talk about HIV/AIDS.
The objectives of these strategies are to:
 Reduce the risk of transfer of the HIV virus between and among construction workers and the local
community;
 Raise awareness amongst construction workers and the local community of the risk of infection with
the HIV virus;
 Promote early diagnosis; and
 Assist affected individuals to access care and counselling.
2 HIV-AIDS CLAUSES FOR INCLUSION IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

FIDIC has prepared HIV-AIDS Clauses aimed at meeting the above objectives and recommends that these
Clauses be included in Construction Contracts wherever there is the slightest risk of HIV-AIDS infection
relating to the construction site or activities. It is recommended that the following sub-clause be added to
Clause 6, Staff and Labour, of the Conditions Particular Application of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for
Construction (Ref 4).
EXAMPLE SUB-CLAUSE
HIV-AIDS Prevention
The Contractor shall conduct an HIV-AIDS awareness programme via
an Approved Service Provider, and shall undertake such other
measures as are specified in this Contract to reduce the risk of the
transfer of the HIV virus between and among the Contractors
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
161
Employees and the local community, to promote early diagnosis and

to assist affected individuals.
HIV-AIDS Technical Clauses are provided in Annexure 1. These are drafted for use with the FIDIC
Standard Conditions of Contract (Ref 4), as clauses within the Contract Technical Specification, although the
Clauses could be adapted to any form of Contract.
In drafting these Clauses, FIDIC has drawn upon the publications of CIDB (Ref. 2) and ILO (Ref. 3). The
intent of these Clauses is that the measures specified to be undertaken by the Contractor are to be
measured and priced in the tender Bill of Quantities, and subsequently paid for on completion or
progressively as measurable (pay) items in accordance with the General Conditions (Clause 12 of the FIDIC
Condition of Contract, 1999).
Annexure 2 contains suggested Bill of Quantities items which match the provision of the recommended HIV-
AIDS Clauses in the Specification (these items are taken from Ref 2).
3 WIDER USE OF FIDIC HIV/AIDS CLAUSES

The FIDIC HIV/AIDS Clauses (Annexure 1) have been drafted specifically for use with FIDIC Standard
Contracts, drawing upon the sources referenced in References 2 and 3. However, FIDIC suggests that the
Clauses may be adapted for wider use, including:
 With other forms of contract;

 In designing anti-HIV/AIDS strategies in other applications such as other industries and community
awareness generally;
 Specifically in campaigns within the offices of Member Firms operating in AIDS- prevalent situations.
4 MONITORING
FIDIC Member Firms working either as an employer or when acting as Project Managers or Site Supervisors,
are in a position to monitor the take up and effectiveness of anti-HIV/AIDS measures, and FIDIC
recommends that they do so. Examples of indicators to be monitored would include:
 HIV related absences amongst staff;

 Frequency of attendance at training seminars;
 Take up of condom use;
 Understanding of the anti-HIV/AIDS messages amongst staff.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
162
FIDIC HIV/AIDS POLICY - ANNEXURE 1: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
HIV-AIDS CLAUSE FOR INCLUSION IN THE FIDIC CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

1.1 For the purpose of this Clause:
“an Approved Service Provider” means a person or entity approved by the national
HIV/AIDS Authority to provide the HIV Awareness Programme;
“the Contractor’s Personnel” or “Construction Workers” means, without prejudice to

any other definition contained in the Contract, all personnel, who are under the
Contractor’s control and on the Site in connection with the Contract, including any
workers who are under the control of any person or entity to whom the contractor
has sub-contracted any of this obligations under the Contract other than those
responsibilities set out in this Clause;
“the HIV Awareness Programme” means an HIV awareness programme [as set out
in the Project documentation /in compliance with the HIV Awareness Programme
curriculum and guidelines published by UNAIDS and available on its website
www.hiv-development.org or on request];
“the Local Community” means the communities local to the Site most likely to have
contact with the Contractor’s Personnel and, in particular, sex workers in those
communities;
“National Aids Authority” small mean the authority in the country where the Site is
located designated by the relevant national government to have responsibility for
preventing and/or combating HIV/AIDS;
“UNAIDS” shall means [the agency of the United Nations of that name or the United
Nations Regional Task Force on mobile population and HIV vulnerability].
Abbreviations
STI: Sexually transmitted infection

HIV: Human Immunodeficiency Virus
AIDS: Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome
1.2 It shall be a requirement of the Contract that the Contractor:
1.2.1 sub-contracts with an Approved Service Provider to provide an HIV

Awareness Programme to the Contractor’s Personnel and the Local
Community as soon as practicable after the Contractor’s Personnel arrive
at the Site but in any case within two weeks after the Contractor’s
Personnel arrive at Site and to repeat the HIV Awareness Programme at
intervals not exceeding four months;
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
163
1.2.2 gives any representative of the Approved Service Provider, the Employer
and the National HIV/AIDS Authority all reasonable access to the Site in
connection with the HIV Awareness Programme;
1.2.3 if the National Aids Authority has not provided the names of available
Approved Service Providers within two weeks after being asked the
contractor may select its own service provider after consultation with the
appropriate UNAIDS office;
1.2.4 instructs the Contractor’s Personnel to attend the HIV Awareness

Programme in the course of their employment and during their normal
working hours or any period of overtime provided for in the relevant
employment contracts and uses all reasonable endeavours to ensure this
instruction is followed;
1.2.5 provides suitable space for delivery of the HIV Awareness Programme
and does nothing to dissuade the Contractor’s Personnel from attending
the HIV Awareness Programme;
1.2.6 as soon as practicable, notifies the National HIV/AIDS Authority of its sub-
contract with an Approved Service Provider to facilitate the National
HIV/AIDS Authority’s audit of Approved Service Providers; and
1.2.7 gives all reasonable co-operation to the National HIV/AIDS Authority if it

exercises its right to audit the provision by the Approved Service Provider
of the HIV Awareness Programme.
1.2.8 make condoms complying with the requirements of ISO 4074 available to
all contractor’s employees at readily accessible points on the site, suitably
protected from the elements, for the duration of the contract;
1.2.9 either place and maintain HIV/AIDS awareness posters of size of not less
than A1 in areas which are highly trafficked by construction workers, or
provide construction workers with a pamphlet, in languages largely
understood by construction workers, which reinforce the outcomes of the
HIV Awareness Programme stated in 1.2.1;
1.2.10 encourage voluntary HIV/STI testing;
1.2.11 provide information concerning counselling, support and care of those that
are infected services.
1.3 The outcomes of the HIV Awareness Programme shall as a minimum, result in
contractors personnel exposed to such a programme being able to:
a) communicate the existence of problems of HIV and be able to outline the

consequences of transmission of HIV to or from the local community;
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
164
b) recall and communicate the mode of HIV transmission and preventative

measures including the proper use of the condom.
1.4 Reporting
1.4.1 The contractor shall prepare and attach to his claims for payment a brief
report which outlines how the actions taken by the contractor in the period
for which payment is claimed satisfy the requirements and a schedule
which lists the names, identify numbers, trade / occupation and name of
employer of all construction workers exposed to the programme.
1.4.2 The employer’s representative shall certify the report and schedule
described in 1.4.1 whenever a claim for payment is issued to the
employer.
1.5 Where a clinic is provided on behalf of the Contractor on site, the Contractor shall
ensure that such clinic provides to the Contractor’s Personnel, on request and
without charge:
1.5.1 Counselling and advice on AIDS in compliance with UNAIDS guidelines;

and
1.5.2 Condoms that comply with either the current ISO standard or
WHO/UNAIDS Specification and Guidelines for Condoms 1998 or any
more recent equivalent publication.
1.6 The Contractor shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Employer for any
payments made under a sub-contract made on either cost incurred for the purpose
of Sub-Clause [1.2] in accordance with the relevant provisions in the Contract, and
in particular, for the amounts included in the Bill of Quantities;.
1.7 Where the Contract does not provide for reimbursement of named costs, the
amount paid by the Contractor t the Approved Service Provider shall be added to
any lump sum to be paid by the Employer to the Contractor under the Contract and,
before such lump sum is paid, the Contractor shall provide to the Employer
evidence of:
1.7.1 payment of the amount claimed to the Approved Service Provider; and
1.7.2 provision of the HIV Awareness Programme (e.g., a Compliance

certificate issued by the Approved Service Provider – refer Annexure
3).
1.8 Where the Contractor sub-contracts any of its obligations under the Clause of the
Contract it shall require any sub-contractor to comply with sub-clauses (1.2.2 to
1.2.11) of the Contract as if it were the Contractor.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
165
FIDIC HIV/AIDS POLICY - ANNEXURE 2: PRICING DATA
FIDIC recommends that the HIV/AIDS awareness requirements contained in the Standard Clauses should
be identified as a separate item / activity and be included in the bills of quantities or in activity schedules as a
single item or a group of items.
Example:
ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE AMOUNT
1. Conduct HIV /AIDS

Awareness Programme on
Site for Contractors personnel
inclusive of all direct and
indirect costs.
2. Provide and maintain condom

dispenser.
3. Provide and maintain

HIV/AIDS awareness posters.
4. Provide information regarding

the voluntary testing of
construction workers and
counselling, support and care.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
166
FIDIC HIV/AIDS POLICY - ANNEXURE 3: COMPLIANCE REPORT
Contract number: ………………
Payment Claim number: ………………… Period covered by payment claim: ………………
1. Distribution of condoms (brief describe where and how condoms are distributed)
2. Posters / pamphlets (brief describe where posters were placed / how pamphlets were distributed)
3. Voluntary HIV/STI testing (brief describe the actions taken/information provided to promote testing)
4. Counselling, support and care (summarise information provided)
6. Schedule of construction workers exposed to the HIV awareness programme
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
167
Name Identify number Trade / occupation Name of employer
I hereby declare the above to be a true reflection of actions taken to ensure compliance with the
specification.
January 2010
Report No. 12280-9299-2
168

Environmental Management Plan: Metolong Water Treatment Works

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Environmental Management Plan: Metolong Water Treatment Works

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

January 2010

METOLONG WATER TREATMENT WORKS

Report Number: 12280-9299-2

CLA Community Liaison Assistant

DAF - Dissolved Air Floatation

DRWS - Department of Rural Water Supply

EPP - Environmental Protection Plan

IFC - International Finance Corporation

MNR - Ministry of Natural Resources

SADC - Southern African Development Community

TRC - Transformation Resource Centre

WATSAN - Water and Sanitation Project

1.0 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 1

1.2 Project Team ................................................................................................................................................. 1

1.3 Objectives of this EMP .................................................................................................................................. 2

1.4 Background to this EMP................................................................................................................................ 2

1.5 Layout of this document ................................................................................................................................ 3

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION, TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESSES .............................................................................. 8

2.1 Metolong Dam and Water Supply Programme Components ........................................................................ 8

2.2 Metolong WTW components ....................................................................................................................... 10

2.3 Location and layout of the WTW site........................................................................................................... 10

2.4 Water Treatment Standards for Water Quality ........................................................................................ 13

2.5 Water Treatment Process ......................................................................................................................... 13

2.6 WTW Chemicals and Storage Requirements .............................................................................................. 21

2.7 The WTW DB Contract ............................................................................................................................... 22

2.7.1 WTW implementation ............................................................................................................................ 22

2.7.2 Scope of the Design-Build Contract ...................................................................................................... 22

2.7.3 Specific infrastructure and services ....................................................................................................... 23

2.7.3.1 Roads and access.............................................................................................................................. 23

2.7.3.2 Fencing .............................................................................................................................................. 24

2.7.3.3 Electricity............................................................................................................................................ 24

2.7.3.4 Telecommunications .......................................................................................................................... 24

2.7.3.5 Water ................................................................................................................................................. 24

2.7.3.6 Sewage and waste water disposal ..................................................................................................... 25

2.7.3.7 Solid waste disposal........................................................................................................................... 25

2.7.4 Stages of the Design-Build Contract ..................................................................................................... 25

2.7.5 Reporting Requirements of the DB Contract ......................................................................................... 26

2.7.5.1 Pre-construction Phase ...................................................................................................................... 26

2.7.5.2 Construction Phase ............................................................................................................................ 26

2.7.5.3 Post-construction Phase .................................................................................................................... 26

3.0 LEGAL FRAMEWORK ............................................................................................................................................ 28

3.1 Relevant legislation and policies of Lesotho ............................................................................................... 28

3.2 Permit Requirements .................................................................................................................................. 29

3.3 Policies of the World Bank .......................................................................................................................... 31

3.4 Policies of MCC and Metolong Authority ..................................................................................................... 32

3.5 International Conventions ........................................................................................................................... 33

4.1 Description of the Environment ................................................................................................................... 35

4.2 Assessment of Impacts ............................................................................................................................... 36

5.0 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS – ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES............................................................ 43

5.1.1 Community liaison and coordination ...................................................................................................... 43

5.2 MCA-Lesotho .............................................................................................................................................. 44

5.3 Other Government Departments and Ministries .......................................................................................... 44

5.3.1 Water and Sanitation Authority (WASA) ................................................................................................ 44

5.3.2 Ministry of Natural Resources (MNR) .................................................................................................... 44

5.3.3 Commissioner of Water ......................................................................................................................... 45

5.3.4 Department of Rural Water Supplies (DRWS)....................................................................................... 45

5.3.5 Department of Traffic and Transport ..................................................................................................... 45

5.3.6 National Environmental Secretariat (NES) ............................................................................................ 45

6.0 IMPLEMENTATION OF THE EMP .......................................................................................................................... 47

6.1 Environmental Compliance Staff ................................................................................................................. 47

6.1.1 Environmental Compliance Officer (ECO) ............................................................................................. 47

6.1.1.1 Role of ECO ....................................................................................................................................... 47

6.2 Community Relations .................................................................................................................................. 49